WO2022181004A1 - Program, information processing method, terminal, and information processing system - Google Patents

Program, information processing method, terminal, and information processing system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022181004A1
WO2022181004A1 PCT/JP2021/046546 JP2021046546W WO2022181004A1 WO 2022181004 A1 WO2022181004 A1 WO 2022181004A1 JP 2021046546 W JP2021046546 W JP 2021046546W WO 2022181004 A1 WO2022181004 A1 WO 2022181004A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
points
information
value
point
user
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/046546
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
亜由子 鈴木
亮介 濱窄
Original Assignee
Ｌｉｎｅ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2021030661A external-priority patent/JP7436408B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2021030662A external-priority patent/JP7273081B2/en
Application filed by Ｌｉｎｅ株式会社 filed Critical Ｌｉｎｅ株式会社
Publication of WO2022181004A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022181004A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00—Commerce
    • G06Q30/02—Marketing; Price estimation or determination; Fundraising
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q40/00—Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
    • G06Q40/06—Asset management; Financial planning or analysis

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to programs, information processing methods, terminals, and the like.
  • Patent Literature 1 discloses a technique for giving points and using points.
  • a program executed by a user's terminal is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, and with a number of points that is the number of points of the user that are varied based on the variation of the index value.
  • the terminal acquires information on the investment target based on the index value associated with the number of points by the control unit of the terminal, and displays the acquired information on the investment target on the display unit of the terminal.
  • an information processing method of a user's terminal is a number of points, which is the number of user points associated with a variable index value and varied based on the variation of the index value.
  • the user's terminal is associated with an index value whose value varies and is the number of points of the user that is varied based on the variation of the index value, the number of points and a display unit for displaying the acquired investment target information.
  • a user's terminal comprises a processor for reading a program stored in a memory and executing a process based on the program, the processor being associated with an index value whose value varies, the index value acquiring investment target information based on an index value associated with the number of points, which is the number of points of the user that is changed based on the change in the number of points; and transmitting the acquired investment target information to the terminal display on the display unit of
  • a program executed by a server in communication with a terminal is associated with a variable index value, and is associated with a variable index value with a number of points that is varied based on the variation in the index value.
  • the server acquires the index value associated with the number of points by the control unit of the server, and transmits the investment target information based on the index value to the terminal by the communication unit of the server.
  • a program executed by a system comprising a plurality of controllers is associated with an index value whose value varies and is a number of points that are varied based on the variation of the index value.
  • an information processing method for a system having a plurality of control units includes: a point number, which is the number of points associated with a variable index value and varied based on the variation of the index value; disassociating a first number of points from among the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user, and disassociating a first value in units of value different from the points based on the first number of points to the user's Performing a first process of associating with the second identification information by a plurality of control units based on a set first condition, or associating a second value among the value unit values associated with the second identification information performing a second process of canceling and associating a second number of points based on the second value with the first identification information by a plurality of control units based on the set second condition.
  • the system comprises: a number of points associated with a variable index value and varying based on the variation of the index value; a first process of disassociating a first number of points among the number of points associated with and associating a first value of a unit of value different from points based on the first number of points with second identification information of the user , based on the set first condition, or disassociating the second value among the value unit values associated with the second identification information, and obtaining a second number of points based on the second value as the first identification
  • a plurality of control units are provided for performing a second process associated with the information based on a set second condition.
  • a system comprises a plurality of processors for reading programs stored in a plurality of memories and performing processing based on the programs, the plurality of processors associated with variable index values.
  • the program executed by the first information processing device that communicates with the second information processing device is associated with the index value whose value varies, and is varied based on the variation of the index value.
  • the number of points which is the number of points
  • the first information processing device performs a process of releasing the association of the first number of points among the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user based on the set condition and associating a first value, which is a value in units of value different from points based on the number of first points, with the second identification information of the user, to the communication unit of the first information processing device and transmitting to the second information processing device by the first information processing device.
  • the program executed by the first information processing device communicating with the second information processing device is associated with an index value whose value varies, and is varied based on the variation of the index value.
  • the association of the first value which is a value unit value different from the points and is associated with the second identification information of the user, is canceled by the second information processing device based on the set condition.
  • the program executed by the second information processing device that communicates with the first information processing device is associated with a variable index value and is varied based on the variation of the index value.
  • the number of points which is the number of points, the association of the first number of points among the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user is canceled by the first information processing device based on the set condition
  • the communication unit of the second information processing device receives from the first information processing device information relating to associating a first value, which is a value in units of value different from points based on the number of first points, with the second identification information of the user. and performing, based on the information, a process of associating the first value based on the first point number with the second identification information by the control unit of the second information processing device.
  • the program executed by the second information processing device that communicates with the first information processing device is associated with the index value whose value varies, and is varied based on the variation of the index value.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by a control unit of the server according to the first embodiment;
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in a storage unit of the server according to the first embodiment;
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of functions implemented by the control unit of the securities transaction server according to the first embodiment;
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of functions implemented by the control unit of the securities transaction server according to the first embodiment;
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in a storage unit of the securities transaction server according to the first embodiment;
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by a control unit of the terminal according to the first embodiment;
  • the figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 1st Example. 4 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the first embodiment;
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the second embodiment; 9 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the second embodiment; The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on a 2nd modification. 10 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the second modified example; The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 3rd Example.
  • FIG. 11 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the third embodiment; FIG. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on a 3rd modification.
  • the figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 6th Example The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on a 6th modification.
  • the figure which shows an example of the securities transaction application account management database which concerns on 7th Example The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 7th Example.
  • FIG. 12 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the eighth embodiment; FIG. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on an 8th modification.
  • a system may be configured with a plurality of devices, by way of example and not limitation.
  • the plurality of devices may be a combination of devices of the same type, a combination of devices of different types, or a combination of devices of the same type and devices of different types. It should be noted that, by way of example and not limitation, a system can also be considered as a plurality of devices working together to perform some processing.
  • a system involving a client (client device) and a server can be considered, by way of example and not limitation, to be at least one of the following.
  • client device client device
  • server server
  • (1) is a system including, by way of example and not limitation, at least one terminal and at least one server.
  • An example of this is a client-server system.
  • the server is composed of the following devices, for example and not limitation, and may be a single device or a combination of multiple devices.
  • the server includes, by way of example and not limitation, at least one processor (examples and not limitation include: CPU: Central Processing Unit, GPU: Graphics Processing Unit, APU: Accelerated Processing Unit, DSP: Digital Signal Processor (not limited to Instead, as an example, ASIC: Application Specific Integrated Circuit, FPGA: Field Programmable Gate Array), etc.), computer device (processor + memory), control device, arithmetic device, processing device, etc.
  • processor Central Processing Unit
  • GPU Graphics Processing Unit
  • APU Accelerated Processing Unit
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a configuration with a plurality of the same type of one device (as a non-limiting example, CPU + CPU, homogeneous multi-core processor, etc.), or a configuration with a plurality of different types of any one device (as a non-limiting example, CPU + DSP, heterogeneous multi-core processor etc.), or a combination of a plurality of devices (as non-limiting examples, a processor + computer device, a processor + arithmetic device, a plurality of heterogeneous devices, etc.).
  • the processor may be a virtual processor.
  • the processing described in the embodiments is executed by the single device.
  • it may be configured such that one device executes a part of the processing and the other device executes the other processing.
  • the processor when configured with a processor and an arithmetic device, the processor may be configured to perform the first process and the arithmetic device may be configured to perform the second process.
  • each device when a plurality of devices are used, each device may be arranged at a position physically separated from each other.
  • the functions of the server may be provided in the form of PaaS, IaaS, or SaaS in cloud computing as an example and not as a limitation.
  • control unit of the system can be at least one of the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server. That is, as an example and not a limitation, any one of (1A) only the control unit of the terminal, (1B) only the control unit of the server, or (1C) both the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server may be used in the system. can be a control unit.
  • control and processing performed by the control unit of the system may be performed only by (1A) the control unit of the terminal, or (1B) the control of the server (1C) It may be performed by both the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server.
  • (1C) as an example and not a limitation, part of the control performed by the control unit of the system is performed by the control unit of the terminal, and the rest of the control is performed by the control unit of the server. You may do so.
  • the allocation (allocation) of control and the like may be equally divided, or may be allocated at different ratios instead of equally divided.
  • the communication unit of the server when the server is composed of a single device, the communication unit itself provided in the single device may be used. Further, when the server is configured to have a plurality of devices, the communication section of the server may be configured to include each communication section provided in each device.
  • the communication portion of the server may include: It is good also as a concept containing a 1st communication part and a 2nd communication part.
  • (2) can be a system configured by a plurality of servers (hereinafter referred to as a "server system”) as an example and not as a limitation.
  • server system a system configured by a plurality of servers
  • the configuration described above can be similarly applied as the configuration of each server.
  • the control or the like performed by the server system may be performed by (2A) only one server, (2B) only another server, or (2C) one of the plurality of servers. server and another server. Also, in (2C), as an example and not a limitation, one server may perform part of the control performed by the server system, and the remaining control may be performed by another server. good. In this case, the allocation (allocation) of control and the like may be equally divided, or may be allocated at different ratios instead of equally divided.
  • (3) can be, by way of example and not limitation, a system composed of a plurality of terminals.
  • the system may be, by way of example and not limitation, a system such as the following.
  • ⁇ A system in which terminals have server functions (distributed system). This can be accomplished using blockchain technology, by way of example and not limitation.
  • P2P Peer-to-Peer
  • control unit not limited to the control unit, and the same applies to each functional unit such as an input/output unit, a communication unit, a storage unit, and a clock unit that can be components of the system.
  • a system including a terminal and a server (by way of example and not by way of limitation, a client-server system) is illustrated. It is also possible to apply the server system of (2) above as the server.
  • a system including a terminal and a server
  • a system that does not include a server, such as the system of (3) above as an example and not as a limitation.
  • An embodiment in this case can be configured based on the above-described blockchain technology or the like. Specifically, as an example and not a limitation, data stored and managed in a server described in the following embodiments is saved (stored) on a blockchain. The terminal can then generate a transaction to the blockchain, and when the transaction is approved on the blockchain, the data stored on the blockchain can be updated.
  • terminal is not limited to the meaning of a terminal as a client device in a client server. That is, a terminal may include the concept of a device that is not in a client server.
  • the program of the system mentioned above is a program that can be executed by the entire system.
  • This program may be composed of a program for each device that constitutes the system. Programs stored in individual devices may be different. In other words, the programs do not have to be common to the individual devices that make up the system.
  • the system consists of a terminal and a server, let the program of the system be P1.
  • P2 and P3 are for executing system programs, and may be different programs.
  • the program P2 stored in the terminal is a program that performs a first process and sends the results of the first process to the server
  • the program P3 that is stored in the server is a program that receives
  • the program may be a program that performs a second process on the result of the first process and transmits the result of the second process to the terminal.
  • the expression "by communication I/F” is used as appropriate. This indicates that, as an example and not a limitation, the device transmits and receives various types of information and data via a communication I/F (via a communication unit) under the control of a control unit (processor or the like). It shall be acceptable.
  • terminals and servers may be regarded as a type of information processing device.
  • the terminals and servers described above may be read as information processing devices.
  • the term “user” in the present disclosure may indicate a user who uses the service.
  • a user who uses this service may simply be referred to as a "user” or a "terminal user”.
  • a service provider may be referred to as a "server user”.
  • the "user" in the present disclosure may or may not indicate the service provider (that is, the user of the server).
  • points are, by way of example and not limitation, a type of corporate currency, different from legal tender, awarded under a point program (point service).
  • corporate currency may include electronic money and points.
  • the corporate currency may or may not include gift certificates and coupons.
  • point program is a service in which corporations such as companies and local governments provide customers with points (scores) calculated based on certain conditions according to the purchase of products and use of services. is.
  • the corporation may or may not give points to the customer as a benefit of sales promotion (sales promotion activity) or sales campaign.
  • Customers may use the granted points to purchase goods and services at the issuing corporation or corporations affiliated with the issuing corporation, or exchange a certain number of points for corporate currency other than points such as gift certificates and electronic money. can be done.
  • the point program can be called a "mileage program”.
  • the points may be called "mileage”.
  • point management service is a pseudo-operation type service in which points increase or decrease in conjunction with an index value that fluctuates in time series. By using the service, you can experience asset management with the points you have. However, since the point management service is not a service that manages assets using legal currency, it is not subject to the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Note that the point management service may or may not be referred to as a "point investment service”.
  • index value is a value that fluctuates in time series provided by a business operator that provides a point management service.
  • the index value may or may not be expressed as an "index” or "fluctuation value”.
  • Specific examples of index values include, but are not limited to, values linked to financial products such as "stock price”, “stock price index”, “base price”, “land price”, and "exchange rate”.
  • the index value can be anything as long as the value fluctuates in time series.
  • the index value may be the reciprocal of the horoscope ranking order in today's 12 horoscopes for a user's horoscope. In this case, when the horoscope ranking rank of the user's constellation increases, the index value increases.
  • a user manages points in a point management service. Then, when the user opens a securities account, this is an embodiment in which the index value in point management and the related issue are displayed.
  • FIG. 1-1 is a diagram showing an example of a system configuration of a communication system 1 in this embodiment.
  • a server 10 a plurality of terminals 20 (terminals 20A, 20B, 20C, . .
  • the server 10 has a function of providing a point management service to the terminal 20 owned by the user via the network 30.
  • the server 10 can also be expressed as a point management server, a point management service server, a point management application management server, or the like.
  • the user of the server 10 is the point management service provider (operator).
  • the point management service provider can also be a chat service (chat application) provider including a messaging service (messaging application) as an example, not a limitation.
  • chat application chat application
  • the messaging service provider is the user of the server 10 .
  • the messaging service provider may or may not provide the point management service as a function of the messaging application.
  • a provider of a payment service that enables electronic payment using electronic money (electronic money) or the like becomes a user of the server 10 and operates a point management service. good too.
  • the payment service provider may or may not offer point management services as a function of the payment application.
  • the securities trading server 40 has a function of providing securities trading services to the terminal 20 owned by the user via the network 30 .
  • the securities transaction server 40 can also be expressed as a securities transaction service server, a securities transaction application management server, or the like.
  • the securities transaction service provider (operator) is assumed to be the user of the securities transaction server 40 .
  • the number of servers 10, the number of terminals 20, and the number of securities trading servers 40 connected to the network 30 are not limited.
  • the terminal 20 may be any information processing terminal capable of realizing the functions described in each embodiment.
  • Terminal 20 includes, by way of example and not limitation, smart phones, mobile phones (feature phones), computers (including but not limited to desktops, laptops, tablets, etc.), media computer platforms (including but not limited to cable, satellite set top boxes, digital video recorders), handheld computer devices (as non-limiting examples include PDA (personal digital assistant), email clients, etc.), wearable terminals (glasses-type devices, watch-type devices, etc.), VR (Virtual Reality) Including terminals, smart speakers (devices for voice recognition), or other types of computers or communication platforms.
  • the terminal 20 may be expressed as an information processing terminal.
  • terminal 20A, terminal 20B and terminal 20C may be identical, by way of example and not by way of limitation. Further, if necessary, the terminal used by the user X may be expressed as the terminal 20X, and the user information in a predetermined service associated with the user X or the terminal 20X may be expressed as the user information X. It doesn't have to be.
  • the user information is user information associated with an account used by the user in a predetermined service.
  • User information includes, by way of example and not limitation, user's name, user's icon image, user's age, user's gender, user's address, user's hobbies, entered by the user or provided by a given service It may include information associated with the user, such as preferences, user identifiers, etc., and may or may not be any one or combination of these.
  • the network 30 serves to connect one or more terminals 20 and one or more servers 10 . That is, the network 30 means a communication network that provides a connection path so that the various devices can transmit and receive data after being connected.
  • Network 30 may include, by way of example and not limitation, an ad hoc network, an intranet, an extranet, a virtual private network (VPN), a local area network (LAN), a wireless LAN (WLAN), wide area network (WAN), wireless WAN (WWAN), metropolitan area network (MAN), part of the Internet, Public Switched Telephone Network (Public) Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), mobile phone network, ISDN (integrated service digital networks), wireless LAN, LTE (long term evolution), CDMA (code division multiple access), Bluetooth (registered trademark), satellite communication, etc., or a combination of two or more thereof.
  • Network 30 may include one or more networks 30 .
  • the server 10 (not limited to, but an example of a server, an information processing device, and an information management device) has a function of providing a predetermined service (point management service in this embodiment) to the terminal 20 .
  • the server 10 may be any information processing device capable of realizing the functions described in each embodiment.
  • Server 10 includes, by way of example and not limitation, server devices, computers (including but not limited to desktops, laptops, tablets, etc.), media computer platforms (including but not limited to cable, satellite set-top boxes, digital video recorders, etc.). ), handheld computing devices (by way of example and not limitation, PDAs, email clients, etc.), or other types of computers or communication platforms.
  • the server 10 may be expressed as an information processing device. If there is no need to distinguish between the server 10 and the terminal 20, the server 10 and the terminal 20 may or may not be represented as information processing devices.
  • the securities transaction server 40 (not limited to, but an example of a server, an information processing device, an information management device) has a function of providing a predetermined service (in this embodiment, a securities transaction service) to the terminal 20 .
  • the securities transaction server 40 may be any information processing device capable of realizing the functions described in each embodiment.
  • Stock exchange server 40 includes, by way of example and not limitation, server devices, computers (including but not limited to desktops, laptops, tablets, etc.), media computer platforms (including but not limited to cable, satellite set-top boxes, digital video recorders), handheld computing devices (by way of example and not limitation, PDAs, email clients, etc.), or other types of computers or communication platforms.
  • the securities trading server 40 may be expressed as an information processing device. If it is not necessary to distinguish between the securities trading server 40 and the terminals 20, the securities trading server 40 and the terminals 20 may or may not be represented as information processing devices.
  • FIG. 1-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the terminal 20.
  • the terminal 20 includes a control unit 21 (CPU: central processing unit (central processing unit)), a storage unit 28, a communication I/F 22 (interface), an input/output unit 23, a clock unit 29A, and a position calculation information detection unit 29B.
  • Each component of the HW of terminal 20 is interconnected via bus B, by way of example and not limitation.
  • bus B by way of example and not limitation.
  • the HW configuration of the terminal 20 does not necessarily include all the components.
  • terminal 20 may or may not be configured for individual or multiple components to be removed.
  • the communication I/F 22 transmits and receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be performed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as mutual communication can be performed.
  • the communication I/F 22 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as the server 10 via the network 30 . Communication I/F 22 transmits various data to various devices such as server 10 according to instructions from control unit 21 . The communication I/F 22 also receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the server 10 and transmits the data to the control unit 21 . Also, the communication I/F 22 may be simply referred to as a communication section. Moreover, when the communication I/F 22 is configured by a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.
  • the input/output unit 23 includes a device for inputting various operations to the terminal 20, a device for outputting processing results processed by the terminal 20, and the like.
  • the input unit and the output unit may be integrated, the input unit and the output unit may be separated, or not.
  • the input unit is realized by any one or a combination of all types of devices that can receive input from the user and transmit information related to the input to the control unit 21 .
  • the input unit includes, but is not limited to, hardware keys such as a touch panel, a touch display, and a keyboard, a pointing device such as a mouse, a camera (operation input via moving images), and a microphone (operation input by voice).
  • the output unit is realized by any one or a combination of all types of devices capable of outputting the processing results processed by the control unit 21.
  • the output unit includes, as non-limiting examples, a touch panel, a touch display, a speaker (audio output), a lens (as non-limiting examples, 3D (three dimensions) output and hologram output), a printer, and the like.
  • the input/output unit 23 includes a display unit 24, a sound input unit 25, a sound output unit 26, and an imaging unit 27 as an example and not a limitation.
  • the display unit 24 is realized by any one or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of displaying according to the display data written in the frame buffer.
  • the display unit 24 includes a touch panel, a touch display, a monitor (as a non-limiting example, a liquid crystal display and an OELD (organic electroluminescence display)), a head mounted display (HDM: Head Mounted Display), projection mapping, and a hologram. , including devices capable of displaying images, text information, etc. in air (which may or may not be a vacuum). Note that these display units 24 may or may not be capable of displaying display data in 3D.
  • the sound input unit 25 is used to input sound data (including voice data; the same applies hereinafter). Sound input unit 25 includes a microphone and the like.
  • the sound output unit 26 is used for outputting sound data. Sound output unit 26 includes a speaker and the like.
  • the imaging unit 27 is used to acquire image data (including still image data and moving image data; the same applies hereinafter). The imaging unit 27 includes a camera and the like.
  • the input/output unit 23 is a touch panel
  • the input/output unit 23 and the display unit 24 may be arranged facing each other with substantially the same size and shape.
  • the clock unit 29A is a built-in clock of the terminal 20 and outputs time information (timekeeping information).
  • the clock unit 29A is configured with a clock using a crystal oscillator or the like, for example and not limitation.
  • the clock unit 29A can also be expressed as a clock unit or a time information detection unit as an example and not as a limitation.
  • the clock unit 29A may or may not have a clock to which the NITZ (Network Identity and Time Zone) standard or the like is applied.
  • NITZ Network Identity and Time Zone
  • the position calculation information detection unit 29B has a function of detecting (measuring) information necessary for the control unit 21 to calculate (measure) the position of its own terminal 20 (hereinafter referred to as “position calculation information”). Department.
  • the position calculation information detection section 29B can also be expressed as a position calculation sensor section as an example and not as a limitation.
  • the position calculation information detection unit 29B includes, as a non-limiting example, a satellite positioning sensor (satellite positioning sensor) which is a sensor or unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using a satellite positioning system such as GPS (Global Positioning System). unit), an inertial measurement sensor (inertial measurement unit (IMU (Inertial Measurement Unit))), which is a sensor or unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using an inertial navigation system, UWB (ultra wideband radio: Ultra Wide A UWB positioning sensor (UWB positioning unit), etc., which is a sensor or unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using a band).
  • satellite positioning sensor satellite positioning sensor
  • IMU Inertial Measurement Unit
  • UWB ultra wideband radio: Ultra Wide A UWB positioning sensor (UWB positioning unit)
  • the satellite positioning unit includes, as a non-limiting example, an RF receiving circuit that converts RF (Radio Frequency) signals including positioning satellite signals transmitted from positioning satellites received by an antenna (not shown) into digital signals, Positioning satellite signals are acquired by performing correlation calculation processing, etc. on the digital signals output from the RF receiving circuit, and information such as satellite orbit data and time data extracted from the positioning satellite signals is used as position calculation information. It has a baseband processing circuit for output.
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • the inertial measurement unit has an inertial sensor that detects information necessary to calculate the position of the terminal 20 by inertial navigation calculation.
  • inertial sensors include, but are not limited to, triaxial acceleration sensors and triaxial gyro sensors. The acceleration detected by the acceleration sensor and the angular velocity detected by the gyro sensor are used as position calculation information. Output.
  • the UWB positioning unit converts an ultra-wideband RF (Radio Frequency) signal including an ultra-wideband pulse signal for positioning transmitted from a positioning beacon received by an antenna (not shown) into a digital signal. It has a wideband RF receiving circuit, a relative position calculation processing circuit that calculates the relative position between the terminal 20 and the positioning beacon based on the digital signal output from the ultra-wideband RF receiving circuit, and the like.
  • the UWB positioning unit may cause the terminal 20 to function as a positioning beacon by transmitting an ultra-wideband RF signal including a positioning ultra-wideband pulse signal from an antenna (not shown), You don't have to.
  • control unit 21 calculates the position of its own terminal 20 at regular timings or specific timings based on the position calculation information detected by the position calculation information detection unit 29B.
  • the position of the terminal is called “terminal position”
  • the calculated terminal position is called “calculated terminal position”.
  • the control unit 21 may or may not associate the calculated terminal position with the date and time when the calculated terminal position was calculated and store it in the storage unit 28 as calculated terminal position history data.
  • the control unit 21 comprises, by way of example and not limitation, a hardware built-in data processing device comprising physically structured circuitry for carrying out the functions implemented by the code or instructions contained within the program. It is realized by Therefore, the control unit 21 may or may not be expressed as a control circuit.
  • Control unit 21 includes, by way of example and not limitation, a central processing unit (CPU), microprocessor, processor core, multiprocessor, ASIC (application-specific integrated circuit), FPGA (field programmable gate array).
  • CPU central processing unit
  • microprocessor processor core
  • multiprocessor multiprocessor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the storage unit 28 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the terminal 20 to operate.
  • the storage unit 28 includes, as non-limiting examples, various storage media such as HDD (hard disk drive), SSD (solid state drive), flash memory, RAM (random access memory), ROM (read only memory). Also, the storage unit 28 may or may not be expressed as a memory.
  • the terminal 20 stores the program P in the storage unit 28, and by executing this program P, the control unit 21 executes processing as each unit included in the control unit 21. That is, the program P stored in the storage unit 28 causes the terminal 20 to implement each function executed by the control unit 21 . Also, this program P may or may not be expressed as a program module.
  • FIG. 1-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the server 10.
  • the server 10 includes a control section 11 (CPU), a storage section 15 , a communication I/F 14 (interface), an input/output section 12 and a clock section 19 .
  • Each component of the HW of server 10 is interconnected via bus B, by way of example and not limitation.
  • bus B bus B
  • the HW of the server 10 does not have to include all components as the HW configuration of the server 10 .
  • the HW of server 10 may or may not be configured to remove individual components or multiple components.
  • the control unit 11 comprises, by way of example and not limitation, a hardware built-in data processing device comprising physically structured circuitry for carrying out the functions implemented by the code or instructions contained within the program. It is realized by
  • the control unit 11 is typically a central processing unit (CPU), and may or may not be a microprocessor, processor core, multiprocessor, ASIC, or FPGA. In the present disclosure, the controller 11 is not limited to these.
  • the storage unit 15 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the server 10 to operate.
  • the storage unit 15 is realized by various storage media such as HDD, SSD, and flash memory. However, in the present disclosure, the storage unit 15 is not limited to these. Also, the storage unit 15 may or may not be expressed as a memory.
  • the communication I/F 14 transmits and receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be performed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as mutual communication can be performed.
  • the communication I/F 14 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as the terminal 20 via the network 30 . Communication I/F 14 transmits various data to various devices such as terminal 20 according to instructions from control unit 11 . The communication I/F 14 also receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the terminal 20 and transmits the data to the control unit 11 . Also, the communication I/F 14 may be simply referred to as a communication unit. Moreover, when the communication I/F 14 is configured by a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.
  • the input/output unit 12 includes a device for inputting various operations to the server 10, a device for outputting processing results processed by the server 10, and the like.
  • the input unit and the output unit may be integrated, the input unit and the output unit may be separated, or not.
  • the input unit is realized by any one or a combination of all types of devices that can receive input from the user and transmit information related to the input to the control unit 11.
  • the input unit is realized by hardware keys typically represented by a keyboard and a pointing device such as a mouse. Note that the input unit may or may not include a touch panel, a camera (operation input via a moving image), and a microphone (operation input by voice) as examples, not limitation.
  • the output unit is realized by any one or a combination of all types of devices capable of outputting the processing results processed by the control unit 11.
  • the output unit includes, as non-limiting examples, a touch panel, a touch display, a speaker (sound output), a lens (as non-limiting examples, 3D (three dimensions) output and hologram output), a printer, and the like.
  • the input/output unit 12 includes the display unit 13 as an example and not as a limitation.
  • the display unit 13 is realized by a display or the like.
  • the display is typically implemented with a monitor (for example, without limitation, a liquid crystal display or an organic electroluminescence display (OELD)).
  • OELD organic electroluminescence display
  • the display may or may not be a head mounted display (HDM) or the like. These displays may or may not be capable of displaying display data in 3D. In the present disclosure, displays are not limited to these.
  • the clock unit 19 is an internal clock of the server 10 and outputs time information (timekeeping information).
  • the clock unit 19 includes, for example and not limitation, an RTC (Real Time Clock) as a hardware clock, a system clock, and the like.
  • the clock unit 19 can also be expressed as a clock unit or a time information detection unit as an example and not as a limitation.
  • FIG. 1-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the securities transaction server 40.
  • Securities transaction server 40 includes control unit 41 (CPU), storage unit 45 , communication I/F 44 (interface), input/output unit 42 , and clock unit 49 .
  • Each component of the HW of securities trading server 40 is interconnected via bus B, by way of example and not limitation.
  • bus B bus B
  • the HW of the securities transaction server 40 does not necessarily include all of the constituent elements as the configuration of the HW of the securities transaction server 40 .
  • the HW of securities trading server 40 may or may not be configured such that individual components or multiple components are removed.
  • each component of the securities trading server 40 can be configured in the same manner as each component of the server 10 as an example, not as a limitation, and therefore will not be described again.
  • the server 10 stores the program P in the storage unit 15 and executes the program P so that the control unit 11 executes processing as each unit included in the control unit 11 . That is, the program P stored in the storage unit 15 causes the server 10 to implement each function executed by the control unit 11 .
  • This program P may or may not be expressed as a program module. The same is true for other devices.
  • control unit 21 of the terminal 20 and/or the control unit 11 of the server 10 and/or the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 are not only a CPU having a control circuit, but also an integrated circuit (IC) ) chip, LSI (Large Scale Integration)) or a logic circuit (hardware) or a dedicated circuit may or may not implement each process. Also, these circuits may be realized by one or more integrated circuits, and the plurality of processes shown in each embodiment may or may not be realized by one integrated circuit. LSIs are also called VLSIs, super LSIs, ultra LSIs, etc., depending on the degree of integration. Therefore, the control unit 21 may or may not be expressed as a control circuit.
  • the program P of each embodiment of the present disclosure may be provided in a state stored in a computer-readable storage medium, It does not have to be.
  • the storage medium can store the program P in a "non-transitory tangible medium".
  • the program P may or may not be for realizing part of the functions of each embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the function of each embodiment of the present disclosure may or may not be a so-called difference file (difference program) that can be realized in combination with a program P already recorded on a storage medium.
  • the storage medium may include one or more semiconductor-based or other integrated circuits (ICs) (such as, by way of example and without limitation, field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or application specific ICs (ASICs)), hard Disk drive (HDD), hybrid hard drive (HHD), optical disk, optical disk drive (ODD), magneto-optical disk, magneto-optical drive, floppy diskette, floppy disk drive (FDD), magnetic tape, solid state It may include a drive (SSD), RAM drive, secure digital card or drive, any other suitable storage medium, or any suitable combination of two or more thereof.
  • Storage media may, where appropriate, be volatile, nonvolatile, or a combination of volatile and nonvolatile. Note that the storage medium is not limited to these examples, and any device or medium that can store the program P may be used. Also, the storage medium may or may not be expressed as memory.
  • the server 10 and/or the terminal 20 and/or the securities trading server 40 read the program P stored in the storage medium and execute the read program P, thereby realizing the functions of the plurality of functional units shown in each embodiment. can do.
  • the program P of the present disclosure may be provided to the server 10 and/or the terminal 20 and/or the securities trading server 40 via any transmission medium (communication network, broadcast wave, etc.) capable of transmitting the program. or not.
  • the server 10 and/or the terminal 20 and/or the securities trading server 40 implement the functions of the plurality of functional units shown in each embodiment by executing a program P downloaded via the Internet or the like, for example and not limitation. do.
  • Each embodiment of the present disclosure can also be implemented in the form of a data signal in which the program P is embodied by electronic transmission.
  • At least part of the processing in server 10 and/or terminal 20 and/or securities trading server 40 may or may not be implemented by cloud computing configured by one or more computers.
  • At least part or all of the processing in the terminal 20 may or may not be performed by the server 10 and/or the securities trading server 40 .
  • the server 10 and/or the securities trading server 40 may or may not perform at least some or all of the processing of the functional units of the control unit 21 of the terminal 20. good too.
  • At least part or all of the processing in the server 10 may or may not be performed by the terminal 20 and/or the securities trading server 40 .
  • each functional unit of the control unit 11 of the server 10 may be performed by the terminal 20 and/or the securities trading server 40, or otherwise. good too.
  • At least part or all of the processing of the securities trading server 40 may or may not be configured to be performed by the terminal 20 and/or the server 10 .
  • at least a part of the processing of each functional unit of the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40, or all of the processing may be performed by the terminal 20 and/or the server 10, or otherwise. good too.
  • the configuration of determination in the embodiments of the present disclosure is not essential, and predetermined processing is performed when the determination condition is satisfied, or predetermined processing is performed when the determination condition is not satisfied. may or may not.
  • script languages such as ActionScript and JavaScript (registered trademark), compiler languages such as Objective-C and Java (registered trademark), markup languages such as HTML5, and the like, for example and not limitation. Implemented.
  • FIG. 1B is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by the control unit 11 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
  • the control unit 11 includes, as a functional unit, a point-use application management processing unit 111 for executing point-use application management processing according to a point-use application management processing program 151 stored in the storage unit 15 .
  • FIG. 1-3 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
  • the storage unit 15 stores, as a non-limiting example, a point use application management processing program 151 executed as a point use application management process, a point use application account registration data 153, and a point use application account management database 155. be.
  • the storage unit 15 may additionally store time-series data of index values used in point management, which is referred to by the point management application management processing program 151, or may not be stored.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 acquires time-series data of index values from an external server (not limited to, but examples include a securities information service server, a fortune-telling service server, etc.), and stores the index values in the storage unit 15. It may or may not be stored as time-series data of values.
  • the point management application account registration data 153 is registration data relating to an account of an application (a point management application in this example), and an example of the data configuration is shown in FIG. 1-4.
  • a user name, a point management application ID, and other registration information are stored in association with each other.
  • the user name is the name of the account of the terminal 20 that uses the point management application, and as an example, not as a limitation, the name that the user of the terminal 20 registers when using the point management application is stored.
  • the point management application ID is information used to identify a point management application account (point management service account) or the account itself. This point management application ID is preferably a unique value for each account, and as an example and not a limitation, the server 10 sets and stores a unique value (unique value) for each account.
  • the point management application ID is information associated with the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20, and is an example of information about the terminal or information about the user of the terminal.
  • the other registered information includes, for example and not limitation, identification information for identifying the terminal 20, the telephone number of the terminal 20 (terminal telephone number), the email address (terminal email address), and various authentications in the point management application.
  • identification information for identifying the terminal 20, the telephone number of the terminal 20 (terminal telephone number), the email address (terminal email address), and various authentications in the point management application.
  • Various types of information such as authentication information such as a password (login password, authentication password, etc.) can be included.
  • the identification information for identifying the terminal 20 may be, by way of example and not by way of limitation, a terminal ID (by way of example and not by way of limitation, IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)). Also, the identification information for identifying the user of the terminal 20 can be a point management application ID as an example and not as a limitation. A "point management user ID" may or may not be used instead of the point management application ID.
  • identity verification KYC: Know Your Customer
  • the point management application account management database 155 is a management database for managing the point management status for each account in the point management application. It is shown in Figure 1-5. Point management application account management data is stored in the first point management application account management database 155A as management data for each account.
  • Each point management application account management data stores, as a non-limiting example, a point management application ID, a user name, an operational point balance, an evaluation value of points during operation, and point operational management data.
  • a point management application ID is an ID as identification information for identifying a registered account in the point management application account registration data 153 .
  • the user name is, for example and not limitation, a user name associated with this application ID stored in the point management application account registration data 153 .
  • the user name can be identified from the point management application account registration data 153 by the point management application ID, so it does not have to be stored in the point management application account management data.
  • the management point balance is the balance of points (the number of points) given to this account.
  • the user of the point management application can use (add) points within the management point balance for point management.
  • the managed point balance may or may not be referred to as a new point manageable balance.
  • the evaluation value of points under management is the number of points after increase or decrease linked to the current index value of the points managed by this account.
  • Point operation management data includes the process of adding points to point management in this account (hereinafter referred to as “buying”) and the process of returning points invested in point management to the point balance and making them available as points (hereinafter , called “selling”).
  • buying the process of adding points to point management in this account
  • selling the process of returning points invested in point management to the point balance and making them available as points
  • trading the process of buying and selling is collectively referred to as "trading”.
  • the user can add the number of points less than the point balance to the point management.
  • the user in addition, in the selling process, the user can exclude the number of points equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation from point management.
  • the point operation management data stores, as an example and not a limitation, the average acquisition amount and the number of holding units, which are values calculated based on the processing results of buying and selling.
  • the contract unit price is the index value when a buy or sell transaction is completed.
  • the number of acquired units is the standard value of the number of points to be invested, which is proportional to the number of points allocated to point management (in the case of buying) or removed from point management (in the case of selling) by buying or selling transactions. is.
  • the number of acquired shares is calculated by the following formula as an example and not as a limitation.
  • the number of units held will be the cumulative value of the number of units acquired in each transaction.
  • the average acquisition amount is a value that serves as a criterion for determining whether to lose or gain when points under point management are excluded from point management.
  • the average acquisition amount is calculated and updated for each transaction, by way of example and not limitation, according to the following formula.
  • (A) In the case of buying Average acquisition amount after trading (Average acquisition amount before trading x Number of units held before transaction + Contract price x Number of units acquired) ⁇ (Number of units held before transaction + Number of units acquired)
  • (B) In the case of selling Average purchase price after trading Average purchase price before trading
  • the index value is higher than the average acquisition amount, excluding points from point management will result in a positive point investment profit for the user (gain a profit from point management), and the index value will be lower than the average acquisition amount. In this case, if points are excluded from point management, the user's point management profit will be negative (the user will suffer a loss due to point management). Note that when all points are excluded from point management for a certain index value, the number of points added to the management point balance is the point evaluation value during management.
  • point operation management data may or may not store detailed histories such as contracted unit prices and the number of acquired units for individual sales and purchases.
  • FIG. 1-6 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 in this embodiment.
  • the control unit 41 includes a securities transaction application management processing unit 411 for executing securities transaction application management processing in accordance with a securities transaction application management processing program 451 stored in the storage unit 45 , and A securities trading core business processing unit 412 for executing the securities trading core business processing according to the securities trading core business processing program 452 is included as a functional unit.
  • the securities transaction application management process accepts instructions relating to securities transactions such as orders for buying and selling financial products from the user of the terminal 20, and notifies the user of the terminal 20 of transaction results based on the instructions.
  • This process is for
  • the securities trading core business processing includes, as a non-limiting example, instructions related to securities trading by the user of the terminal 20 acquired by the securities trading application management processing, such as a stock exchange server, a settlement bank server, This processing is executed by cooperating with an external financial institution server such as a CSD (Central Securities Depository) server.
  • CSD Central Securities Depository
  • FIG. 1-7 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 45 of the securities transaction server 40 in this embodiment.
  • the storage unit 45 stores a stock exchange application management processing program 451 that is executed as stock exchange application management processing, a stock exchange core business processing program 452 that is executed as stock exchange core business processing, and a stock exchange Application account registration data 453, securities transaction application account management database 455, and financial instrument management database 457 are stored.
  • the securities trading application account registration data 453 is registration data relating to an account of an application (in this example, a securities trading application), and an example of its data structure is shown in FIG. 1-8.
  • An account registered in the securities transaction application account registration data 453 may be referred to as a "securities account”.
  • the securities transaction application account registration data 453 stores, for example and not limitation, a user name, a securities transaction application ID, a point management application ID, and other registration information in association with each other.
  • the user name is the name of the account of the terminal 20 that uses the securities trading application, and as an example, not as a limitation, stores the name that the user of the terminal 20 registers when using the securities trading application.
  • the securities transaction application ID is information used to identify the account of the securities transaction application (account of the securities transaction service), or the account itself. This securities transaction application ID is preferably a unique value for each account, and by way of example and not limitation, the securities transaction server 40 sets and stores a unique value (unique value) for each account.
  • the securities transaction application ID is information associated with the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20, and is an example of information about the terminal or information about the user of the terminal.
  • the point management application ID is information used for linking a point management service account in a point management service affiliated with a securities trading service with a securities trading application ID.
  • this point management application ID stores an ID that has been registered in the point management application account registration data 153 received via the server 10 when the user of the terminal 20 opens a securities account.
  • the point management application ID takes a NULL value.
  • one account of the securities trading service may be linked to multiple accounts of the point management service, or it may not be so.
  • a plurality of point management application IDs may be stored as the point management application IDs.
  • Other registered information includes, for example and not limitation, identification information for identifying the terminal 20, telephone number of the terminal 20 (terminal telephone number), e-mail address (terminal e-mail address), and various authentications in the securities trading application. It is possible to include various kinds of information such as authentication information such as a password (login password, authentication password, etc.), and bank account information to be used as a withdrawal destination or a deposit destination to a securities account.
  • identification information for identifying the terminal 20
  • telephone number of the terminal 20 terminal telephone number
  • e-mail address terminal e-mail address
  • various authentications in the securities trading application It is possible to include various kinds of information such as authentication information such as a password (login password, authentication password, etc.), and bank account information to be used as a withdrawal destination or a deposit destination to a securities account.
  • account creation in the securities trading service requires identity verification (customer verification) (KYC: Know Your Customer) for the user of the terminal 20.
  • the financial product management database 457 is a database for managing product information for each financial product that can be traded by the securities trading application, and an example of its data configuration is shown in FIG. 1-9.
  • the financial product management database 457 stores financial product management data as management data for each financial product.
  • each financial product management data as an example and not limitation, a financial product ID, financial product name, type, trading price, and other product information are stored.
  • a financial instrument ID is information used to identify a financial instrument that can be traded in a securities trading application.
  • This financial instrument ID is preferably a unique value for each financial instrument, and as an example and not a limitation, the securities transaction server 40 sets and stores a unique value (unique value) for each financial instrument.
  • An ISIN (International Securities Identification Number) code or securities code (registered trademark) may or may not be used as the financial instrument ID.
  • the financial product name is the name (stock name) of the financial product, and as an example and not as a limitation, stores the stock brand name, bond brand name, etc. registered by the user of the securities trading server 40 when adding the financial product.
  • the type is the type of the financial product, and examples, not limitations, include the following types.
  • ⁇ Deposits and savings including time deposits, fixed amount deposits, foreign currency deposits, etc.
  • ⁇ Bonds including government bonds, local government bonds, foreign bonds, corporate bonds, etc.
  • ⁇ Investment trusts including money market funds (MMF), exchange-traded funds (ETFs), real estate investment trusts (REITs), etc.
  • ⁇ Equities and commodities trading including crude oil, gold, grain, etc.
  • Crypto assets ⁇ Others (including social lending, foreign exchange margin trading (FX), contract settlement trading (CFD), etc.)
  • the types may or may not include transaction types such as "actual”, "futures", and "credit”.
  • the trading price is the trading price of the financial product, and as a non-limiting example, the "stock price” or “ Stock price index”, “reference price”, “exchange rate”, etc. are stored.
  • Other registration information can include various types of information such as the content of the financial product's prospectus (yield, commission, etc.) and transaction price history information, as an example, not as a limitation.
  • the securities transaction application account management database 455 is a management database for managing the financial product operation status for each account in the securities transaction application. is shown in Figure 1-10.
  • Stock trading application account management data is stored in the first stock trading application account management database 455A as management data for each account.
  • Each securities transaction application account management data stores, as a non-limiting example, a securities transaction application ID, a user name, a purchaseable amount, a financial product valuation total, and securities transaction management data.
  • the securities transaction application ID is an ID as identification information for identifying a registered account in the securities transaction application account registration data 453 .
  • the username is, by way of example and not limitation, the username associated with this application ID stored in the securities trading application account registration data 453 . It should be noted that the user name does not have to be stored in the securities transaction application account management data as described above.
  • the purchaseable amount is the fund balance that can be operated in this account (securities account).
  • a user of the securities trading application can use (add) an amount within the purchaseable amount for investment in financial products.
  • the available purchase amount may be referred to as purchasing power or purchasing power, but it does not have to be.
  • the financial instrument valuation total amount is the total valuation amount after increase or decrease linked to the current trading price of the financial instruments managed by this account.
  • the trading price (standard amount) of the "Management Master Fund” is "5,800"
  • the number of units held is "10”
  • Securities transaction management data is data for managing financial product transaction results in this account.
  • Securities transaction management data may include, by way of example and not limitation, an average acquisition amount, which is a value calculated based on the results of financial instrument transactions (buying and selling of financial instruments) in association with each financial instrument ID and financial instrument name. and the number of shares held are stored.
  • the average acquisition amount and the number of units held can be calculated in the same way as for point management by replacing the index value in point management with the trading price of financial products, as an example, not as a limitation. is omitted.
  • the number of owned shares may be set to only an integer value of 0 or more, or may be set to a real number of 0 or more.
  • Terminal FIG. 1-11 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the control unit 21 includes a point management application processing unit 211 for executing a point management application process according to a point management application processing program 281 stored in the storage unit 28, and a securities transaction stored in the storage unit 28.
  • a securities transaction application processing unit 213 for executing securities transaction application processing according to the application processing program 285 is included as a functional unit.
  • FIG. 1-12 is a diagram showing an example of information and the like stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the storage unit 28 stores a point management application processing program 281 that is executed as point management application processing, a securities trading application processing program 285 that is executed as securities trading application processing, and its own terminal 20, or
  • the point management application ID 283 of the user of the own terminal 20 and the security transaction application ID 287 of the own terminal 20 or the user of the own terminal 20 are stored.
  • the point management application ID 283 may or may not store a plurality of point management application IDs. Also, if a brokerage account has not been opened by the brokerage application, the brokerage application ID 287 may or may not be stored with a NULL value, for example and not by way of limitation.
  • ⁇ Display screen> In the following, as an example and not a limitation, a case where the terminal 20 is a smart phone having a vertically long display unit 24 will be illustrated.
  • the smartphone has a touch panel that functions as an input unit facing the display, and this constitutes a touch screen.
  • a touch panel that functions as an input unit facing the display, and this constitutes a touch screen.
  • a tap is, for example and not limitation, an operation in which the user touches the display unit 24 (touch screen) integrated with a touch panel by lightly tapping the display unit 24 (touch screen) with a finger or a pen tip, or touches and then releases It is action.
  • transition of display screens described below is merely an example of the transition of display screens for realizing the method of the present disclosure.
  • the display of a part of the display screens may be omitted, or another display screen may be added.
  • FIG. 1-13 to 1-14 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 1-13 left side shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, user A.A. 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A.
  • FIG. 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A.
  • characters “Point Management App” are displayed as the name of the point management application.
  • title display area an area showing the title of the current screen (page) in the point management application.
  • operation status indicating the operation status confirmation screen are displayed in the title display area. Note that this area can be considered as an area indicating the position (current position) within the application where the user is currently located, so it may or may not be called a "current position display area” or the like. good too.
  • an index value confirmation area ICR1 is displayed for indicating fluctuations in the index value used in the point management service.
  • the index value as of the date and time “December 28, 2020 8:54” is “5,800”.
  • a line graph showing the transition of the index value is displayed below it, and shows how the index value rises in the long term and fluctuates by repeatedly raising and lowering in the short term.
  • the user name "A.A” using the point management application and the icon registered by the user when registering for the point management service are displayed.
  • a point balance display area PVR1 indicating the management point balance of A is displayed. This screen shows that the operational point balance is "3,650" points.
  • the characters "point evaluation value under operation” and user A Under the point balance display area PVR1, the characters "point evaluation value under operation" and user A.
  • An operating point evaluation value display area AVR1 indicating the operating point evaluation value of A is displayed.
  • user A.A As an example and not a limitation, based on the fact that A added (bought) "2,200" points to the point management when the index value was "5,500”, the date and time are displayed in the point evaluation value display area AVR1 during operation. “8:54 on December 28, 2020” It shows that the current point evaluation value under operation is “2,320” points, and the number of points for the increase (profit and loss of point investment) is “+120” points. ing.
  • the application menu selection area for the point management application is displayed.
  • a status confirmation button indicated by the characters "status” for transitioning to the operation status confirmation screen, and the characters “history” for checking the transaction history in point management A history confirmation button indicated by , an additional operation button indicated by the word “Add” for adding (buying) points to point management, and "Other” for transitioning to the screen for checking notifications, terms of use, etc.
  • Other menu buttons indicated by the characters are displayed side by side.
  • the display transitions to the screen on the right side of FIG. 1-13 as an example and not a limitation.
  • the characters "Others" are displayed in the title display area to indicate that it is the other menu screen of the point management application.
  • a menu selection area MN1 is displayed for selecting the contents of other menus.
  • the notice button indicated by the characters "Notice” for transitioning to the notice screen and the characters "Terms of Use” for transitioning to the terms of use confirmation screen for confirming the terms of use for the point management service The displayed terms of use confirmation button and the like are displayed in the menu selection area MN1.
  • an advertisement display area BAR1 is displayed for displaying advertisements of companies affiliated with the point management service company.
  • an advertisement regarding the opening of a securities account of "YY Securities,” a company affiliated with a point management service company, is displayed in order to encourage the use of actual legal currency.
  • This screen is a securities account opening screen in the securities transaction application of "YY Securities Company" affiliated with the point management service provider.
  • the characters "Stock Trading App” are displayed as the name of the stock trading application.
  • An area indicating the title of the current screen (page) in the securities trading application (hereinafter referred to as “securities title display area”) is provided at the top center of the screen.
  • the words "account opening” are displayed in the security title display area, indicating that the securities account opening screen is displayed.
  • an account opening progress confirmation area that shows the progress of opening an account is displayed.
  • the state transition icon above the letters "identity verification documents” is displayed in black, indicating that this is a step prompting the submission of identity verification documents. Therefore, among the steps for opening a securities account, it is indicated that the current step is to submit identity verification documents.
  • an account opening guide area that guides the user on the operations to be performed in the step of submitting the personal identification documents.
  • there is a guidance sentence "Follow the procedure on the screen.” Please prepare.” is displayed in the account opening guide area.
  • an account opening progress button BT1 indicated by the characters "start application” is displayed to advance the step of submitting identity verification documents.
  • the user taps the account opening progress button BT1 to advance the steps of opening a securities account.
  • the display changes to the screen on the right side of FIG. 1-13 as an example and not as a limitation.
  • the characters "Home” are displayed in the securities title display area, indicating that it is the home screen of the securities trading application. Also, on the right side of the securities title display area, a securities trading application setting change button indicated by a gear icon for changing various settings of the securities trading application is displayed.
  • an asset balance display area BVR1 is displayed for showing the current asset status in the securities trading service.
  • the name of the user using the securities transaction application, "Mr. A.A”, and the icon registered by the user when registering for the securities transaction service are displayed.
  • the total asset amount of this securities account In the middle of the asset balance display area BVR1, the sum of the purchaseable amount and the financial product evaluation total amount is displayed as the total asset amount of this securities account. In the lower part of the asset balance display area BVR1, the purchaseable amount of this securities account is displayed. In this example, the purchaseable amount is "600,000" yen, and since no financial product has been purchased yet, the total asset amount is also "600,000" yen.
  • the application menu selection area for the securities trading application is displayed.
  • a home button indicated by the letters “home” for transitioning to the home screen, and the letters “assets” for checking asset fluctuations and portfolios in the brokerage account a notification confirmation button indicated by the characters “Notification” for confirming notifications from securities companies, and a "menu” for transitioning to various transaction screens such as selecting financial products and buying and selling.
  • a trading menu button, indicated by the letter is displayed side by side.
  • FIG. 1-15 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
  • processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A user AA's terminal 20
  • processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40
  • An example of processing is shown.
  • processing is merely an example of processing for realizing the technique of the present disclosure, and is not limited to this processing.
  • Another step may be added to this process, or some steps may be omitted (deleted) from this process. This is the same for each flowchart (process) described below.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A based on the input to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A (as a non-limiting example, user operation; the same applies hereinafter), points via the point management service Securities account opening request information for opening a securities account at a securities company affiliated with the operation service operator is transmitted to the server 10 via the communication I/F 22 (A110).
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 sends the securities account opening request information including at least the point management application ID of the user who requested the securities account opening to the communication I/F 14. to the securities trading server 40 (P110).
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 opens a securities trading account from other registration information stored in the point management application account registration data 153.
  • Information such as name, address, date of birth, etc. required for the security account opening request information may be included in the securities account opening request information and transmitted.
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits point management index value information including index value information used in the point management service to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14 (P120). Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
  • the index value information used in the point management service may include, but is not limited to, the change history of the index value, the ISIN code or securities code (registered trademark) of the financial product from which the index value is based. , stock name, etc.
  • the point management index value information may or may not include the number of points being used in the point management service and the profit/loss in the point management service.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 sends a request for transmission of information necessary for opening a securities trading account.
  • KYC request information is transmitted to the terminal 20A through the communication I/F 44 (S110).
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits the KYC request information to the server 10 via the communication I/F 44, and the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the received KYC request information via the communication I/F 14 to the securities account opening request. You may make it transmit to terminal 20A which transmitted information.
  • the KYC request information may include the point management application ID of the user who requested the securities account opening.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A receives input to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A and the image acquired by the imaging unit 27, for example and not limitation. Based on this, KYC information, which is information necessary for opening a securities trading account (for example, but not limited to, name, address, identity verification document image, etc.), is transmitted to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22 .
  • control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits the KYC information to the server 10 via the communication I/F 22
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the received KYC information to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14. You may or may not.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 executes securities account opening processing (S120).
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 performs identity verification based on the received KYC information, by way of example and not limitation.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 After the personal identification is performed, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 generates a new unique securities transaction application ID, and combines the name, address, etc. included in the KYC information with the received securities account opening request information.
  • the generated point management application ID is associated with the generated securities transaction application ID, and added to the securities transaction application account registration data 453 for storage.
  • control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the related issue selection process (S130).
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 searches financial instrument management database 457 for a financial instrument matching that identification.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 determines the index value fluctuation history and the most correlated
  • the financial product management database 457 is searched for financial products with high price fluctuations.
  • control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits related issue information including the name of the financial product searched for in the related issue selection process to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44 (S140). Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 terminates the process.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received related brand information (A130). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
  • the step of transmitting the point investment index value information (P120) may be executed after the step of the securities account opening process (S120).
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits the point investment portfolio request information to the server 10 via the communication I/F 44 when executing the step of S120.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes step P120.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 receives the point management index value information from the server 10, and executes the steps after S130.
  • the terminal 20 is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, and the number of points, which is the number of points of the user of the terminal 20 that fluctuates based on the fluctuation of the index value, is associated with the number of points.
  • the control unit 21 acquires information on related stocks and the like based on the obtained index value (not a limitation, but an example of investment target information).
  • the terminal 20 is configured to display the acquired information on the display unit 24 .
  • the terminal is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, and the number of points, which is the number of user points that fluctuates based on the fluctuation of the index value, is , the investment target information based on the index value associated with the number of points can be obtained and notified to the user.
  • the investment target information can include the same information as the index value.
  • the terminal can acquire the same information as the index value as investment target information and notify the user of it.
  • the terminal 20 can display on the display unit 24 the number of points, which is the number of points of the user of the terminal 20 that is changed based on the change in the index value.
  • the terminal can notify the user of the number of points.
  • the index value may be an index value for point management based on points
  • the investment target information may be investment target information based on a securities account.
  • the terminal is associated with an index value of point management whose value fluctuates, and the number of points, which is the number of user points that fluctuates based on the fluctuation of the index value.
  • the investment target information based on the index value associated with the number of points, which is based on the securities account, can be acquired and notified to the user.
  • the present embodiment also provides that the securities trading server 40 (one example of a server, not a limitation) in communication with the terminal 20 is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, and the number of points that is varied based on the fluctuation of the index value. is the number of points, and an index value associated with the number of points is obtained from the server 10 or the like by the control unit 41 . Then, the securities trading server 40 is configured to transmit information such as related stocks based on the acquired index value (not a limitation, but an example of investment target information) to the terminal 20 via the communication I/F 44 .
  • a server communicating with a terminal may be associated with an index value whose value varies, and the number of points, which is the number of points varied based on the variation of the index value, may be Then, after acquiring an index value associated with the number of points, information on an investment target based on the acquired index value can be provided to the terminal.
  • the index value in point management matches the reference price of an investment trust, which is a financial product, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the index value in point management may be an index value linked to the stock price (stock price) of an arbitrary brand.
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits information including the brand code (registered trademark) as the point management index value information, not as a limitation, but as an example.
  • control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits information including the stock brand corresponding to the brand code (registered trademark) as related brand information.
  • the index value includes the stock price of an arbitrary brand
  • the investment target information includes information including the brand and the corresponding brand (not limited, but an example of information related to the stock price).
  • the terminal is associated with a stock price whose value fluctuates, and the number of points, which is the number of points of the user that fluctuates based on the fluctuation of the stock price, Information about the investment target, including information related to the stock price associated with the number, can be obtained and notified to the user.
  • control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 selects a financial product whose price movement is most highly correlated with the fluctuation history of the index value.
  • a search can be made from the database 457 .
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 may search for a financial product such as an investment trust that most matches the component ratio of a single financial product from the other product information in the financial product management database 457. You don't have to.
  • the index value in point management is linked to the stock price of "Company L" as an example and not a limitation, if "Company L" is not listed, the same issue cannot be presented as a financial instrument. .
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 refers to the issue code (registered trademark) or the like, and selects the index value among listed companies in the same industry.
  • the financial product management database 457 may be searched for a stock brand whose stock price movement has the highest correlation with the fluctuation history of .
  • the index value in the point management is a virtual index value (as an example, not as a limitation, a horoscope ranking order)
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 is a hypothetical indicator value and related industries (as an example, not a limitation, the service industry for horoscope rankings) or stock brands (as an example, not a limitation, companies with high sales in fortune-telling services).
  • the product management database 457 may be searched, or it may not be searched.
  • the investment target information includes information (not limited to, but an example of information related to the index value) such as financial products whose prices fluctuate in correlation with fluctuations in the index value.
  • the terminal is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, and the number of points, which is the number of user points that fluctuates based on the fluctuation of the index value, is , investment target information including information related to the index value associated with the number of points can be acquired and notified to the user.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 selects the top N (N is an arbitrary natural number) from the financial product management database 457 .
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 selects the top N (N is any natural number) financial products may be searched from the financial product management database 457, or may not be searched.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 skips the step of transmitting the point utilization index value information (P120 in FIG. 1-15).
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 transmits information stored in the financial product management database 457 to the server 10 as financial product list information.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the related issue selection process based on the received financial product list information and the index value information used in the point management service.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 generates related brand information based on the processing result of the related brand selection processing, and transmits it to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14 .
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the point utilization index value information to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14 in the point utilization index value information transmission step (P120 in FIG. 1-15).
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 transmits information stored in the financial product management database 457 to the terminal 20A as financial product list information. do.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A executes related brand selection processing based on the received point investment index value information and financial product list information.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A generates related brand information based on the processing result of the related brand selection processing, and causes the display unit 24 to display the related brand information.
  • control unit 21 of the terminal 20A first transmits account linkage request information including at least the point management application ID and the securities transaction application ID to the securities transaction server 40 via the communication I/F 22 .
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes account linkage processing.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 searches for the securities transaction application ID included in the account linkage request information from the securities transaction application account registration data 453, and searches for the securities transaction application ID included in the account linkage request information as the point operation application ID. stored in association with the point management application ID.
  • the account linkage process may or may not be executed when the user's login authentication for the securities transaction application succeeds.
  • control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 When the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the account linking process, it transmits the point investment portfolio request information to the server 10 via the communication I/F 44 . Then, upon receiving the point investment portfolio request information, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes step P120 in FIG. 1-15. After that, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 receives the point management index value information from the server 10, and executes the steps after S130 in FIG. 1-15. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A executes step A130 in FIG. 1-15.
  • ⁇ Second embodiment> In the first embodiment, an example was shown in which there is one index value for adding points to point management in the point management service, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a plurality of index values are set and a point management course linked to each index value is provided, so that the user manages points in a plurality of point management courses. Then, when the user opens a securities account, this is an embodiment in which a plurality of index values in point management and related stocks are displayed.
  • FIG. 2A is a diagram showing an example of information and the like stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
  • the storage unit 15 stores, as a non-limiting example, a point use application management processing program 151, point use application account registration data 153, a point use application account management database 155, and a point use course registration database 157. .
  • the point management course registration database 157 is a registration database relating to a point management course for performing point management by associating points with each of a plurality of index values prepared for point management. An example is shown in Figure 2-2.
  • the point use course registration database 157 stores point use course registration data as registration data for each use course.
  • each point management course registration data as an example and not limitation, a management course ID, a management course name, an index value, and other management course information are stored.
  • the management course ID is information used to identify the point management course.
  • This operating course ID is preferably a unique value for each point operating course, and as an example and not a limitation, the server 10 sets and stores a unique value (unique value) for each point operating course.
  • the operation course name is the name of this operation course, and as an example and not as a limitation, the name registered when the user of the server 10 adds a point operation course is stored.
  • the index value is value data of the index value at the present time of this operation course.
  • history data of past index values in this operation course may be added or stored.
  • Other investment course information includes, as a non-limiting example, the name of the financial product linked to the index value (as a non-limiting example, name of the stock price, bond price, base price, etc. linked to the index value), investment Types of courses (examples without limitation include stock price-linked type, bond-linked type, short-term investment type, long-term investment type, etc.), portfolios that make up index values % ⁇ Domestic bonds 20%”) can be included.
  • the second account management database 155B stores point management application account management data as management data for each account.
  • Each account management data stores, for example and not limitation, a point management application ID, a user name, an operational point balance, an evaluation value of points during operation, and point management data for each operational course.
  • the point management application ID, user name, and management point balance are the same as in the first point management application account management database 155A.
  • the total evaluation value of points under operation is the sum of the number of points after increase or decrease linked to the index value of each operation course at the present time in all the operation courses operated by this account.
  • the index value for the operation course ID “C0002” is "4,333”
  • the number of units held is "0.60”
  • the evaluation value of points under operation for the operation course ID “C0002” is “4,333 ⁇ 0.60” ⁇ “2,600” points
  • the point operation management data is stored in association with each operation course ID.
  • Each point operation management data is the same as the first point operation application account management database 155A.
  • ⁇ Display screen> 2-4 and 2-5 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the left side of FIG. 2-4 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, user A.A. 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A.
  • FIG. 2-4 and 2-5 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • an index value confirmation area ICR2 for indicating fluctuations in the index value in the operation course whose name is indicated by the characters "L company stock price linked course", and an operation course name of "
  • An index value confirmation area ICR3 for indicating the fluctuation of the index value in the operation course indicated by the characters "M company stock price linked course” is displayed.
  • index value confirmation area ICR2 In the left part of the index value confirmation area ICR2, it is displayed that the index value in the "L company stock price linked course" as of the date and time "December 28, 2020 8:54" is "13,000". To the left of the index value, as an example and not limitation, an arrow icon is displayed to indicate whether the index value for this operation course has increased or decreased compared to the previous day.
  • the point evaluation value under management and the point investment profit/loss at the present time in the "L company stock price linked course” are displayed.
  • the operation of the "L company stock price linked course” is performed. It is shown that the middle point evaluation value is "5,200" points and the point investment profit/loss is "+400" points.
  • the characters "point evaluation value under operation” and user A Under the point balance display area PVR1, the characters "point evaluation value under operation" and user A.
  • An operating point total evaluation value display area AVR2 indicating the operating point total evaluation value of A is displayed.
  • the display transitions to the screen in the center of FIG. 2-4 as an example, not a limitation.
  • the characters "Others" are displayed in the title display area to indicate that it is the other menu screen of the point management application.
  • a menu selection area MN2 for selecting the contents of other menus is displayed.
  • a point investment portfolio confirmation button indicated by the characters "portfolio" for confirming the investment ratio for each course during point management is displayed in the menu selection area MN2. is displayed in addition to
  • the display transitions to the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-4 as a non-limiting example.
  • This screen like the left side of FIG. 1-14, is a securities account opening screen in a securities transaction application of "YY Securities Company" affiliated with a point management service provider.
  • the user taps the account opening progress button BT1 to advance the steps of opening a securities account.
  • the display transitions to the home screen of the securities trading application shown on the left side of FIG. 2-5 as an example and not as a limitation.
  • a financial report whose price movement is the same as or similar to the index value of the operation course used in the point management application is displayed.
  • a related brand display area RNR2 is popped up to prompt the user to display the product.
  • the display transitions to the screen in the center of FIG. 2-5 as an example, not a limitation.
  • a point investment portfolio display area PPR1 is displayed for indicating the ratio of the user's course-by-course investment point evaluation amount in the point investment application.
  • the ratio of the evaluation amount of investment points by course is shown in a pie chart as an example, not as a limitation, under the words "proportion by point investment course so far".
  • PPR1 Under the point investment portfolio display area PPR1, there is a financial product portfolio display area for displaying the name of the related issue of the financial product corresponding to each course in the point investment application and the purchase ratio of each related issue to the purchaseable amount. SPR1 is displayed.
  • a purchase amount ratio change button CRB1 indicated by the characters "change” is displayed for changing the distribution ratio of the purchaseable amount for financial products presented as related issues. It is Further, below the purchase amount ratio change button CRB1, there is a purchase button PB1 indicated by the characters "purchase” for placing an order for each financial product at the amount shown in the financial product portfolio display area SPR1, A purchase stop button indicated by the characters "stop” is displayed for selecting not to place an order.
  • the purchase amount ratio change button CRB1 is highlighted in response to the user tapping the purchase price ratio change button CRB1.
  • the purchase button PB1 is disabled and displayed in a grayed out display mode.
  • ⁇ Processing> 2-6 to 2-7 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
  • processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A user AA's terminal 20
  • processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40
  • An example of processing is shown.
  • the user of the terminal 20A has opened (registered) an account for the point management service and has added arbitrary points to the point management.
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the securities account opening request information to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14 (P110), it transmits the point investment portfolio information to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14 (P210). .
  • the point management portfolio information includes point management index value information for each management course in which point management is performed by the user of the terminal 20A (points are added to management), and point evaluation value during management for each management course. including. Note that the point investment portfolio information may or may not include the point investment period.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the related stock selection process for each of the point investment index value information for each operation course included in the received point investment portfolio information, and selects the operation course. For each, search for financial product issues (hereinafter referred to as “related issues by investment course”). Then, based on the point investment evaluation value for each investment course and the related stocks by investment course included in the received point investment portfolio information, related portfolio information that is a portfolio of financial products corresponding to the point investment portfolio information is generated. do.
  • the related portfolio information includes at least multiple related stocks by investment course.
  • the holding ratio of financial products corresponding to the ratio of the point evaluation value under management for each investment course in the point investment portfolio information may be included in association with the related stock information by investment course.
  • control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 may include, in the related portfolio information, the purchase amount ratio of the financial product based on the holding ratio of the financial product and the user's purchaseable amount.
  • control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits the related portfolio information to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44 (S220).
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A Upon receiving the related portfolio information from the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received related portfolio information (A210).
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A when changing the purchase amount ratio for each related issue by investment course is selected based on an input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A , as an example and not a limitation, a new purchase amount ratio for each related issue by investment course is received based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A (A220).
  • control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits related issue ratio information including the purchase amount ratio for each related issue by operation course to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22 (A230). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the financial product purchase process according to the received related brand ratio information (S230). Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 terminates the process.
  • the index value includes an index value for each course in point management (an example of the first index value and the second index value, not limited), and the user's management point evaluation amount (not limited, point number) is associated with an index value for each course in point management (without limitation, the first number of points is associated with the first index value and the second number of points is associated with the second index value).
  • the terminal 20 is configured to display information such as related stocks (not a limitation, but an example of investment target information) on the display unit 24 based on the ratio of the management point evaluation amount of each course in point management.
  • the terminal provides investment target information based on a first percentage of the first point number and a second percentage of the second point number among the points of the user. can be obtained and notified to the user.
  • the investment target information includes information on related stocks by investment course (not limited, but an example of first investment target information and second investment target information), and this information is related stocks by investment course.
  • the first investment information includes information of the first investment percentage based on the first percentage
  • the second investment information includes information of the second investment percentage based on the second percentage
  • the terminal can provide a first percentage of the first point number associated with the first index value and a second percentage of the second point number associated with the second index value. After acquiring the information of the investment target based on the 2 ratio, it is possible to notify the user.
  • the terminal 20 controls (not limited to, the first investment ratio and information on the second investment ratio) can be performed by the control unit 21 .
  • the terminal can easily and appropriately display the information on the first investment ratio and the information on the second investment ratio based on the user's input on the display unit of the terminal. can be changed.
  • the point investment portfolio information includes the point investment index value information for each investment course and the point evaluation amount during operation for each investment course, but is not limited to this.
  • the point investment portfolio information may include point investment index value information for each investment course and the number of shares held for each investment course.
  • the related portfolio information includes the holding ratio of the financial product corresponding to the ratio of the number of holding units for each investment course in association with the related stock by investment course.
  • the point investment portfolio information includes point investment index value information for each investment course, the number of points added for each investment course (the number of points purchased for each investment course, and the "average acquisition amount” and "number of units held”). product) may be included.
  • the related portfolio information can include the holding ratio of financial products corresponding to the ratio of the number of additional points for each investment course by linking with the related issue by investment course.
  • ⁇ Second modification (2)> when the related portfolio information is displayed, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A performs related issue ratio adjustment processing, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A may or may not terminate the process after displaying the related portfolio information.
  • the related portfolio information includes a plurality of related stocks by investment course, but is not limited to this.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A may cause the display unit 24 to display a graph or the like regarding fluctuations in index values for each point management course in association with related portfolio information.
  • FIG. 2-8 is a diagram showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modified example.
  • the left side of FIG. 2-8 is, by way of example and not limitation, the same display screen as the left side of FIG. 2-5.
  • the display transitions to the screen in the center of FIG. 2-8 as an example, not a limitation.
  • This screen is similar to the portfolio construction screen of the securities trading application shown in the center of Figure 2-5.
  • the display transitions to the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-8 as a non-limiting example.
  • the history of index values in the operation course operated by the user is displayed as a line graph.
  • the solid line represents the fluctuation of the "L company stock price linked course” during the period from “2020/9/1” to "2020/12/28”
  • the fluctuation of the "M company stock price linked course” are indicated by dashed lines, respectively.
  • FIG. 2-9 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modified example.
  • processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A user AA's terminal 20
  • processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40
  • An example of processing is shown.
  • This flow chart continues, by way of example and not by way of limitation, to the processing in FIGS. 2-6.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the related portfolio information (A210), as an example and not a limitation, based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A, the management course related Index value change history request information for requesting index value history information for the investment course corresponding to the issue is transmitted to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22 (A240).
  • control unit 41 of securities trading server 40 Upon receiving the index value change history request information from terminal 20A through communication I/F 44, control unit 41 of securities trading server 40 sends index value change history transmission request information including at least the point management application ID of terminal 20A to communication I/F 44. to the server 10 (S240).
  • the index value fluctuation history transmission request information may or may not include information on the operation course for which transmission is requested.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 When the communication I/F 14 receives the index value fluctuation history transmission request information from the securities trading server 40, the control unit 11 of the server 10, as an example and not as a limitation, registers the indexes for each operation course stored in the point operation course registration database 157.
  • the index value fluctuation history information including the history of value fluctuation is transmitted to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14 (P220).
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A Upon receiving the index value change history information from the server 10 via the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received index value change history information (A250). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A executes steps after A220.
  • Control unit 11 of server 10 transmits index value fluctuation history information to securities trading server 40 via communication I/F 14, and control unit 41 of securities trading server 40 transmits the received index value fluctuation history information to communication I/F 14. It may be sent to the terminal 20A by F44, or it may not be sent.
  • the terminal 20 displays a graph or the like (not a limitation, but an example of a first display related to index value fluctuations) relating to index value fluctuations for each point management course in association with related portfolio information. shows the configuration displayed in .
  • the terminal can appropriately notify the user of the fluctuation of the index value.
  • index value change history information the index value at the time the user added points to the point management is used as the reference value, and the change in how many times the index value has increased from the reference value is recorded for each operation. It may or may not be used as index value change history information in the course.
  • the past index value may be graphed as the magnification with respect to the reference value.
  • the terminal 20A is caused to display the past change history of the index value in point management, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the terminal 20A may display changes in the stock prices and reference prices of related stocks by investment course and changes in market capitalization and total net assets according to the period of point management. You don't have to do it that way.
  • the terminal 20A may or may not display the technical analysis results of related stocks by investment course according to the period during which point management was performed.
  • ⁇ Third embodiment> In the second embodiment, an example of searching for related issues by investment course regardless of the purchaseable amount in the user's securities account was shown, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the third embodiment is an embodiment that searches for related stocks classified by investment course that can be purchased by the user according to the amount of money that can be purchased in the user's securities account, and presents them as related portfolio information.
  • FIG. 3A is a diagram showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the left side of FIG. 3-1 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, user A.A. 20B is a home screen of the securities trading application displayed on the display unit 24 of A's terminal 20A.
  • This screen is, by way of example and not limitation, an example of the screen displayed when the account opening progress button BT1 is tapped by the user in the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-4 to open a securities account.
  • a related brand display area RNR3 is popped up based on the opening of a securities account via a point management application.
  • the related issue display area RNR3 displays the words "Thank you for opening an account” to express your gratitude for opening a securities account. Underneath that, during the period when the user was managing points, if the related stocks by investment course were managed for "1 million” yen at the ratio of the point evaluation value under management for each investment course, in the securities account A graph showing changes in the total assets is displayed below the words "If you manage 1 million yen in a securities account.”
  • a point investment portfolio reference button PBT2 indicated by the words "refer to point portfolio” is displayed.
  • the display transitions to the portfolio construction screen in the center of FIG. 3-1 as an example and not a limitation.
  • the ratio of the investment point evaluation amount by course is shown in a pie chart as an example, not as a limitation, under the words "Ratio by point investment course so far".
  • a financial product portfolio display area SPR2 is displayed below the point investment portfolio display area PPR2.
  • the minimum required transaction amount (number of shares per unit ⁇ stock price of one share) of “L company stock”, which is a related issue corresponding to “L company stock price linked course”, is not limited to “1,200,000
  • the required minimum transaction amount of "M company stock”, which is a related issue corresponding to the "M company stock price linked course” is, for example and not limitation, "400,000" yen.
  • the purchaseable amount of the securities account is "600,000" yen
  • the amount obtained by distributing the purchaseable amount according to the ratio of the management point evaluation value of each course in point management is ⁇ 400,000'' for ⁇ M company stock'' and ⁇ 200,000'' for ⁇ M company stock'', the actual stock cannot be purchased because they do not meet the required minimum transaction amount.
  • the partial circle corresponding to the "Company L stock price linked course" in the point investment portfolio display area PPR2 and the partial area of "X company stock” in the financial product portfolio display area SPR2 have the same display mode ( In this example, it is displayed with a white background), and the partial circle corresponding to the "M company stock price linked course” in the point investment portfolio display area PPR2 and the partial area of "Y company stock” in the financial product portfolio display area SPR2 are displayed in the same way. It is displayed in a manner (hatched in this example). As a result, the user is informed that the related issue of the "L company stock price linked course" is "X company stock” and the related issue of the "M company stock price linked course” is "Y company stock”.
  • a purchase amount ratio change button CRB2 is displayed below the financial product portfolio display area SPR2. Further, below the purchase amount ratio change button CRB2, there is a purchase button PB2 indicated by the words "purchase” for placing an order for each financial product at the amount indicated in the financial product portfolio display area SPR2, and a "cancel” button. A purchase stop button indicated by the characters is displayed.
  • the purchase amount ratio change button CRB2 is highlighted in response to the user tapping the purchase price ratio change button CRB2.
  • the purchase button PB2 is disabled and displayed in a grayed out display mode.
  • the drag operation range may or may not be limited to a range in which the purchaseable amount after the change does not fall below the required minimum transaction amount.
  • FIG. 3B is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
  • processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A user AA's terminal 20
  • processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40
  • An example of processing is shown.
  • This flow chart continues, by way of example and not by way of limitation, to the processing in FIGS. 2-6.
  • control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 executes similar portfolio selection process (S310).
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 first, based on the point evaluation amount under operation for each operation course included in the received point investment portfolio information and the purchaseable amount of the securities account, Calculate the purchaseable amount for each investment course. Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes related issue selection processing for each piece of point investment index value information for each investment course included in the received point investment portfolio information. At this time, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 searches the financial product management database 457 for a related issue by operation course whose minimum required transaction amount is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount for each operation course. Then, a portfolio of financial products similar to the point investment portfolio information and purchasable by the user is obtained based on the point investment evaluation amount for each investment course and the related issue for each investment course included in the received point investment portfolio information. Generate relevant portfolio information.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 calculates the management result when the related stocks by management course are virtually managed during the point management period. Certain virtual operation information is generated, and the generated virtual operation information is transmitted to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44 (S320).
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 does not consider purchasing with the user's purchaseable amount, , and the point evaluation value during operation for each operation course, the virtual operation result may or may not be calculated.
  • control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the steps after S220.
  • control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 may change the amount of principal to be virtually managed (hereinafter referred to as "virtual principal amount") depending on the investment performance.
  • the virtual principal amount may be increased as the ratio of positive investment performance increases, and the virtual principal amount may be decreased when the investment performance is negative.
  • the virtual investment performance is +10%, the total assets increase from "1 million" yen to "1.1 million” yen, and if the virtual investment performance is +20% , the total assets increase from 10 million yen to 12 million yen, and if the hypothetical investment performance is minus 10%, the total assets increase from 100,000 yen to 90,000 yen. Decreasing virtual operational information can be generated.
  • control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 may not transmit the generated virtual performance information to the terminal 20A.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A displays the received virtual operation information on the display unit 24 (A310). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A executes steps after A210.
  • This embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 displays, on the display unit 24, virtual investment information (not a limitation, but an example of investment target information) based on the assets of the terminal 20 user.
  • virtual investment information not a limitation, but an example of investment target information
  • the terminal can acquire information on an investment target in consideration of the user's assets and notify the user of the information.
  • FIG. 3-3 is a diagram showing an example of transition of screens displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the left side of FIG. 3-3 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, the same user A.D. 20A is a home screen of a securities trading application displayed on the display unit 24 of A's terminal 20A.
  • This screen is, by way of example and not limitation, an example of the screen displayed when the account opening progress button BT1 is tapped by the user in the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-4 to open a securities account.
  • the display transitions to the portfolio construction screen in the center of FIG. 3-3 as an example and not a limitation.
  • a related issue selection area RSR1 and a related issue selection area are provided under the securities title display area for allowing the user to select a plurality of related issues by investment course searched in the similar portfolio selection process for each investment course.
  • a region RSR2 is displayed.
  • the holding ratio of the "L company stock linked course” in point management is “67%”.
  • "L company stock” and “X company stock” searched as related stocks by investment course for selecting financial products to be purchased corresponding to "L company stock linked course” , and purchase selection buttons for “AA investment trust” are displayed.
  • the purchase selection button to the right of the issue name, the number of units to be acquired in the case of purchasing with the available purchase amount of "400,000 yen” for the related issue by operation course of the "L company stock linked course” is displayed. ing. Of these, for “L company stock”, when purchasing at "400,000 yen", the purchase selection button is disabled in a grayed out display mode.
  • the holding ratio of the "M company stock linked course” in point management is “33%”.
  • 200,000" yen Beneath it, purchase selection buttons for "M company stock”, “Y company stock”, and “Z company stock” corresponding to the "M company stock linked course” are displayed. Of these, for "M company shares”, if the purchase is made at "200,000 yen", the purchase selection button is disabled in a grayed out display mode.
  • a financial product filtering button FLB1 for narrowing down the financial products to be purchased is displayed in the upper right of the screen.
  • the type of financial product displayed as a purchase selection button in each related issue selection area (as a non-limiting example, "stocks” and "investment trusts” ) can be narrowed down.
  • the financial product filtering button FLB1 is tapped, only financial products that can be purchased with the purchaseable amount for the related issue by investment course may be displayed as purchase selection buttons.
  • Beneath the related issue selection area RSR2 are a buy button PB3 indicated by the words "buy” for placing a buy order for the related issue by operation course selected by operating the buy selection button, and a "stop” button. ] is displayed.
  • the financial product order screen on the right side of FIG. Transition when the user selects the purchase selection button in each related issue selection area and taps the purchase button PB3, as a non-limiting example, the financial product order screen on the right side of FIG. Transition.
  • ⁇ Third modification (2)> In the third embodiment, an example in which virtual operation information is displayed on a securities trading application has been shown, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A may cause the virtual operation information to be displayed on the point operation application.
  • virtual operational information may be displayed within the advertising display area BAR1 in the center of FIGS. 2-4.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the point investment portfolio information through the communication I/F 14 before transmitting the display information in the advertisement display area (hereinafter referred to as "banner advertisement information") to the terminal 20A.
  • banner advertisement information Send to securities trading server 40 .
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 executes similar portfolio selection processing and generates virtual investment information.
  • the control part 41 of the securities transaction server 40 transmits the produced
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 generates banner advertisement information based on the received virtual operation information, and transmits it to the terminal 20A.
  • the fourth embodiment is an embodiment in which the user's points under management in the point management service are transferred to a securities account of a securities transaction service affiliated with the point management service provider.
  • the functional configuration in the first embodiment can be used as an example, not as a limitation, so a repetitive description will be omitted.
  • the user of the terminal 20A has already opened an account (securities account) for a securities trading service via a point management service.
  • the securities transaction application ID and the point management application ID are associated and stored in the securities transaction application account registration data 453 .
  • ⁇ Display screen> 4-1 and 4-2 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the left side of FIG. 4-1 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, the same user A.P. 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A.
  • FIG. 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A.
  • a menu selection area MN3 for selecting the contents of other menus is displayed below the title display area.
  • the point transfer button indicated by the characters "point transfer” for transferring the points under operation to the purchaseable amount of the securities account is displayed in the menu selection area. Displayed in addition in MN3.
  • the display transitions to the screen on the left side of Figure 4-2 as an example and not a limitation.
  • the characters "point transfer" indicating that it is the point transfer screen of the point management application are displayed in the title display area.
  • the number of points that can be transferred to the transfer destination (in this case, the point evaluation value during operation) is "2,320" points.
  • a transfer point number selection area PSR1 for inputting the number of points to be transferred to the transfer destination "YY securities account” is displayed.
  • "2,000" points are input and displayed as the number of points specified by the user in the transfer point number selection area PSR1.
  • a point transfer execution button PTB1 is displayed for removing the number of points input in the transfer point number selection area PSR1 from point management and transferring (transferring) to a securities account.
  • a point balance display area PVR1 and an operating point evaluation amount display area AVR1 are displayed below the point transfer execution button PTB1.
  • the display transitions to the point transfer screen in the center of FIG. 4-2 as an example and not a limitation.
  • the operating point appraisal value has increased from "2,320" points before the transfer to "320" points to "2,000” points. It is shown that the
  • the screen on the right side of FIG. 4-2 is an example of a stock trading application home screen that is displayed based on a user operation, by way of example and not limitation, after the point transfer process has been executed. Note that when the user taps the point transfer result confirmation area TRR1 on the screen in the center of FIG. 4-2, the screen may or may not transition to this screen.
  • An asset balance display area BVR1 is displayed below the security title display area.
  • "600,000" yen has already been deposited into this brokerage account from a deposit bank account specified by the user, as an example and not by way of limitation, prior to the point transfer process.
  • the amount available for purchase is "2,000" in the asset balance display area BVR1.
  • ' increased to '602,000'.
  • the asset balance display area BVR1 it is displayed that the total asset amount has increased to "602,000" yen as the purchaseable amount has increased.
  • an important notice display area NTR1 for displaying important notices to the user in the securities trading application is displayed.
  • a notification NT1 indicating that "2,000 yen" has been deposited into the securities account as a result of the point transfer processing in the point management service XX is displayed in the important notification display area NTR1.
  • the important notice display area NTR1 is displayed a holding brand confirmation area ABR1 for showing a list of financial instruments held in this securities account.
  • this holding brand confirmation area ABR1 since the user has not purchased any financial product with this securities account, the type items such as "stocks” and “investment trusts” are displayed with “not held”.
  • FIG. 4C is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
  • processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A user AA's terminal 20
  • processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40
  • An example of processing is shown.
  • the user of the terminal 20A has opened (registered) an account for the point management service and an account for the securities trading service, and has added arbitrary points to the point management.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits to the terminal 20A through the communication I/F 14 the operating point information including the operating point evaluation amount in the account of the terminal 20A based on the current index value (P410).
  • the operating point information may or may not include the operating point balance in the account of the terminal 20A.
  • the operating point information may or may not include a transfer rate set in advance by the user of the server 10 when transferring points.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A displays the received operating point information on the display unit 24 (A410). Then, as a non-limiting example, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A is based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A. The number of transition points is accepted (A420).
  • control unit 21 of the terminal 20A determines whether or not the received transfer point number is equal to or less than the operating point evaluation amount (A430).
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits point transfer request information including the number of points to be transferred to the server 10 via the communication I/F 22 (A440 ).
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes point transfer processing (P430).
  • step A430 is skipped in the terminal 20A, and the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the point transfer process only when the number of transfer points accepted by the point transfer request information is equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation. may or may not be so.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes the points equivalent to the number of transfer points from point management (sells the number of transfer points). Then, according to the transfer rate, the generated transfer point number is converted into the legal currency unit of the securities account to which the transfer is made. Below, the number of converted points is referred to as the number of destination currencies.
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits point deposit request information including the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of destination currencies to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14 (P440).
  • control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 adds the received number of destination currencies to the purchaseable amount in the account of the securities transaction application account ID linked to the received point management application ID.
  • control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 transmits payment result information including the purchaseable amount after the point payment processing to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44. Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 terminates the process.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the point transfer result information including the in-operation point evaluation amount after the point transfer process to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14. Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
  • control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 may also transmit the deposit result information to the server 10 as well. Then, upon receiving the deposit result information from the securities transaction server 40, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may transmit the point transfer result information to the terminal 20A.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A Upon receiving the point transfer result information from the server 10 via the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received point transfer result information (A450). Further, when the payment result information is received from the securities transaction server 40 through the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A displays the received payment result information on the display unit 24 (A450). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
  • the communication system 1 is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, the number of points fluctuating based on the fluctuation of the index value, and the user's point management service account (not limited to the first Disassociate the number of transfer points (example of the first number of points, not limitation) of the number of points associated with the identification information (example of identification information), and the value of fiat currency based on the transfer rate (first number, not limitation) value) with the account of the user's securities trading service (not limited, but an example of the second identification information) (not limited, but an example of the first process) is performed by the user's input related to point transfer, etc.
  • the configuration performed by the plurality of control units of the communication system 1 is shown based on (not a limitation, but an example of a set first condition).
  • the association of the first number of points among the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user is canceled, A first value in units of value different from points based on the first number of points can be associated with the second identity of the user.
  • the set first condition is not a limitation, but an example condition that the number of points to be transferred is equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation (not a limitation, but the number of points associated with the first identification information An example of a condition based on) can be included.
  • the first point of the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user Disassociating the number and associating a first value in units of value, different from points, based on the first number of points, with the second identification of the user may suitably be performed.
  • this embodiment shows a configuration in which the account for the securities trading service is different from the account for the point management service (not a limitation, but an example of the fact that the second identification information is different from the first identification information).
  • the number of points of the user and the value of the user's legal currency can be associated with different identification information. This allows, by way of example and not limitation, a user's different accounts to manage the user's point count and the value of the user's fiat currency.
  • the user's in-management point evaluation amount can be managed in the user's point management account, and the legal currency value of the user can be managed in the user's securities account.
  • the user's point number is associated with a first identification in the user's points management account, while the value of the user's denomination is associated with a second identification in the user's brokerage account. It can be associated with information.
  • the first process subtracts the points equivalent to the number of transfer points from the number of points in the point management account, and converts the points corresponding to the number of transfer points based on the transfer rate into the legal currency of the securities account to which the transfer is made. It is possible to include a process of converting to a unit and adding it to the purchaseable amount of the securities account.
  • the user's first A first number of points associated with one identity can be disassociated and a first value can be associated with a second identity of the user.
  • the server 10 (not limited, but an example of the second information processing device) communicating with the securities trading server 40 (not limited, but an example of the second information processing device) receives a variable index value and the number of points associated with the user's point management service account (not limited, but an example of the first identification information), which is the number of points that are changed based on the change in the index value.
  • the control unit 11 performs the process of canceling the association of the number (not a limitation, but an example of the first point number) based on conditions such as an input by the user regarding the point transfer (not a limitation, but an example of a set condition) .
  • the server 10 then associates the fiat currency value based on the transfer rate (an example, without limitation, of a first value) with the user's securities trading service account (an example, without limitation, of second identification information).
  • Point deposit request information to be requested (not limited, but an example of information related to associating a first value, which is a value in units of value different from points based on the number of first points, with second identification information of the user) /F14 to transmit to the securities trading server 40.
  • FIG. As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the first information processing device calculates the number of first points out of the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user based on the set conditions. Can be disassociated.
  • the first information processing device can cause the second information processing device to associate a first value, which is based on the number of first points and is a unit of value different from points, with the second identification information of the user.
  • the number of points associated with the index value whose value fluctuates and fluctuated based on the fluctuation of the index value is the user's point management service account (not limited to, the first identification information One example) of the number of points associated with the number of points to be transferred (not limited, but an example of the first number of points) is associated with conditions such as input by the user regarding point transfer ) by the server 10 (not a limitation, but an example of the first information processing device).
  • a stock exchange server 40 in communication with the server 10 sends a fiat currency value (an example, without limitation, of a first value) based on the transition rate to the user's stock exchange service.
  • Point deposit request information (not limited, but an example of second identification information) requesting association with the account of , an example of information relating to association with the user's second identification information) is received from the server 10 by the communication I/F 44 . Then, based on the received point deposit request information, the securities trading server 40 controls the control unit 41 to perform point deposit processing (not limited, but an example of processing for associating a first value based on the first point number with the second identification information). shows the configuration performed by As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, based on the set conditions, the association of the first number of points among the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user is performed by the first information processing apparatus.
  • the second information processing device associates a first value, which is based on the number of first points and is a unit of value different from points, with the second identification information of the user. be able to.
  • the point deposit request information includes the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of destination currencies, but is not limited to this.
  • the point deposit request information may include the point management application ID of the terminal 20A, the number of transfer points, and the transfer rate. Note that when a transfer rate is set by the user of the securities transaction server 40 and transmitted to the server 10, the point deposit request information may not include the transfer rate.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 converts the received transfer point number into the transfer destination currency number according to the transfer rate.
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 executes point transfer processing when the number of transfer points is equal to or less than the in-service point evaluation amount, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, when the number of transfer points is equal to or less than the operational point balance, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may execute point transfer processing.
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 deducts the number of transferred points from the operational point balance. Then, the number of transfer points is converted into the number of destination currencies according to the transfer rate.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes point transfer processing when the number of transfer points is equal to or less than the in-service point evaluation amount, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, when the number of points to be transferred is equal to or less than the total value of the operational point balance and the point evaluation value during operation, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may execute point transfer processing.
  • FIG. 4-4 is a diagram showing an example of transition of screens displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modified example.
  • the left side of FIG. 4-4 is another example of the point transfer screen when the point transfer button is tapped by the user on the other menu screen on the right side of FIG. 4-1 as an example and not limitation.
  • "5,000" points are input and displayed as the number of points specified by the user in the transfer point number selection area PSR2.
  • the display transitions to the point transfer screen in the center of FIG. 4-4 as an example and not a limitation.
  • the operating point evaluation value is decreased from “2,320" points before transfer to "0" points by “2,320” points. It is shown that
  • the screen on the right side of FIG. 4-4 is an example of the stock trading application home screen that is displayed based on the user's operation after the point transfer process has been executed, as an example and not as a limitation.
  • a notification NT2 is displayed indicating that "5,000" yen has been deposited into the security account as a result of the point transfer processing performed by the point management service XX.
  • control unit 21 of the terminal 20A in step A430 in FIG. Determine whether or not:
  • step P430 of FIG. 4-3 if the number of points to be transferred exceeds the point evaluation value during operation, first, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes all points from point management (sells all points). Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 deducts the insufficient points from the operational point balance. Then, the number of transfer points is converted into the number of destination currencies according to the transfer rate.
  • ⁇ Fourth modification (4)> an example of one index value in point management was shown, but it is not limited to this.
  • a plurality of index values may be set according to the second embodiment, and a point management course linked to each index value may be provided.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes point transfer processing.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 may or may not preferentially remove (sell) from the point management the operation course with the smallest operational profit and loss in the point management.
  • the points are transferred from the account managed by the server 10 that provides the point management service to the account managed by the securities trading server 40, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a point management server (not shown) for managing the point service is provided, and the server 10 to the securities transaction server 40 via the point management server. Points may be transferred.
  • the point application account registration data and the point application account management database are stored in the storage unit of the point management server, for example and not limitation.
  • the point application account registration data is registration data related to the account of the application (in this example, the point application).
  • the point application account registration data includes, by way of example and not limitation, the user name, the point application ID, and the point management application ID. and other registration information are stored in association with each other.
  • the user name is the name of the account of the terminal 20 that uses the point application, and as an example, not as a limitation, the name that the user of the terminal 20 registers when using the point application is stored.
  • a point application ID is information used to identify a point application account (point service account) or the account itself.
  • the point management application ID is information used to associate the account of the point management service with the point application ID.
  • the point management application ID and the point application ID may be linked and stored, or may not be stored.
  • the other registered information includes, for example and not limitation, identification information for identifying the terminal 20, the telephone number of the terminal 20 (terminal telephone number), the email address (terminal email address), and various authentications in the point management application.
  • identification information for identifying the terminal 20, the telephone number of the terminal 20 (terminal telephone number), the email address (terminal email address), and various authentications in the point management application.
  • Various types of information such as authentication information such as a password (login password, authentication password, etc.) can be included.
  • the point application account management database is a management database for managing the point grant status for each account in the point application, and stores point application account management data as management data for each account.
  • Each point application account management data stores, as a non-limiting example, a point application ID, a user name, and a point balance.
  • the point application ID is an ID as identification information for identifying a registered account in the point application account registration data.
  • the user name is, by way of example and not limitation, the user name associated with this application ID stored in the point application account registration data.
  • the point balance is the balance of points (the number of points) given to this account. As an example and not as a limitation, point balances are increased (points are awarded) for purchases of products and use of services of businesses affiliated with businesses that provide point management services.
  • the user of the terminal 20A uses the point management service, the user transfers the points from the point management service account to the point management service account, and then uses the points.
  • the point management server When transferring points from the point management service account to the point management service account, the point management server first subtracts a predetermined number of points from the point balance in the point application account management data. Then, the point management server transmits operation point transfer request information including a predetermined number of points and a point operation application ID to the point operation service server 10 . Upon receiving the management point transfer request information, the server 10 adds a predetermined number of points to the management point balance of the designated point management application ID.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 When transferring the managed point balance in the account of the point management service to the account of the securities trading service, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes the number of transferred points from the point management in the point transfer processing, for example, not as a limitation. (Sell for the number of transition points). Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits point transfer request information including the number of transfer points to the point management server.
  • the point management server When the point management server receives the point transfer request information from the server 10, as an example and not as a limitation, if the number of transferred points is equal to or less than the point balance, the point management server executes management point transfer processing. In the management point transfer process, the point management server subtracts the number of transfer points from the point balance. Then, the number of transfer points is converted into the number of destination currencies according to the transfer rate.
  • the point management server transmits point deposit request information including the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of destination currencies to the securities trading server 40. Thereafter, by way of example and not limitation, points are transferred from the point management service account to the securities trading service account in the same manner as steps S410-S430 of FIG. 4-3.
  • ⁇ Fifth embodiment> In the fourth embodiment, an example has been shown in which the user can designate a value equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation as the number of points that can be transferred, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the user designates an arbitrary number of points as the number of transfer points. Then, if the evaluation value of points during operation increases based on the fluctuation of the index value and reaches the specified number of points to be transferred (including exceeding the number of points to be transferred or exceeding the number of points to be transferred). , is an embodiment in which points in operation are transferred to a securities account of a securities trading service affiliated with a point management service provider.
  • FIG. 5A is a diagram showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the left side of FIG. 5-1 is, as an example and not a limitation, a point transfer screen when the user taps the point transfer button on the other menu screen on the right side of FIG. 4-1.
  • a market transfer point number selection area PSR3 indicated by the words “immediate point transfer” for point transfer within the number of transfer points for which immediate point transfer is possible, and an index value Based on the change in the number of transfer points, a limit transfer point number selection area PSR4 indicated by the characters “Transfer when points are accumulated” for transferring points when the evaluation value of points under operation reaches the number of transfer points is displayed.
  • the market transition point number selection area PSR3 is displayed in a grayed out display mode and is disabled. It is Above the market transition point number selection area PSR3, the characters "2,320 points that can be transferred", which is the number of transfer points that can be immediately transferred, are displayed in a grayed out manner in the same manner as the market transition point number selection area PSR3. is displayed in
  • a point transfer reservation is set. It should be noted that when the point transfer execution button PTB3 is tapped, a display may be displayed indicating that the point transfer is set when the point evaluation value during operation reaches "2,500" points. , does not have to be that way.
  • the center of FIG. 5-1 is, by way of example and not limitation, an example of an operation status confirmation screen after time has elapsed from the left side of FIG. 5-1.
  • the index value confirmation area ICR1 displays that the index value as of the date and time “January 29, 2021 9:12” has increased to “6,260”.
  • the line graph showing the transition of the index value also rises accordingly. At this time, as the index value increases compared to the time on the left side of FIG. It is shown that the investment profit and loss has become "+304" points.
  • the display transitions to the point transfer screen on the right side of FIG. 5-1.
  • the operating point evaluation value is decreased from "2,504" points before the transfer to "4" points by "2,500” points. It is shown that
  • point transfer execution button PTB4 is not tapped and the point evaluation value during operation becomes equal to or greater than the transfer point number set in the limit price transfer point number selection area PSR4, point transfer processing is automatically executed. You may or may not.
  • the asset balance display area BVR1 displays that the purchaseable amount has been increased by 2,500 yen to 602,500 yen. Also, in the important notice display area NTR1, a notice indicating that "2,500 yen" has been deposited into the securities account is displayed as a result of the point transfer processing performed in the point management service XX.
  • FIG. 5B is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
  • processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A user AA's terminal 20
  • processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40
  • An example of processing is shown.
  • the user of the terminal 20A has opened (registered) an account for the point management service and an account for the securities trading service, and has added arbitrary points to the point management.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the point information during operation (A410), as an example and not a limitation, based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A, the point operation service
  • the number of points to be transferred from the account of the stock trading service to the account of the securities trading service is accepted (A510).
  • control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits limit price point transfer request information including the number of limit price transfer points to the server 10 via the communication I/F 22 (A520).
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 determines whether or not the number of limit price transfer points is equal to or less than the operating point evaluation amount. (P520). In P520, it may or may not be determined whether or not the number of points to be transferred to the limit price is less than the point evaluation value during operation. The same applies hereinafter.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the operating point change process when the index value fluctuates with the passage of time (P530). .
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 calculates the operating point evaluation amount after the index value change based on the index value after the change.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 may transmit operating point change information including the operating point evaluation amount after the index value change to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14. , you don't have to.
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 executes step P520 again.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the steps from P430 onwards using the limit price transfer point number as the transfer point number.
  • the set first condition is a condition regarding that the point evaluation value during operation has become equal to or greater than the set number of points (not a limitation, but an example of the first set number) based on the fluctuation of the index value, Alternatively, it shows a configuration including a condition related to the point evaluation value during operation exceeding the set number of points. As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, there is a Based on the condition, a first number of points associated with the first identity of the user can be disassociated and a first value based on the first number of points can be associated with the second identity of the user.
  • the first number of points can be a set number of points (not a limitation, but an example of a first set number).
  • the number of points corresponding to the threshold for the number of points associated with the first identification information is set as the first number of points, and the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user The one point number can be disassociated and the first value can be associated with the user's second identity.
  • the server 10 determines whether or not the number of transfer points to a limit price is equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the terminal 20A may determine whether or not the number of points to be transferred to the limit price is equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A determines whether or not the number of limit price transfer points is equal to or less than the in-operation point evaluation amount.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits point transfer request information with the limit price transfer point number as the transfer point number to the server 10 via the communication I/F 22 . Thereafter, as an example and not as a limitation, similar processing is executed according to the steps after P420 in FIG. 4-3.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A If the number of limit price transition points is not equal to or less than the operating point valuation amount, and the index value fluctuates with the passage of time, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A outputs the operating point fluctuation information including the operating point valuation amount after the indicator value change. It is received from the server 10 by the communication I/F 22 . After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A determines again whether or not the limit price transfer point number is equal to or less than the operating point evaluation amount after the index value change. This process is repeated until the limit price transfer point number becomes equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the point transfer process when the limit price transfer point number is equal to or less than the operating point evaluation amount, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, when the number of limit transfer points is equal to or less than the total value of the management point balance and the evaluation value of points under management, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may execute the point transfer process.
  • step P510 of FIG. 5-2 the control unit 11 of the server 10 determines whether or not the number of transfer points to the limit price is equal to or less than the sum of the operating point balance and the operating point evaluation amount. Also, in step P430 in FIG. 5-2, when the number of points to be transferred to the limit price exceeds the point evaluation amount during operation, first, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes all the points from the point management (sells all the points). Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 deducts the insufficient points from the operational point balance. Then, the points of the limit price transfer point number are converted into the transfer destination currency number according to the transfer rate.
  • ⁇ Sixth embodiment> the user of the terminal 20A has opened (registered) a point management service account and a securities trading service account, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the sixth embodiment after the user manages points in a point management service, when the user opens a securities account for a securities trading service affiliated with a point management service provider, the points under management are transferred to the securities account. This is an example that allows
  • ⁇ Display screen> 6-1 and 6-2 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the left side of FIG. 6-1 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, the same user A.D.
  • 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the left side of FIG. 6-1 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, the same user A.D.
  • 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A.
  • the display transitions to the screen shown in the center of FIG. 5-1 as an example and not a limitation.
  • the characters "Others" are displayed in the title display area to indicate that it is the other menu screen of the point management application.
  • This screen is a securities account opening screen in the securities transaction application of "YY Securities Company" affiliated with the point management service provider.
  • the user taps the account opening progress button BT2 to advance the steps of opening a securities account. Then, when the necessary items are entered and the securities account is opened, the display transitions to the home screen of the securities trading application shown on the right side of FIG. 6-2 as an example and not a limitation.
  • a point transfer confirmation display area PCR1 for confirming with the user of the terminal 20A whether or not to transfer points is displayed as a pop-up.
  • the point transfer confirmation display area PCR1 In this example, in the point transfer confirmation display area PCR1, below the words "Thank you for opening an account” to express your gratitude for opening a securities account, "The points being transferred by the point management application will be transferred.” Is it?” is displayed. Below that, the number of points that can be transferred from the point management service is ⁇ 2,320'', and the number of points that can be transferred from the point management service is ⁇ 2,320''. It is displayed that the money will be converted into yen and deposited.
  • point transfer button CBT1 indicated by "yes” for transferring points from the point management service, and "no" for not selecting to transfer points from the point management service.
  • a takeover cancel button indicated by a character is displayed.
  • the display transitions to the home screen of the securities trading application shown in the center of FIG. 6-2 as an example and not a limitation.
  • the asset balance display area BVR1 displays the It is displayed that the amount that can be attached has been increased by 2,320 yen to 2,320 yen. Further, in the asset balance display area BVR1, it is displayed that the total asset amount has increased to "2,320" yen as the purchaseable amount has increased.
  • a notification NT3 is displayed indicating that "2,320 yen" has been deposited into the securities account as a result of taking over the points from the point management service XX.
  • Fig. 6-2 shows an example of a notification screen of the point management application, which is displayed based on the user's operation after the point transfer processing accompanying the point transfer is executed as an example and not as a limitation. be.
  • the characters "Notice” are displayed in the title display area to indicate that it is a notification screen for the point management application.
  • control unit of each device executes steps A110 to A120, step P110, and steps S110 to S120 in FIG. , steps A440 to A460, steps P420 to P450, and steps S410 to S430 in FIG.
  • the present embodiment is based on the opening of the user's brokerage account, and the active points are transferred to this brokerage account (without limitation, the value in denominations is based on the opening of the user's brokerage account). Based on that, it shows an example) configuration of being associated with the second identification information in the brokerage account. As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the value of the value unit can be associated with the second identification information in the securities account when the user's securities account is opened. .
  • ⁇ Sixth modification (2)> all the points of the point evaluation value during operation are transferred to the securities account, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • an arbitrary number of points specified by the user among the point evaluation value during operation may be used as the transfer point number, and the points may be transferred from the account of the point management service to the account of the securities trading service.
  • An arbitrary number of points specified by the user from among the total number of points of the evaluation value of points under operation and the balance of points under operation is taken over from the point management service account to the securities trading service account. You may do so.
  • ⁇ Sixth modification (3)> all the points of the point evaluation value during operation are transferred to the securities account, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the total number of points to be transferred from the point management service account to the securities trading service account is the total number of points to be transferred from the point evaluation value during operation and the bonus points granted upon opening a securities account.
  • FIG. 6-3 is a diagram showing an example of transition of screens displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modified example.
  • the left side of FIG. 6-3 shows, by way of example and not limitation, the home screen of a securities trading application that is displayed when the user taps the account opening progress button BT2 on the right side of FIG. 6-1 to open a securities account. Another example.
  • the asset balance display area BVR1 displays that the purchaseable amount has been increased by 3,320 yen to 3,320 yen.
  • the asset balance display area BVR1 it is displayed that the total asset amount has increased to "3,320" yen as the purchaseable amount has increased.
  • a notification NT4 is displayed indicating that "3,320" yen has been deposited into the securities account as a result of the transfer of points from the point management service XX.
  • FIG. 6-3 shows, as a non-limiting example, a point management application that is displayed based on a user operation after the point transfer processing accompanying the point transfer with the addition of bonus points is executed, as a non-limiting example. It is an example of a notification screen.
  • Beneath the title display area is displayed PNT2, indicating that the "2,320" points that were being used in the point management service were transferred to "YY Securities".
  • a display indicating that the bonus points "1,000" points have been added and the points have been handed over may be performed, or may not be displayed.
  • the operating point evaluation value display area AVR1 indicates that the operating point evaluation value has decreased from "2,320" points before the transfer to "0" points. ing.
  • step P430 in FIG. 4-3 the control unit 11 of the server 10 adds the number of bonus points to the number of transfer points. After that, point transfer processing is executed.
  • bonus points may be performed by the securities transaction server 40 .
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 adds a bonus currency number corresponding to bonus points to the received transfer destination currency number. After that, point deposit processing is executed.
  • the incentive bonus for opening a securities account is not limited to the addition of bonus points.
  • the incentive bonus associated with opening a securities account may or may not be added even if the points to be handed over are "0" points.
  • the plurality of control units of the communication system 1 add the number of bonus points associated with opening a securities account (not a limitation, but an example of privilege information based on the opening of a securities account) to the number of transfer points.
  • Perform processing (not limited, but an example of a third process that associates privilege information with the first identification information), or the number of bonus currencies accompanying the opening of a securities account (not limited, privilege information based on the opening of a securities account example) is added to the number of destination currencies (not a limitation, but an example of third processing for associating privilege information with second identification information).
  • the third process can enable the user to obtain a privilege based on the opening of the securities account.
  • the third process can include a process of adding the number of bonus currencies corresponding to the set bonus points to the number of destination currencies as privilege information.
  • the value of the set value unit may be used as privilege information, and this privilege information may be associated with the user's second identification information in the user's securities account. can.
  • the communication system 1 includes a terminal 20 (not limited to, but an example of a user's terminal), and the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 displays information on point management and information on opening a securities account. Then, the third process can be performed based on the opening of the securities account based on the input of the information on the opening of the securities account displayed on the terminal 20 .
  • the securities account is opened.
  • the privilege information based on the opening may be associated with the user's first identification information or the user's second identification information.
  • ⁇ Sixth modification (4)> all the points of the point evaluation value during operation are transferred to the securities account, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • an arbitrary number of points specified by the user from the evaluation value of points under operation is taken over as the number of points to be transferred, and the points are transferred from the account of the point management service to the account of the securities trading service, and the remaining points under operation may be returned to the operational point balance.
  • FIG. 6-4 and 6-5 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modification.
  • the left side of FIG. 6-4 shows, by way of example and not limitation, the home screen of a securities trading application that is displayed when the user taps the account opening progress button BT2 on the right side of FIG. 6-1 to open a securities account. Another example.
  • point transfer button CBT1 indicated by the characters “transfer all points” for transferring all the points equivalent to the point evaluation value during operation from the point management service
  • a specified point takeover button CBT3 indicated by the characters “specify the number of points and take over” for taking over the number of points specified by the user out of the point evaluation value during operation, and because it is not selected to take over the points from the point management service.
  • a takeover cancel button indicated by the characters "not now" are displayed.
  • the display transitions to the point transfer screen shown on the right side of FIG. 6-4 as an example and not a limitation.
  • a handover points selection area CSR1 for inputting the number of points to be handed over from the account of the point management service to the account of the securities trading service is displayed.
  • "2,000" points are input and displayed as the number of points specified by the user in the handover points selection area CSR1.
  • a point transfer execution button CBT4 is displayed for transferring (taking over) the number of points entered in the transfer point selection area CSR1 to the securities account.
  • the display transitions to the home screen on the left side of FIG. 6-5 as an example and not a limitation.
  • a notification NT5 is displayed indicating that "2,000" yen has been deposited into the security account as a result of the transfer of points from the point management service XX.
  • the right side of FIG. 6-5 is an example of a notification screen of the point management application, which is displayed based on the user's operation after the point transfer process is executed, as a non-limiting example.
  • the operating point evaluation value display area AVR1 indicates that the operating point evaluation value has decreased from "2,320" points before the transfer to "0" points. ing.
  • the operational point balance has increased to "3,970” points by adding "320” points, which is the number of points remaining after the transfer, to "3,650” points, which is the number of points before the transfer. is shown.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 performs point transfer processing using the number of transfer points specified by the user as the transfer point number. . Thereafter, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes the remaining operating points (hereinafter referred to as "surplus transfer points") from point management, and adds the same number of points as the surplus transfer points to the operating point balance.
  • surplus transfer points the remaining operating points
  • step P430 in FIG. the point transfer process is executed. Thereafter, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes the surplus transfer points from point management, and transmits point transfer request information including the number of surplus transfer points to the point management server. Then, when receiving the point transfer request information from the server 10, the point management server may increase the point balance of the point management application by the surplus transfer points.
  • ⁇ Seventh embodiment> In the fourth embodiment, an example was shown in which the user converts the points being managed in the point management service into legal currency units and transfers them to the securities account of the securities trading service affiliated with the operator of the point management service. is not limited to The seventh embodiment is an embodiment in which the points that the user is managing in the point management service are transferred to the securities account as points that can be used in the securities trading service.
  • the content described in the seventh embodiment can be applied to each of the other embodiments and each of the other modifications. Moreover, the same code
  • FIG. 7A shows a data configuration example of a second securities transaction application account management database 455B, which is another example of the securities transaction application account management database 455 used in this embodiment.
  • Stock trading application account management data is stored in the second stock trading application account management database 455B as management data for each account.
  • Each stock exchange application account management data includes, by way of example and not limitation, a stock exchange application ID, a user name, an available purchase amount, a financial instrument valuation total, a stock point balance, and stock exchange management data. is stored.
  • the securities transaction application ID, the user name, the purchaseable amount, the financial product evaluation total amount, the securities point balance, and the securities transaction management data are, by way of example and not limitation, the first securities transaction application account management database. Similar to 455A.
  • the securities point balance is the balance (number of points) of points (hereinafter referred to as "security points") granted to this securities account.
  • security points A user of a securities trading application can use points in a securities points balance to purchase financial products. When purchasing financial products, the entire purchase price may be borne from the securities point balance, or a portion of the purchase price may be borne from the securities point balance together with legal currency within the purchaseable amount.
  • Securities points are, by way of example and not limitation, awarded upon payment for services provided by a securities trading application (eg, but not by way of limitation, stock market reporting services) and upon purchase of financial instruments.
  • the securities points may or may not be given according to the use of services or the purchase of products of a company affiliated with the company of the securities transaction service.
  • ⁇ Display screen> 7-2 and 7-3 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the screen on the left side of FIG. 7-2 is another example of the point transfer screen when the user taps the point transfer button on the other menu screen on the right side of FIG. 4-1, as an example and not limitation.
  • "2,000" points are input and displayed in the transfer point number selection area PSR1 as the number of points specified by the user as an example, not as a limitation.
  • the display transitions to the point transfer screen on the right side of FIG. 7-3.
  • the operating point appraisal value has increased from "2,320" points before the transfer to "320" points to "2,000” points. It is shown that the
  • the screen on the left side of FIG. 7-3 is an example of the stock trading application home screen that is displayed based on the user's operation after the point transfer process is executed, not by way of limitation, but by way of example.
  • a notification NT6 is displayed indicating that "2,000" securities points have been obtained in the securities account as a result of the point transfer processing performed in the point management service XX.
  • the financial product order screen in the center of FIG. Display transitions.
  • the order condition is to place an order for "1,000" shares of "Company Y” at a limit price of "315".
  • a security point use selection button UBP1 is displayed for selecting whether or not to use security points for this order.
  • the check box of the security point use selection button UBP1 is ON, the security point balance is used (charged) in preference to the purchaseable amount in ordering the financial product.
  • the display transitions to the home screen on the right side of FIG. 7-3 as an example and not a limitation.
  • the brand name of "Company Y” and the current stock price of "315" yen are displayed in the stock item as a result of the user acquiring the stock of "Company Y.” Further, below the current stock price, it is shown that the stock price has fluctuated by " ⁇ 0" yen since the acquisition of the stock.
  • the total amount of assets which is the sum of the purchaseable amount of "287,000” yen and the total valuation of financial instruments of "315,000" yen, is displayed as "602,000" yen.
  • the processing As an example and not as a limitation, in the point transfer processing in step P430 of FIG. . Then, the generated number of transfer points is converted into the number of securities points of the securities account that is the transfer destination according to the transfer rate. Hereinafter, the converted number of points will be referred to as the number of transfer destination security points.
  • step P440 of FIG. 4-3 the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the point deposit request information including the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of transfer destination securities points through the communication I/F 14 to the securities trading server. 40.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 converts the received number of transfer destination securities points into the securities trading application account ID linked to the received point management application ID in the point deposit processing in step S420 of FIG. 4-3. Add to security point balance in account.
  • control unit 21 of the terminal 20A executes step A460 in FIG. 4-3, as an example and not limitation, based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A, the financial product related to the ordering of the financial product Accept order information. Then, control unit 21 of terminal 20 ⁇ /b>A transmits the received financial product order information to securities trading server 40 via communication I/F 22 .
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 Upon receiving step S430 in FIG. 4-3, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 receives the financial product order information from the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44 as an example and not as a limitation. Then, based on the financial product order information received from the terminal 20A, the financial product purchase process is executed. At this time, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 converts the securities point balance into legal tender units based on a predetermined securities points transfer rate, and fills the purchase price of the financial product.
  • the points associated with the point management service account can be used in the securities trading service account (not limited to, the first identification information) as points that can be used in the securities trading service. 2 (an example of identification information).
  • the user's points associated with the user's first identification information can be used in a service for managing the user's second identification information.
  • the number of points in the point evaluation value during operation is transferred to the account of the securities account as securities points, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • an arbitrary number of points specified by the user, out of the total number of points of the evaluation value of points under operation and the balance of points under operation is used as the number of transfer points, and the points are transferred from the account of the point management service to the securities trading service. You may take over as securities points to your account.
  • the points in the point management service are transferred in advance to the securities points in the securities transaction service, and then the transferred securities points are used to place an order for financial products, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • transfer points equivalent to part or all of the required purchase amount from a point management service account to a securities trading service account, and use the transferred securities points may be used to place an order for a financial product.
  • the number of points to be transferred for example and not limitation, the number of points corresponding to fractions of "1,000" yen or less in the required purchase amount may be automatically transferred, or may be specified by the user. Any number of points may be transferred.
  • the points of the point management service equivalent to part or all of the required purchase amount are converted into legal currency units and then transferred to the account of the securities trading service. You may make it order a financial product using a possible amount of money.
  • conversion from points to legal currency units may be performed by the server 10 or may be performed by the securities transaction server 40 .
  • the necessary purchase amount is temporarily allowed to be negative with the financial product held by the user as collateral, and the balance is adjusted after the order is executed, so that the points corresponding to the fraction are transferred. You may or may not.
  • a fractional number of points may or may not be transferred as a result.
  • FIG. 3 shows a configuration that is the number of points associated with the price of a product when placing an order for a product using security points.
  • the number of points associated with the first identification information is used to purchase the product in units of value
  • the number of points related to the price of the product is set as the first point.
  • a first number of points associated with a first identity of the user can be disassociated and a first value can be associated with a second identity of the user.
  • the product to be ordered can be a financial product.
  • the number of points associated with the first identification information when used to purchase the financial product in units of value, the number of points related to the price of the financial product is As a number of points, the first number of points associated with the first identity of the user can be disassociated and the first value can be associated with the second identity of the user.
  • ⁇ Eighth embodiment> In the eighth embodiment, an example of transferring points from a point management service account to a securities trading service account was shown, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the eighth embodiment is an embodiment in which the purchaseable amount in the securities transaction service account is transferred to the point management service account.
  • the functional configuration in the first embodiment can be used as an example, not as a limitation, so a repetitive description will be omitted.
  • the user of the terminal 20A has already opened an account (securities account) for a securities trading service via a point management service.
  • the securities transaction application ID and the point management application ID are associated and stored in the securities transaction application account registration data 453 .
  • FIG. 8A shows a data configuration example of a third point management application account management database 155C, which is another example of the point management application account management database 155 used in this embodiment.
  • Point management application account management data is stored in the third point management application account management database 155C as management data for each account.
  • Each of the point management application account management data includes, as a non-limiting example, a point management application ID, a user name, an earned management point balance, an earned and managed point evaluation amount, a paid management point balance, and a paid management data during management.
  • a point evaluation amount, acquired point management data, and charged point management data are stored.
  • the point management application ID and user name are the same as those in the first point management application account management database 155A as an example and not limitation.
  • the acquired operational point balance is the balance (the number of points) of points granted to this account based on certain conditions according to the purchase of products, use of services, and the like.
  • Earned operational point balance is, by way of example and not limitation, the number of points that can be transferred to the buyable amount of a brokerage account.
  • the points counted as the earned management point balance are referred to as "earned points”.
  • the “acquired points” may also be referred to as “acquired operation points” or “free points”.
  • the earned and managed point evaluation value is the number of points after increase or decrease linked to the current index value of the earned points managed by this account.
  • the earned point evaluation amount during operation can be calculated in the same manner as the evaluation amount of points during operation, based on the earned point management data, as an example and not as a limitation.
  • the earned point valuation is, by way of example and not limitation, the number of points that can be transferred to the buyable amount of the brokerage account.
  • a paid point balance is, by way of example and not limitation, a point balance (number of points) that is convertible from (purchasable using legal currency) from legal currency via a securities trading application.
  • the paid management point balance is, by way of example and not limitation, the number of points that cannot be transferred to the purchaseable amount of the brokerage account.
  • the points counted as the paid management point balance are referred to as “paid points”. Note that the “paid points” may also be referred to as “paid operation points”.
  • paid points may or may not be added using legal currency through in-app billing for the point management application.
  • the point evaluation value during paid operation is the number of points after increase or decrease linked to the current index value of the paid points managed by this account.
  • the point appraisal value during paid operation can be calculated in the same manner as the point appraisal value during operation based on paid point management data, as an example and not as a limitation.
  • the point valuation during paid operation is, by way of example and not limitation, the number of points that cannot be transferred to the purchaseable amount of the brokerage account.
  • Acquired point operation management data is used to manage the results of the process of adding acquired points to point management in this account and the processing of returning the acquired points invested in point management to the acquired point balance and making them available as acquired points. Data.
  • Paid point operation management data is used to manage the results of the process of adding paid points to point management in this account, and the processing results of returning the paid points invested in point management to the balance of paid points and making them available as paid points. Data.
  • Earned point operation management data and paid point operation management data can be configured in the same way as point operation management data, for example and not limitation.
  • ⁇ Display screen example> 8-2 and 8-3 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the left side of FIG. 8-2 shows, by way of example and not limitation, user A.A. 20A is a home screen of a securities trading application displayed on the display unit 24 of A's terminal 20A.
  • the asset balance display area BVR1 indicates that the total asset amount and the purchaseable amount are "600,000" yen.
  • the display transitions to the withdrawal instruction screen on the right side of Figure 8-2 as an example and not a limitation.
  • a withdrawal selection area WDR1 for selecting a withdrawal destination is displayed below the withdrawal amount selection area WSR1.
  • a withdrawal instruction is made from a securities account, the withdrawal amount is "10,000”, and the withdrawal destination is user A. of "point management service XX". It is shown to be A's account. In addition, it is shown that the purchaseable amount after the withdrawal instruction is "590,000 yen", which is obtained by subtracting the withdrawal amount of "10,0000 yen" from "600,000".
  • the screen on the right side of FIG. 8-3 is an example of a notification screen of the point management application, which is displayed based on the user's operation as an example, not limitation, after the point withdrawal process described later is executed in accordance with the above withdrawal instruction. is.
  • the total amount of the earned operation point balance and the paid operation point balance increases from "3,650” points to "13,650” points in accordance with the execution of the point withdrawal process. what has been done is displayed.
  • the total amount of the operating earned point evaluation value of “2,320” points and the operating paid point evaluation value of “0” points is “2,320” points. It is displayed that the total value of investment profit and loss in point management with paid points is "+120" points.
  • the earned operation point balance and the paid operation point balance may be displayed separately, or may not be displayed.
  • the operating point evaluation value display area AVR1 the operating earned point evaluation value and the operating paid point evaluation value may be displayed separately, or may not be displayed.
  • FIG. 8-4 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
  • processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A user AA's terminal 20
  • processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40
  • An example of processing is shown.
  • the user of the terminal 20A Prior to this process, the user of the terminal 20A must have opened (registered) an account for the point management service and an account for the securities trading service, and deposited an arbitrary purchaseable amount into the securities account. do.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits information on the amount of money that can be withdrawn, including the amount of money that can be purchased in the account of the terminal 20A, to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44 (S810).
  • the withdrawable amount information may or may not include the total asset amount in the account of the terminal 20A.
  • the withdrawable amount information may or may not include a transfer rate when transferring to points, which is preset by the user of the securities trading server 40. good.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A displays the received available withdrawal amount information on the display unit 24 (A810). Then, as an example and not limitation, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A accepts the withdrawal amount to be transferred from the securities trading service account to the point management service account based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A. (A820).
  • control unit 21 of the terminal 20A determines whether or not the accepted withdrawal amount is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount (A830).
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits point withdrawal request information including the withdrawal amount to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22 (A840 ).
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes point payment processing (S830).
  • step A830 is skipped in the terminal 20A, and the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes point withdrawal processing only when the withdrawal amount accepted by the point withdrawal request information is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount. may or may not be so.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 converts the withdrawal amount into points of the point management service, which is the withdrawal destination, according to the transfer rate.
  • the converted withdrawal amount is referred to as the number of withdrawal destination points.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 subtracts the withdrawal amount from the purchaseable amount.
  • control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits point grant request information including the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of withdrawal points to the server 10 via the communication I/F 14 (S840).
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 When receiving point award request information from the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14 (P810: YES), the control unit 11 of the server 10 receives point award processing (P820).
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 adds the received withdrawal point number to the paid management point balance in the account of the received point management application ID.
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits point grant result information including the paid operation point balance after the point grant processing to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14. Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits the withdrawal result information including the purchaseable amount after the point withdrawal processing to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44. Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 terminates the process.
  • control unit 11 of the server 10 may also transmit the point award result information to the securities trading server 40 as well. Then, upon receiving the point award result information from the server 10, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 may transmit the point award result information to the terminal 20A.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A displays the received payment result information on the display unit 24 (A850). Further, when the point award result information is received from the server 10 through the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received point award result information (A850). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
  • the communication system 1 is configured to transmit the purchaseable amount (an example of a unit value, not a limitation) associated with the user's securities trading service account (an example of the second identification information, not a limitation). Disassociate the withdrawal amount (not a limitation, but an example of the second value), and transfer the number of points based on the transfer rate (not a limitation, but an example of the second point number) to the user's point management service account (not a limitation)
  • a configuration in which a plurality of control units of the communication system 1 perform the process of associating with the first identification information) based on conditions such as input by the user (not a limitation, but an example of a set second condition) is shown.
  • the association of the second value among the legal currency values associated with the user's second identification information is canceled based on the set second condition.
  • a second number of points based on the second value can be associated with the first identity of the user.
  • the set second condition is that the withdrawal amount (not limited, but an example of the second value) is equal to the purchaseable amount (not limited, but an example of the value unit value associated with the second identification information ) (an example, but not a limitation, of a condition based on the value of the unit of value associated with the second identification).
  • the withdrawal amount not limited, but an example of the second value
  • the purchaseable amount not limited, but an example of the value unit value associated with the second identification information
  • the set second condition is that the withdrawal amount (not limited, but an example of the second value) is equal to the purchaseable amount (not limited, but an example of the value unit value associated with the second identification information ) (an example, but not a limitation, of a condition based on the value of the unit of value associated with the second identification).
  • the second process is the process of subtracting the withdrawal amount from the purchaseable amount and adding the number of withdrawal destination points to the paid management point balance (not limited to this, but An example of a process of subtracting the value and adding the second point number to the point number of the point management account)).
  • the second process by performing a process of subtracting the second value from the value unit value of the securities account and adding the second point number to the point number of the point management account, A second one of the fiat currency values associated with the second identity of the user can be disassociated and a second number of points based on the second value can be associated with the first identity of the user.
  • the number of points is divided into a paid management point balance (not limited, but an example of the number of paid points) and an earned management point balance (unpaid point balance) (not limited, but an example of the number of free points).
  • a paid management point balance not limited, but an example of the number of paid points
  • an earned management point balance not limited, but an example of the number of free points
  • the terminal 20 may provide profit information based on the balance of paid operation points (not limited, but an example of first profit information) and profit information based on the earned operation point balance (not limited, but an example of second profit information). ) can be displayed on the display unit 24 .
  • profit information based on the balance of paid operation points not limited, but an example of first profit information
  • profit information based on the earned operation point balance not limited, but an example of second profit information
  • the present embodiment can be applied to the output of the purchaseable amount (an example of a value unit value, not a limitation) associated with the user's securities trading service account (an example of the second identification information, not a limitation).
  • the association of the amount (not limited, but an example of the second value) is based on conditions such as input by the user (not limited, but an example of a set condition) (not limited, but a second value) 2 (an example of an information processing device).
  • the server 10 (not limited to, but an example of a first information processing device) that communicates with the securities trading server 40 receives point grant request information (not limited to, the number of points based on the first value), the number of points based on the first value of the user.
  • the server 10 shows a configuration in which the control unit 11 performs a point giving process (not a limitation, but an example of a process of associating the number of points based on the first value with the first identification information) based on the received information. .
  • a point giving process not a limitation, but an example of a process of associating the number of points based on the first value with the first identification information
  • the association of the first value among the value unit values associated with the second identification information of the user is performed based on the set conditions. Released by the device. Based on the information received from the second information processing device, the first information processing device can then associate the number of points based on the first value with the first identification information of the user.
  • the securities trading server 40 (not limited to, but an example of a first information processing device) that communicates with the server 10 (not limited to, but an example of a first information processing device) provides securities trading services for users.
  • Withdrawal amount (not limited, but an example of a second value) out of the purchaseable amount (not limited, but an example of a value unit value) associated with an account (not limited, but an example of second identification information)
  • a process of canceling the association is performed based on a condition such as an input by the user regarding withdrawal (not a limitation, but an example of a set condition).
  • the securities trading server 40 is configured to transmit point grant request information (not limited to, but an example of information relating to associating the first point number with the user's first identification information) to the server 10 via the communication I/F 44. showing.
  • point grant request information not limited to, but an example of information relating to associating the first point number with the user's first identification information
  • the second information processing device based on the set conditions, sets the first value among the value unit values associated with the user's second identification information. can be disassociated. Also, the second information processing device can cause the first information processing device to associate the first point number based on the first value with the first identification information of the user.
  • the point grant request information includes the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of points to be withdrawn, but is not limited to this.
  • the point grant request information may include the point management application ID of the terminal 20A, the withdrawal amount, and the transfer rate. Note that when the transfer rate is set by the user of the server 10 and transmitted to the securities transaction server 40, the point grant request information may not include the transfer rate.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 converts the received withdrawal amount into the number of points for the withdrawal destination according to the transfer rate.
  • control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes point withdrawal processing when the withdrawal amount is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, when the withdrawal amount is equal to or less than the total asset amount, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 may execute point withdrawal processing.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 sells the financial products held by the securities account until the purchaseable amount reaches or exceeds the withdrawal amount in the point withdrawal process. Then, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 converts the withdrawal amount into the number of withdrawal destination points according to the transfer rate. Then, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 subtracts the withdrawal amount from the purchaseable amount.
  • the set second condition is that the withdrawal amount (not a limitation, but an example of a second value) is the total asset amount (not a limitation, but an example of a value unit value associated with the second identification information)
  • a condition (an example, but not a limitation, of a condition based on the value of the unit of value associated with the second identification) may be included that:
  • a second one of the received fiat currency values can be disassociated, and a second number of points based on the second value can be associated with the first identity of the user.
  • FIG. 8-5 is a diagram showing an example of transition of screens displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modified example.
  • the left side of FIG. 8-5 shows, by way of example and not limitation, on the screen on the left side of FIG. It is an example of a financial product order screen displayed when selected.
  • the order condition is to place an order for "100" shares of "Company Z" at a limit price of "6,000".
  • the purchaseable amount in the securities account is "600,000" yen.
  • the display transitions to the home screen in the center of FIG. 8-5 as an example and not a limitation.
  • the stock item of "Company Z” and the current stock price of "5,998" are displayed in the stock item because the user has acquired the stock of "Company Z.” Further, below the current stock price, it is shown that the stock price has fluctuated by " ⁇ 0" yen since the acquisition of the stock.
  • the purchaseable amount becomes “0" yen due to the withdrawal of the fraction "200" yen after the transaction, and the total asset amount is "599,800" yen.
  • the screen on the right side of FIG. 8-5 is an example of a point management application notification screen that is displayed based on a user's operation, not by way of limitation, after the point awarding process is executed.
  • the total amount of the acquired operation point balance and the paid operation point balance increases from "3,650" points to "3,850” points in accordance with the execution of the point withdrawal process. what has been done is displayed.
  • the second value is a fraction of the purchaseable amount generated by ordering the product (not limited, but the remaining value obtained by purchasing the product using the value unit value associated with the second identification information) (example)).
  • the remaining value obtained by purchasing the product using the value unit value associated with the second identification information is associated with the second identification information as the second value.
  • a second one of the derived value unit values may be disassociated so that a second number of points based on the second value is associated with the first identification.
  • the product to be ordered can be a financial product.
  • the value remaining after purchasing a financial product using the value unit value associated with the second identification information is set as the second value, and the second identification information
  • a second one of the associated value unit values may be disassociated such that a second number of points based on the second value is associated with the first identification.
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 adds a predetermined bonus point to the withdrawal destination points received from the securities trading server 40 in the point granting process.
  • the added points may be given as paid points, or may not be given.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes point withdrawal processing when the withdrawal amount is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 performs point withdrawal processing. may be executed.
  • withdrawal was made from the account managed by the securities transaction server 40 to the account managed by the server 10 that provides the point management service, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a point management server (not shown) for managing the point service is provided, and a communication from the securities transaction server 40 to the server 10 is provided via the point management server. Withdrawals may be made.
  • the balance of paid points and the balance of earned points are managed as the point balance in the point application account management database.
  • the securities trading server 40 transmits the point grant request information to the point management server, and upon receiving the point grant request information, the point management server executes point grant processing.
  • the point management application account management database 155 uses the first point management application account management database 155A. Then, in the point granting process, the control unit 11 of the server 10 adds the received withdrawal point number to the management point balance in the account of the received point management application ID.
  • ⁇ Ninth embodiment> In the fourth embodiment, an example was shown in which the point management application ID and the securities trading application ID are independent, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the ninth embodiment is an embodiment that uses common identification information (hereinafter referred to as "common application ID") in the point management application and the securities trading application.
  • FIG. 9A is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
  • the storage unit 15 stores, as a non-limiting example, a point use application management processing program 151 , common account registration data 159 , and a point use application account management database 155 .
  • FIG. 9B is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 45 of the securities transaction server 40 in this embodiment.
  • a securities transaction application management processing program 451 a securities transaction core business processing program 452, a common account registration data 459, a securities transaction application account management database 455, and a financial product management database 457 are stored.
  • the common account registration data 159 is registration data relating to accounts of applications (in this example, a point management application and a securities trading application), and an example of the data configuration is shown in FIG. 9C.
  • Common account registration data 159 stores a user name, a common application ID, and other registration information in association with each other, for example and not limitation.
  • the user name is the name of the account of the terminal 20 that uses the point management application and the stock trading application. is stored.
  • the common application ID is information used to identify the account of the point management application and the securities trading application, or the account itself. This common application ID is preferably a unique value for each account, and as an example and not a limitation, a unique value (unique value) is set and stored for each account by the server 10 or the securities trading server 40 .
  • the common application ID is information associated with the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20, and is an example of information about the terminal or information about the user of the terminal.
  • the other registration information includes, for example and not limitation, identification information for identifying the terminal 20, the telephone number of the terminal 20 (terminal telephone number), the e-mail address (terminal e-mail address), various Various types of information such as authentication information such as passwords (login password, authentication password, etc.) used for authentication can be included.
  • Common account registration data 459 may have the same data configuration as common account registration data 159 as an example and not limitation.
  • the information stored in common account registration data 159 and common account registration data 459 can be synchronized.
  • the first point management application account management database 155A can be used as an example and not as a limitation.
  • the common application ID is stored in the point management application ID item in the first point management application account management database 155A.
  • the first securities transaction application account management database 455A can be used as an example and not as a limitation.
  • the common application ID is stored in the item of the securities transaction application ID in the first securities transaction application account management database 455A.
  • the number of points of the user and the value of the legal currency of the user are managed by a common application ID (common account) (not a limitation, but an example in which the second identification information is the first identification information). showing configuration.
  • a common application ID common account
  • the second identification information is the first identification information
  • the third point management application account management database 155C can be used as an example and not as a limitation.
  • the common application ID is stored in the point management application ID item in the third point management application account management database 155C.
  • the managed point balance in the point management service and the buyable amount in the securities trading service are separately managed, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the amount that can be purchased increases or decreases according to the increase or decrease of the balance of operating points, and the balance of operating points increases or decreases according to the increase or decrease of the amount that can be purchased. It may or may not be increased or decreased.
  • the point evaluation value during operation is "2,320" points
  • removing all the points under operation from the point operation increases the point balance under operation to "102,320” points.
  • the purchaseable amount is "102,320" yen.
  • the points in the point management service are converted/transferred (transferred) into the legal currency value in the securities trading service, and the legal currency value in the securities trading service is converted/transferred (granted) into points in the point management service. ) are executed synchronously.
  • the balance of paid management points and the purchaseable amount are not distinguished, and the balance of paid management points
  • the purchaseable amount may be increased or decreased according to the increase or decrease in the amount of purchase, and the balance of paid management points may be increased or decreased according to the increase or decrease in the purchaseable amount.
  • the point management application ID and the securities trading application ID are distinguished, and the management point balance and the purchaseable amount are not distinguished, and purchases can be made according to the increase or decrease of the management point balance.
  • the amount of money increases or decreases, and the management point balance may increase or decrease according to the increase or decrease of the amount of money that can be purchased.
  • the paid management point balance and the purchaseable amount are not distinguished, and the paid management points
  • the purchaseable amount may be increased or decreased according to the increase or decrease in the balance
  • the paid management point balance may be increased or decreased according to the increase or decrease in the purchaseable amount.
  • the second securities transaction application account management database 455B as the securities transaction application account management database 455 as an example and not a limitation, it is possible to increase or decrease the operation point balance without distinguishing between the operation point balance and the securities point balance.
  • the stock point balance may increase or decrease according to the change in the stock point balance, and the management point balance may increase or decrease in accordance with the increase or decrease in the stock point balance.
  • the number of points of the user and the value of the legal currency of the user are shared by different accounts (not a limitation, but an example that the second identification information is different from the first identification information). , or a configuration in which accounts are shared without distinction (not limited, but an example in which the second identification information is the first identification information).
  • the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration it is possible to appropriately manage the number of points of the user and the value of the legal currency of the user regardless of the relationship between the first identification information and the second identification information. can be
  • the control unit 11 of the server 10 generates recommended operation course information regarding an operation course recommended for the user. Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits recommended operation course information, which is information regarding one or more operation courses, to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14 .
  • recommended operation course information which is information regarding one or more operation courses
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received recommended operation course information.
  • control unit 21 of the terminal 20A may generate the recommended operation course information and display it on the display unit 24, or may not do so.
  • the recommended operating course information can select a recommended operating course based on the following user information, by way of example and not limitation.
  • Point investment period As a non-limiting example, if the point investment period is long, we recommend an operation course that shows a long-term upward trend although the fluctuation range of the index value is small.
  • Number of points to be invested As an example, not a limitation, if the number of points to be invested is small, a speculative investment course with high volatility is recommended because investment losses are small.
  • Investment results for each investment course As an example, not a limitation, we recommend an investment course with a high rate of increase within a certain period.
  • This embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 displays information on a recommended operation course (not a limitation, but an example of index value candidates) on the display unit 24 based on the information of the user of the terminal 20 .
  • the terminal can notify the user of suitable index value candidates based on the user's information.
  • the information of the user of the terminal 20 includes information such as the point investment period of the user of the terminal 20, the number of points managed, and the management performance (not limited, but an example of information related to the management of the number of points). can do.
  • the terminal notifies the user of a more appropriate index value candidate based on the information regarding the operation of the point number based on the association between the point number and the index value. can do.
  • the information of the user of the terminal 20 can include information such as tastes and preferences, purchase history, and personality diagnosis of the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of user attribute information).
  • the terminal can notify the user of more appropriate index value candidates based on the user's attribute information.
  • the index value in point management may fall below the index value at the time of addition to point management due to fluctuations, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the index value in point management may or may not fall below the index value at the time of addition to point management.
  • an investment course with a hypothetical index value that has a high probability of making a profit is one in which the index value does not decrease, or in which the index value fluctuates in the short term but inevitably rises in the long term ( hereinafter referred to as a "beginner's course") may be set or may not be set.
  • the introductory course may or may not be selected as the management course.
  • the introductory course may be selected as the operation course when the credit score (social score) is below a certain value. and do not have to.
  • This embodiment shows a configuration in which the index value does not fall below the value of the index value (not a limitation, but an example of the reference value) at the time when the user of the terminal 20 added the point to the point management.
  • the index value does not fall below the reference value, which is the value when the user associates the points with the index value, so that the motivation of the user is not lowered. or improve user motivation.
  • points in point management are classified into paid points and earned points when withdrawals are made from a securities service account to a point management service account, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • points in point management may be composed of two types of points: paid points and earned points. and do not have to.
  • the paid points and earned points may or may not be operated in different courses. good too.
  • the investment course for paid points may or may not use index values with higher volatility and leverage than the investment course for earned points.
  • the transfer rate for point transfer may or may not be different between paid points and earned points.

Abstract

The present invention improves convenience for a user with respect to point management, etc.　According to the present invention, a terminal executes: a feature in which a program run by a user terminal acquires, through a control unit of the terminal, information about an investment product based on index values associated with a point number, which is the number of points, for the user, that is associated with fluctuating-value index values and that fluctuates on the basis of fluctuations in the index values; and a feature in which the acquired information about the investment product is displayed on a display unit of the terminal.

Description

プログラム、情報処理方法、端末、システムprogram, information processing method, terminal, system
　本開示は、プログラム、情報処理方法、端末等に関する。 The present disclosure relates to programs, information processing methods, terminals, and the like.
　スマートフォンやパソコン等の情報処理装置を用いて、商品やサービス等の購入に伴い、ポイントを付与する技術が存在する。例えば特許文献１には、ポイントの付与やポイントの使用を行うための技術が開示されている。 There are technologies that give points for purchasing products and services using information processing devices such as smartphones and personal computers. For example, Patent Literature 1 discloses a technique for giving points and using points.
特開２００２－３０４４７２号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-304472
　本発明の第１の態様によると、ユーザの端末によって実行されるプログラムは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を端末の制御部によって取得することと、取得された投資対象の情報を端末の表示部に表示することとが端末によって実行される。
　本発明の第２の態様によると、ユーザの端末の情報処理方法は、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を端末の制御部によって取得することと、取得された投資対象の情報を端末の表示部に表示することとを含む。
　本発明の第３の態様によると、ユーザの端末は、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を取得する制御部と、取得された投資対象の情報を表示する表示部とを備える。
　本発明の第４の態様によると、ユーザの端末は、メモリに記憶されたプログラムを読み出し、プログラムに基づく処理を実行するプロセッサーを備え、プロセッサーは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を取得することと、取得された投資対象の情報を端末の表示部に表示することとを実行する。
　本発明の第５の態様によると、端末と通信するサーバによって実行されるプログラムは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値をサーバの制御部によって取得することと、指標値に基づく投資対象の情報をサーバの通信部によって端末に送信することとがサーバによって実行される。
　本発明の第６の態様によると、複数の制御部を備えるシステムによって実行されるプログラムは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値を、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付ける第１処理を、設定された第１条件に基づいて複数の制御部によって行うこと、または第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、第２値に基づく第２ポイント数を第１識別情報に関連付ける第２処理を、設定された第２条件に基づいて複数の制御部によって行うこと、がシステムによって実行される。
　本発明の第７の態様によると、複数の制御部を備えるシステムの情報処理方法は、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値を、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付ける第１処理を、設定された第１条件に基づいて複数の制御部によって行うこと、または第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、第２値に基づく第２ポイント数を第１識別情報に関連付ける第２処理を、設定された第２条件に基づいて複数の制御部によって行うこと、を含む。
　本発明の第８の態様によると、システムは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値を、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付ける第１処理を、設定された第１条件に基づいて行う、または第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、第２値に基づく第２ポイント数を第１識別情報に関連付ける第２処理を、設定された第２条件に基づいて行う、複数の制御部を備える。
　本発明の第９の態様によると、システムは、複数のメモリに記憶されたプログラムを読み出し、プログラムに基づく処理を実行する複数のプロセッサーを備え、複数のプロセッサーは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値を、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付ける第１処理を、設定された第１条件に基づいて行うこと、または第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、第２値に基づく第２ポイント数を第１識別情報に関連付ける第２処理を、設定された第２条件に基づいて行うこと、を実行する。
　本発明の第１０の態様によると、第２情報処理装置と通信する第１情報処理装置によって実行されるプログラムは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除する処理を、設定された条件に基づいて第１情報処理装置の制御部によって行うことと、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の値である第１値を、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報を第１情報処理装置の通信部によって第２情報処理装置に送信することとが第１情報処理装置によって実行される。
　本発明の第１１の態様によると、第２情報処理装置と通信する第１情報処理装置によって実行されるプログラムは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントとは異なる価値単位の値であって、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第１値の関連付けが、設定された条件に基づいて第２情報処理装置によって解除され、第１値に基づくポイントの数であるポイント数を、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報を第１情報処理装置の通信部によって第２情報処理装置から受信することと、情報に基づいて、第１値に基づくポイント数を第１識別情報に関連付ける処理を第１情報処理装置の制御部によって行うこととが第１情報処理装置によって実行される。
　本発明の第１２の態様によると、第１情報処理装置と通信する第２情報処理装置によって実行されるプログラムは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けが、設定された条件に基づいて第１情報処理装置によって解除され、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の値である第１値を、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報を第２情報処理装置の通信部によって第１情報処理装置から受信することと、情報に基づいて、第１ポイント数に基づく第１値を第２識別情報に関連付ける処理を第２情報処理装置の制御部によって行うこととが第２情報処理装置によって実行される。
　本発明の第１３の態様によると、第１情報処理装置と通信する第２情報処理装置によって実行されるプログラムは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントとは異なる価値単位の値であって、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第１値の関連付けを解除する処理を、設定された条件に基づいて第２情報処理装置の制御部によって行うことと、第１値に基づく、ポイントの数である第１ポイント数を、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報を第２情報処理装置の通信部によって第１情報処理装置に送信することとが第２情報処理装置によって実行される。 According to a first aspect of the present invention, a program executed by a user's terminal is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, and with a number of points that is the number of points of the user that are varied based on the variation of the index value. The terminal acquires information on the investment target based on the index value associated with the number of points by the control unit of the terminal, and displays the acquired information on the investment target on the display unit of the terminal. be.
According to a second aspect of the present invention, an information processing method of a user's terminal is a number of points, which is the number of user points associated with a variable index value and varied based on the variation of the index value. and acquiring investment target information based on the index value associated with the number of points by the control unit of the terminal, and displaying the acquired investment target information on the display unit of the terminal.
According to a third aspect of the present invention, the user's terminal is associated with an index value whose value varies and is the number of points of the user that is varied based on the variation of the index value, the number of points and a display unit for displaying the acquired investment target information.
According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, a user's terminal comprises a processor for reading a program stored in a memory and executing a process based on the program, the processor being associated with an index value whose value varies, the index value acquiring investment target information based on an index value associated with the number of points, which is the number of points of the user that is changed based on the change in the number of points; and transmitting the acquired investment target information to the terminal display on the display unit of
According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, a program executed by a server in communication with a terminal is associated with a variable index value, and is associated with a variable index value with a number of points that is varied based on the variation in the index value. The server acquires the index value associated with the number of points by the control unit of the server, and transmits the investment target information based on the index value to the terminal by the communication unit of the server.
According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, a program executed by a system comprising a plurality of controllers is associated with an index value whose value varies and is a number of points that are varied based on the variation of the index value. disassociating a first number of points from the number of points associated with the first identification of the user, and disassociating a first value in units of value different from the points based on the first number of points to the user; performing a first process of associating with the second identification information by a plurality of control units based on a set first condition, or associating a second value among the value unit values associated with the second identification information is released, and a second process of associating a second point number based on the second value with the first identification information is performed by the plurality of control units based on the set second condition.
According to a seventh aspect of the present invention, an information processing method for a system having a plurality of control units includes: a point number, which is the number of points associated with a variable index value and varied based on the variation of the index value; disassociating a first number of points from among the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user, and disassociating a first value in units of value different from the points based on the first number of points to the user's Performing a first process of associating with the second identification information by a plurality of control units based on a set first condition, or associating a second value among the value unit values associated with the second identification information performing a second process of canceling and associating a second number of points based on the second value with the first identification information by a plurality of control units based on the set second condition.
According to an eighth aspect of the present invention, the system comprises: a number of points associated with a variable index value and varying based on the variation of the index value; a first process of disassociating a first number of points among the number of points associated with and associating a first value of a unit of value different from points based on the first number of points with second identification information of the user , based on the set first condition, or disassociating the second value among the value unit values associated with the second identification information, and obtaining a second number of points based on the second value as the first identification A plurality of control units are provided for performing a second process associated with the information based on a set second condition.
According to a ninth aspect of the present invention, a system comprises a plurality of processors for reading programs stored in a plurality of memories and performing processing based on the programs, the plurality of processors associated with variable index values. disassociate a first number of the number of points that is the number of points that is the number of points that are changed based on the change in the index value, the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user; performing a first process of associating a first value of a unit of value different from points based on the number of points with second identification information of the user based on a set first condition, or associated with the second identification information; performing a second process of disassociating the second value among the values of the value unit obtained and associating a second point number based on the second value with the first identification information based on the set second condition; to run.
According to the tenth aspect of the present invention, the program executed by the first information processing device that communicates with the second information processing device is associated with the index value whose value varies, and is varied based on the variation of the index value. the number of points, which is the number of points, and the first information processing device performs a process of releasing the association of the first number of points among the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user based on the set condition and associating a first value, which is a value in units of value different from points based on the number of first points, with the second identification information of the user, to the communication unit of the first information processing device and transmitting to the second information processing device by the first information processing device.
According to the eleventh aspect of the present invention, the program executed by the first information processing device communicating with the second information processing device is associated with an index value whose value varies, and is varied based on the variation of the index value. The association of the first value, which is a value unit value different from the points and is associated with the second identification information of the user, is canceled by the second information processing device based on the set condition. receiving from the second information processing device by the communication unit of the first information processing device information relating to associating the number of points, which is the number of points based on the first value, with the first identification information of the user; Based on this, the first information processing device performs a process of associating the number of points based on the first value with the first identification information by the control unit of the first information processing device.
According to the twelfth aspect of the present invention, the program executed by the second information processing device that communicates with the first information processing device is associated with a variable index value and is varied based on the variation of the index value. The number of points, which is the number of points, the association of the first number of points among the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user is canceled by the first information processing device based on the set condition, The communication unit of the second information processing device receives from the first information processing device information relating to associating a first value, which is a value in units of value different from points based on the number of first points, with the second identification information of the user. and performing, based on the information, a process of associating the first value based on the first point number with the second identification information by the control unit of the second information processing device.
According to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the program executed by the second information processing device that communicates with the first information processing device is associated with the index value whose value varies, and is varied based on the variation of the index value. A process of disassociating the first value, which is a value unit value different from the point and is associated with the second identification information of the user, based on the set conditions, the second information and information about associating a first point number, which is the number of points based on the first value, with the first identification information of the user by the communication unit of the second information processing device. transmitting to the information processing device is performed by the second information processing device.
第１実施例に係る通信システムのシステム構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the system configuration|structure of the communication system which concerns on 1st Example. 第１実施例に係るサーバの制御部によって実現される機能の一例を示す図。FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by a control unit of the server according to the first embodiment; 第１実施例に係るサーバの記憶部に記憶される情報の一例を示す図。FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in a storage unit of the server according to the first embodiment; 第１実施例に係るポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the point management application account registration data which concerns on 1st Example. 第１実施例に係るポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベースの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the point management application account management database which concerns on 1st Example. 第１実施例に係る証券取引サーバの制御部によって実現される機能の一例を示す図。FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of functions implemented by the control unit of the securities transaction server according to the first embodiment; 第１実施例に係る証券取引サーバの記憶部に記憶される情報の一例を示す図。FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in a storage unit of the securities transaction server according to the first embodiment; 第１実施例に係る証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the securities transaction application account registration data based on 1st Example. 第１実施例に係る金融商品管理データベースの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the financial-instrument management database based on 1st Example. 第１実施例に係る証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベースの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the securities transaction application account management database which concerns on 1st Example. 第１実施例に係る端末の制御部によって実現される機能の一例を示す図。FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by a control unit of the terminal according to the first embodiment; 第１実施例に係る端末の記憶部に記憶される情報の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the information memorize|stored in the memory|storage part of the terminal which concerns on 1st Example. 第１実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 1st Example. 第１実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 1st Example. 第１実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。4 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the first embodiment; 第２実施例に係るサーバの記憶部に記憶される情報の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the information memorize|stored in the memory|storage part of the server based on 2nd Example. 第２実施例に係るポイント運用コース登録データベースの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the point utilization course registration database which concerns on 2nd Example. 第２実施例に係るポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベースの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the point management application account management database which concerns on 2nd Example. 第２実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 2nd Example. 第２実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 2nd Example. 第２実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。9 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the second embodiment; 第２実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。9 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the second embodiment; 第２変形例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on a 2nd modification. 第２変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。10 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the second modified example; 第３実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 3rd Example. 第３実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。FIG. 11 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the third embodiment; FIG. 第３変形例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on a 3rd modification. 第４実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 4th Example. 第４実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 4th Example. 第４実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the fourth embodiment; FIG. 第４変形例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on a 4th modification. 第５実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 5th Example. 第５実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。14 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the fifth embodiment; 第６実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 6th Example. 第６実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 6th Example. 第６変形例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on a 6th modification. 第６変形例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on a 6th modification. 第６変形例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on a 6th modification. 第７実施例に係る証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベースの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the securities transaction application account management database which concerns on 7th Example. 第７実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 7th Example. 第７実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 7th Example. 第８実施例に係るポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベースの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the point management application account management database which concerns on 8th Example. 第８実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 8th Example. 第８実施例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on 8th Example. 第８実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。FIG. 12 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device according to the eighth embodiment; FIG. 第８変形例に係る端末の表示部に表示される画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal which concerns on an 8th modification. 第９実施例に係るサーバの記憶部に記憶される情報の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the information memorize|stored in the memory|storage part of the server based on 9th Example. 第９実施例に係る証券取引サーバの記憶部に記憶される情報の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the information memorize|stored in the memory|storage part of the securities transaction server based on 9th Example. 第９実施例に係る共通アカウント登録データの一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the common account registration data which concerns on 9th Example.
＜法的事項の遵守＞
　本明細書に記載の開示は、通信の秘密など、本開示の実施に必要な実施国の法的事項遵守を前提とすることに留意されたい。 <Compliance with legal matters>
Note that the disclosure provided herein is subject to compliance with the legal requirements of the implementing country required for the practice of this disclosure, such as confidentiality of communications.
＜実施形態＞
　本明細書では、分かり易いように「限定ではなく例として」と記載する箇所があるが、該当箇所ばかりでなく、以下説明する実施形態の全体について、その記載内容に限定されるものではないことに留意されたい。 <Embodiment>
In this specification, there are places described as "as an example, not as a limitation" for the sake of clarity, but not only the relevant places, but also the whole of the embodiments described below are not limited to the contents of that description. Please note.
　本開示に係るプログラム等を実施するための実施形態について、図面を参照して説明する。 An embodiment for implementing the program etc. according to the present disclosure will be described with reference to the drawings.
　最初に、システムとは、限定ではなく例として、複数の装置を有して構成されるものとすることができる。
　複数の装置は、同じ種類の装置の組合せとしてもよいし、異なる種類の装置の組合せとしてもよいし、同じ種類の装置と異なる種類の装置との組合せとしてもよい。
　なお、システムとは、限定ではなく例として、複数の装置が協働して何らかの処理を行うもの、と考えることもできる。 First, a system may be configured with a plurality of devices, by way of example and not limitation.
The plurality of devices may be a combination of devices of the same type, a combination of devices of different types, or a combination of devices of the same type and devices of different types.
It should be noted that, by way of example and not limitation, a system can also be considered as a plurality of devices working together to perform some processing.
　また、クライアント（クライアント装置）とサーバとに関するシステムとは、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも以下のいずれかと考えることができる。
　（１）端末＆サーバ
　（２）サーバ
　（３）端末 Also, a system involving a client (client device) and a server can be considered, by way of example and not limitation, to be at least one of the following.
(1) Terminal & Server (2) Server (3) Terminal
　（１）は、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも１つの端末と、少なくとも１つのサーバとを含むシステムである。この一例は、クライアントサーバシステムである。 (1) is a system including, by way of example and not limitation, at least one terminal and at least one server. An example of this is a client-server system.
　サーバは、限定ではなく例として、以下の装置によって構成されており、単独の装置であってもよいし、複数の装置の組合せであってもよいものとする。 The server is composed of the following devices, for example and not limitation, and may be a single device or a combination of multiple devices.
　具体的には、サーバは、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも１つのプロセッサー（限定ではなく例として、ＣＰＵ：Central Processing Unit、ＧＰＵ：Graphics Processing Unit、ＡＰＵ：Accelerated Processing Unit、ＤＳＰ：Digital Signal Processor（限定ではなく例として、ＡＳＩＣ：Application Specific Integrated Circuit、ＦＰＧＡ：Field Programmable Gate Array）等）、コンピュータ装置（プロセッサー＋メモリ）、制御装置、演算装置、処理装置等のいずれかを有して構成され、いずれか１つの装置の同種を複数備える構成（限定ではなく例として、ＣＰＵ＋ＣＰＵ、ホモジニアスマルチコアプロセッサー等）や、いずれか１つの装置の異種を複数備える構成（限定ではなく例として、ＣＰＵ＋ＤＳＰ、ヘテロジニアスマルチコアプロセッサー等）としてもよいし、複数の装置の組み合わせ（限定ではなく例として、プロセッサー＋コンピュータ装置、プロセッサー＋演算装置、複数の装置をヘテロジニアス化したもの等）であってもよい。
　なお、プロセッサーは、仮想プロセッサーとしてもよい。 Specifically, the server includes, by way of example and not limitation, at least one processor (examples and not limitation include: CPU: Central Processing Unit, GPU: Graphics Processing Unit, APU: Accelerated Processing Unit, DSP: Digital Signal Processor (not limited to Instead, as an example, ASIC: Application Specific Integrated Circuit, FPGA: Field Programmable Gate Array), etc.), computer device (processor + memory), control device, arithmetic device, processing device, etc. Or a configuration with a plurality of the same type of one device (as a non-limiting example, CPU + CPU, homogeneous multi-core processor, etc.), or a configuration with a plurality of different types of any one device (as a non-limiting example, CPU + DSP, heterogeneous multi-core processor etc.), or a combination of a plurality of devices (as non-limiting examples, a processor + computer device, a processor + arithmetic device, a plurality of heterogeneous devices, etc.).
Note that the processor may be a virtual processor.
　また、サーバによって何らかの処理を実行する場合に、単一の装置で構成される場合は、単一の装置によって実施例に記載されている処理が実行される。また、複数の装置を有して構成されている場合には、一部の処理を一方の装置が実行し、その他の処理を他方の装置が実行するように構成されていてもよい。限定ではなく例として、プロセッサーと、演算装置とを有して構成される場合、第１処理をプロセッサーが実行し、第２処理を演算装置が実行するように構成されていてもよい。
　また、複数の装置で構成する場合には、各々の装置が互いに物理的に離れた位置に配置されて構成されてもよい。 Also, in the case where some processing is executed by the server, if it is composed of a single device, the processing described in the embodiments is executed by the single device. Further, in the case of a configuration having a plurality of devices, it may be configured such that one device executes a part of the processing and the other device executes the other processing. By way of example and not limitation, when configured with a processor and an arithmetic device, the processor may be configured to perform the first process and the arithmetic device may be configured to perform the second process.
In addition, when a plurality of devices are used, each device may be arranged at a position physically separated from each other.
　また、サーバの機能は、限定ではなく例として、クラウドコンピューティングにおけるＰａａＳやＩａａＳ、ＳａａＳの形態で提供されるようにしてもよい。 In addition, the functions of the server may be provided in the form of PaaS, IaaS, or SaaS in cloud computing as an example and not as a limitation.
　また、システムの制御部は、端末の制御部とサーバの制御部とのうちの少なくともいずれか一方とすることができる。つまり、限定ではなく例として、（１Ａ）端末の制御部のみ、（１Ｂ）サーバの制御部のみ、（１Ｃ）端末の制御部とサーバの制御部との両方、のうちのいずれかを、システムの制御部とすることができる。 Also, the control unit of the system can be at least one of the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server. That is, as an example and not a limitation, any one of (1A) only the control unit of the terminal, (1B) only the control unit of the server, or (1C) both the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server may be used in the system. can be a control unit.
　また、システムの制御部が行う制御や処理（以下、包括的に「制御等」と称する。）は、（１Ａ）端末の制御部のみによって行うようにしてもよいし、（１Ｂ）サーバの制御部のみによって行うようにしてもよいし、（１Ｃ）端末の制御部とサーバの制御部との両方によって行うようにしてもよい。
　また、（１Ｃ）では、限定ではなく例として、システムが制御部によって行う制御等のうちの一部の制御等を端末の制御部によって行うようにし、残りの制御等をサーバの制御部によって行うようにしてもよい。この場合、制御等の割り当て（割り振り）は、等分であってもよいし、等分ではなく異なる割合で割り当ててもよい。 Further, the control and processing performed by the control unit of the system (hereinafter collectively referred to as "control, etc.") may be performed only by (1A) the control unit of the terminal, or (1B) the control of the server (1C) It may be performed by both the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server.
In addition, in (1C), as an example and not a limitation, part of the control performed by the control unit of the system is performed by the control unit of the terminal, and the rest of the control is performed by the control unit of the server. You may do so. In this case, the allocation (allocation) of control and the like may be equally divided, or may be allocated at different ratios instead of equally divided.
　また、サーバの通信部という場合、サーバが単一の装置によって構成されている場合には、単一の装置が備える通信部そのものであってもよい。また、サーバが複数の装置を有して構成されている場合には、サーバの通信部は、各々の装置が備える各々の通信部を含む構成であってもよい。
　限定ではなく例として、サーバは、第１装置と第２装置とを備え、第１装置は第１通信部を有し、第２装置は第２通信部を有する場合、サーバの通信部は、第１通信部と第２通信部とを含む概念としてもよい。 Further, in the case of the communication unit of the server, when the server is composed of a single device, the communication unit itself provided in the single device may be used. Further, when the server is configured to have a plurality of devices, the communication section of the server may be configured to include each communication section provided in each device.
By way of example and not limitation, if a server comprises a first device and a second device, the first device having a first communication portion and the second device having a second communication portion, the communication portion of the server may include: It is good also as a concept containing a 1st communication part and a 2nd communication part.
　（２）は、限定ではなく例として、複数のサーバによって構成されるシステム（以下、「サーバシステム」と称する。）とすることができる。この場合、各々のサーバの構成としては、前述した構成を同様に適用することができる。 (2) can be a system configured by a plurality of servers (hereinafter referred to as a "server system") as an example and not as a limitation. In this case, the configuration described above can be similarly applied as the configuration of each server.
　サーバシステムが行う制御等は、複数のサーバのうち、（２Ａ）一のサーバのみによって行うようにしてもよいし、（２Ｂ）他のサーバのみによって行うようにしてもよいし、（２Ｃ）一のサーバと他のサーバとが行うようにしてもよい。
　また、（２Ｃ）では、限定ではなく例として、サーバシステムが行う制御等のうちの一部の制御等を一のサーバが行うようにし、残りの制御等を他のサーバが行うようにしてもよい。この場合、制御等の割り当て（割り振り）は、等分であってもよいし、等分ではなく異なる割合で割り当ててもよい。 The control or the like performed by the server system may be performed by (2A) only one server, (2B) only another server, or (2C) one of the plurality of servers. server and another server.
Also, in (2C), as an example and not a limitation, one server may perform part of the control performed by the server system, and the remaining control may be performed by another server. good. In this case, the allocation (allocation) of control and the like may be equally divided, or may be allocated at different ratios instead of equally divided.
　（３）は、限定ではなく例として、複数の端末によって構成されるシステムとすることができる。
　このシステムは、限定ではなく例として、以下のようなシステムとすることができる。
　・サーバの機能を端末に持たせるシステム（分散システム）。これは、限定ではなく例として、ブロックチェーンの技術を用いて実現することが可能である。
　・端末同士が無線通信を行うシステム。これは、限定ではなく例として、ブルートゥース等の近距離無線通信技術を用いてＰ２Ｐ（ピアツーピア）方式等で通信を行うことで実現可能である。 (3) can be, by way of example and not limitation, a system composed of a plurality of terminals.
The system may be, by way of example and not limitation, a system such as the following.
・A system in which terminals have server functions (distributed system). This can be accomplished using blockchain technology, by way of example and not limitation.
・A system in which terminals communicate wirelessly with each other. As an example and not a limitation, this can be realized by performing communication in a P2P (Peer-to-Peer) method or the like using short-range wireless communication technology such as Bluetooth.
　なお、上記は、制御部に限らず、システムの構成要素となり得る入出力部、通信部、記憶部、時計部等の各機能部についても同様である。 It should be noted that the above is not limited to the control unit, and the same applies to each functional unit such as an input/output unit, a communication unit, a storage unit, and a clock unit that can be components of the system.
　以下の実施形態では、限定ではなく例として、端末とサーバとを含むシステム（限定ではなく例として、クライアントサーバシステム）を例示する。
　なお、サーバとして、上記（２）のサーバシステムを適用することも可能である。 In the following embodiments, by way of example and not by way of limitation, a system including a terminal and a server (by way of example and not by way of limitation, a client-server system) is illustrated.
It is also possible to apply the server system of (2) above as the server.
　また、端末とサーバとを含むシステムに代えて、サーバを含まないシステム、限定ではなく例として、上記（３）のシステムを適用することも可能である。
　この場合の実施形態は、前述したブロックチェーンの技術等に基づいて構成することが可能である。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、以下の実施形態で説明するサーバに記憶されて管理されるデータを、ブロックチェーン上に保管（格納）する。そして、端末が、ブロックチェーンへのトランザクションを生成し、トランザクションがブロックチェーン上で承認されると、ブロックチェーン上に保管されたデータが更新されるようにすることができる。 Also, instead of a system including a terminal and a server, it is possible to apply a system that does not include a server, such as the system of (3) above as an example and not as a limitation.
An embodiment in this case can be configured based on the above-described blockchain technology or the like. Specifically, as an example and not a limitation, data stored and managed in a server described in the following embodiments is saved (stored) on a blockchain. The terminal can then generate a transaction to the blockchain, and when the transaction is approved on the blockchain, the data stored on the blockchain can be updated.
　なお、端末と表現した場合でも、これは、クライアントサーバにおけるクライアントの装置としての端末の意味に限定されるものではない。
　つまり、端末は、クライアントサーバにおけるものではない装置の概念を含むこともあり得る。 It should be noted that even when the term "terminal" is used, this is not limited to the meaning of a terminal as a client device in a client server.
That is, a terminal may include the concept of a device that is not in a client server.
　また、システムのプログラム（システムによって実行されるプログラム）という場合、システムについては前述した通りである。そして、前述したシステムのプログラムとは、システム全体で実行可能なプログラムであって、このプログラムは、限定ではなく例として、システムを構成する装置個々のプログラムで構成されてもよく、システムを構成する個々の装置に保存されるプログラムは、各々異なっていてもよいものとする。つまり、システムを構成する個々の装置で共通のプログラムでなくてもよいものとする。
　限定ではなく例として、システムが端末とサーバとで構成されている場合、システムのプログラムをＰ１とすると、システムのプログラムＰ１は、端末に保存されたプログラムＰ２と、サーバに保存されたプログラムＰ３とで構成され、Ｐ２とＰ３とは、システムのプログラムを実行するためのものであり、それぞれ異なるプログラムとなっていてもよい。限定ではなく例として、端末に保存されたプログラムＰ２は、第１の処理を実行し、第１の処理をした結果をサーバに送信するプログラムであり、サーバに保存されたプログラムＰ３は、受信した第１の処理をした結果に対して第２の処理を行い、第２の処理を行った結果を端末に送信するプログラムであってもよい。 Also, when referring to a program of the system (a program executed by the system), the system is as described above. The program of the system mentioned above is a program that can be executed by the entire system. This program, as an example and not a limitation, may be composed of a program for each device that constitutes the system. Programs stored in individual devices may be different. In other words, the programs do not have to be common to the individual devices that make up the system.
By way of example and not limitation, if the system consists of a terminal and a server, let the program of the system be P1. P2 and P3 are for executing system programs, and may be different programs. By way of example and not limitation, the program P2 stored in the terminal is a program that performs a first process and sends the results of the first process to the server, and the program P3 that is stored in the server is a program that receives The program may be a program that performs a second process on the result of the first process and transmits the result of the second process to the terminal.
　また、本明細書では、適宜「通信Ｉ／Ｆによって」という表現を用いる。これは、限定ではなく例として、装置が、制御部（プロセッサー等）の制御に基づいて、通信Ｉ／Ｆを介して（通信部を介して）、各種の情報やデータを送受信することを示してもよいものとする。 Also, in this specification, the expression "by communication I/F" is used as appropriate. This indicates that, as an example and not a limitation, the device transmits and receives various types of information and data via a communication I/F (via a communication unit) under the control of a control unit (processor or the like). It shall be acceptable.
　また、本明細書において「関する」、「関連する」と記載された用語について、限定ではなく例として、「Ａに関するＢ」や「Ａに関連するＢ」といった場合、「Ａ」と何らかの関係性を有する「Ｂ」を意味してよいものとする。この具体例については後述する。 Also, in this specification, the terms “related” and “related” are not limited to the terms “B related to A” and “B related to A”, and “A” and some relationship shall mean "B" having A specific example of this will be described later.
　また、本明細書において、「ＡとＢとを送信する」、「ＡとＢとを受信する」といったように、装置が２以上のものを対象として処理を行うことには、「Ａ」と「Ｂ」とをタイミングを合わせて行うもの（以下、「同時」という。）と、「Ａ」と「Ｂ」とをタイミングをずらして行うもの（以下、「非同時」という。）とを含めてよいものとする。
　限定ではなく例として、第１情報と第２情報とを送信するという場合、第１情報と第２情報とをタイミングを合わせて送信するものと、第１情報と第２情報とをタイミングをずらして送信するものとの両方の概念を含めてよいものとする。
　なお、ラグ（タイムラグ）を考慮し、「同時」には「ほぼ同時」を含めてよいものとする。 Further, in this specification, "A" and Including those in which "B" is performed at the same time (hereinafter referred to as "simultaneous") and those in which "A" and "B" are performed at different times (hereinafter referred to as "non-simultaneously"). shall be acceptable.
As an example and not as a limitation, in the case of transmitting the first information and the second information, it is possible to transmit the first information and the second information at the same timing, and to transmit the first information and the second information at the different timings. may include both the concept of what is sent with
In consideration of lag (time lag), "at the same time" may include "almost at the same time."
　なお、「Ａ」と「Ｂ」とをタイミングをずらして行うといっても、これはあくまでも「Ａ」と「Ｂ」とを対象として処理を行うものであればよく、その目的は必ずしも同じでなくてもよいものとする。
　限定ではなく例として、上記のように第１情報と第２情報とを送信するという場合、第１情報と第２情報とを送信しさえすればよく、同じ目的で第１情報と第２情報とを送信する場合の他、異なる目的で第１情報と第２情報とを送信する場合も含めてよいものとする。 It should be noted that even though "A" and "B" are performed at different timings, it is only necessary to process "A" and "B" as targets, and the purpose is not necessarily the same. be omitted.
By way of example and not limitation, when it is said that the first information and the second information are transmitted as described above, it is only necessary to transmit the first information and the second information, and the first information and the second information are used for the same purpose. In addition to the case of transmitting the first information and the second information for different purposes, it may also include the case of transmitting the first information and the second information.
　また、端末やサーバは、情報処理装置の一種としてよいものとする。そして、前述した端末やサーバは、情報処理装置と読み替えてもよいものとする。 In addition, terminals and servers may be regarded as a type of information processing device. The terminals and servers described above may be read as information processing devices.
　また、本開示における「ユーザ」とは、原則的には、サービスを利用する利用者のことを示してよいものとする。また、このサービスを利用する利用者を、単に「ユーザ」、または「端末のユーザ」と称してよいものとする。
　一方、サービスを提供する事業者を「サーバのユーザ」と表現する場合がある。 Also, in principle, the term “user” in the present disclosure may indicate a user who uses the service. A user who uses this service may simply be referred to as a "user" or a "terminal user".
On the other hand, a service provider may be referred to as a "server user".
　なお、例外的ではあるが、本開示における「ユーザ」が、サービスを提供する事業者（つまりサーバのユーザ）を示すようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Although exceptional, the "user" in the present disclosure may or may not indicate the service provider (that is, the user of the server).
　本明細書において、「ポイント」とは、限定ではなく例として、ポイントプログラム（ポイントサービス）に基づいて付与される、法定通貨とは異なる企業通貨の一種である。
　企業通貨には、電子マネーとポイントとが含まれるようにすることができる。
　なお、企業通貨に商品券やクーポン券を含めるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 As used herein, "points" are, by way of example and not limitation, a type of corporate currency, different from legal tender, awarded under a point program (point service).
Corporate currency may include electronic money and points.
Note that the corporate currency may or may not include gift certificates and coupons.
　ここで、「ポイントプログラム」とは、企業や自治体等の法人が、商品の購入やサービスの利用等に応じて一定の条件に基づいて算出されるポイント（点数）を顧客に対して付与するサービスである。
　なお、法人は、セールスプロモーション（販売促進活動）やセールスキャンペーンの特典として、ポイントを顧客に対して付与するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。
　顧客は、付与されたポイントを、発行法人または発行法人と提携する法人における商品・サービスの購入に用いたり、一定数量のポイントを商品券や電子マネー等のポイント以外の企業通貨と引き換えたりすることができる。 Here, "point program" is a service in which corporations such as companies and local governments provide customers with points (scores) calculated based on certain conditions according to the purchase of products and use of services. is.
Note that the corporation may or may not give points to the customer as a benefit of sales promotion (sales promotion activity) or sales campaign.
Customers may use the granted points to purchase goods and services at the issuing corporation or corporations affiliated with the issuing corporation, or exchange a certain number of points for corporate currency other than points such as gift certificates and electronic money. can be done.
　なお、ポイントの発行法人が航空会社等の場合、ポイントプログラムは「マイレージプログラム」と言ってもよい。この場合、ポイントを「マイレージ」と呼んでもよい。 In addition, if the point issuing corporation is an airline company, etc., the point program can be called a "mileage program". In this case, the points may be called "mileage".
　本明細書において、「ポイント運用サービス」とは、時系列で値が変動する指標値に連動してポイントが増減する疑似運用型サービスであり、ポイント運用サービスの利用者（ユーザ）は、ポイント運用サービスを利用することで、手持ちのポイントによる資産運用体験ができる。
　ただし、ポイント運用サービスは、法定通貨による資産運用を行うサービスではないため、金融商品取引法の制約を受けることはない。
　なお、ポイント運用サービスを「ポイント投資サービス」と言ってもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 In this specification, "point management service" is a pseudo-operation type service in which points increase or decrease in conjunction with an index value that fluctuates in time series. By using the service, you can experience asset management with the points you have.
However, since the point management service is not a service that manages assets using legal currency, it is not subject to the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act.
Note that the point management service may or may not be referred to as a "point investment service".
　「指標値」とは、ポイント運用サービスを提供する事業者によって提供される時系列で値が変動する値である。指標値は、「指数」や「変動値」と表現してもよいし、しなくてもよい。
　指標値の具体例としては、限定ではなく例として、金融商品の「株価」や「株価指数」、「基準価格」、「地価」、「為替レート」等に連動する値が挙げられる。 An “index value” is a value that fluctuates in time series provided by a business operator that provides a point management service. The index value may or may not be expressed as an "index" or "fluctuation value".
Specific examples of index values include, but are not limited to, values linked to financial products such as "stock price", "stock price index", "base price", "land price", and "exchange rate".
　なお、指標値は、時系列で値が変動する値であれば何でもよい。限定ではなく例として、指標値を、あるユーザの星座に対する今日の１２星座占いにおける星占いランキング順位の逆数としてもよい。この場合、ユーザの星座における星占いランキング順位が上がると、指標値が上昇する。 Note that the index value can be anything as long as the value fluctuates in time series. By way of example and not limitation, the index value may be the reciprocal of the horoscope ranking order in today's 12 horoscopes for a user's horoscope. In this case, when the horoscope ranking rank of the user's constellation increases, the index value increases.
＜第１実施例＞
　第１実施例は、限定ではなく例として、ユーザがポイント運用サービスにおいてポイント運用を行う。そして、ユーザが証券口座を開設すると、ポイント運用中の指標値と関連する銘柄を表示する実施例である。 <First embodiment>
In the first embodiment, as an example and not as a limitation, a user manages points in a point management service. Then, when the user opens a securities account, this is an embodiment in which the index value in point management and the related issue are displayed.
　第１実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 The content described in the first embodiment can be applied to each of the other embodiments and each of the other modifications.
Moreover, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected about the component same as an already-appearing component, and description for the second time is abbreviate|omitted.
＜システム構成＞
　図１－１は、本実施例における通信システム１のシステム構成の一例を示す図である。
　通信システム１では、限定ではなく例として、ネットワーク３０を介して、サーバ１０と、複数の端末２０（端末２０Ａ，端末２０Ｂ，端末２０Ｃ，・・・）と、証券取引サーバ４０とが接続される。 <System configuration>
FIG. 1-1 is a diagram showing an example of a system configuration of a communication system 1 in this embodiment.
In the communication system 1, as an example and not limitation, a server 10, a plurality of terminals 20 ( terminals 20A, 20B, 20C, . .
　サーバ１０は、ネットワーク３０を介して、ユーザが所有する端末２０にポイント運用サービスを提供する機能を有する。サーバ１０は、ポイント運用サーバやポイント運用サービスサーバ、ポイント運用アプリケーション管理サーバ等のように表現することもできる。 The server 10 has a function of providing a point management service to the terminal 20 owned by the user via the network 30. The server 10 can also be expressed as a point management server, a point management service server, a point management application management server, or the like.
　本実施形態では、ポイント運用サービス事業者（運営者）をサーバ１０のユーザとする。 In this embodiment, the user of the server 10 is the point management service provider (operator).
　なお、ポイント運用サービス事業者は、限定ではなく例として、メッセージングサービス（メッセージングアプリケーション）を含むチャットサービス（チャットアプリケーション）の事業者等とすることもできる。この場合、メッセージングサービス事業者がサーバ１０のユーザとなる。メッセージングサービス事業者は、メッセージングアプリケーションの一機能としてポイント運用サービスを提供するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 It should be noted that the point management service provider can also be a chat service (chat application) provider including a messaging service (messaging application) as an example, not a limitation. In this case, the messaging service provider is the user of the server 10 . The messaging service provider may or may not provide the point management service as a function of the messaging application.
　また、本実施形態とは異なり、電子マネー（電子貨幣）等による電子決済を可能とする支払いサービス（支払いアプリケーション）の事業者がサーバ１０のユーザとなって、ポイント運用サービスを運営するようにしてもよい。支払いサービス事業者は、支払いアプリケーションの一機能としてポイント運用サービスを提供するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Further, unlike the present embodiment, a provider of a payment service (payment application) that enables electronic payment using electronic money (electronic money) or the like becomes a user of the server 10 and operates a point management service. good too. The payment service provider may or may not offer point management services as a function of the payment application.
　証券取引サーバ４０は、ネットワーク３０を介して、ユーザが所有する端末２０に証券取引サービスを提供する機能を有する。証券取引サーバ４０は、証券取引サービスサーバ、証券取引アプリケーション管理サーバ等のように表現することもできる。 The securities trading server 40 has a function of providing securities trading services to the terminal 20 owned by the user via the network 30 . The securities transaction server 40 can also be expressed as a securities transaction service server, a securities transaction application management server, or the like.
　本実施形態では、証券取引サービス事業者（運営者）を証券取引サーバ４０のユーザとする。 In this embodiment, the securities transaction service provider (operator) is assumed to be the user of the securities transaction server 40 .
　なお、ネットワーク３０に接続されるサーバ１０の数や端末２０の数や証券取引サーバ４０の数は限定されない。 The number of servers 10, the number of terminals 20, and the number of securities trading servers 40 connected to the network 30 are not limited.
　端末２０（端末２０Ａ，端末２０Ｂ，端末２０Ｃ、・・・）は、各実施例において記載する機能を実現できる情報処理端末であればどのような端末であってもよい。端末２０は、限定ではなく例として、スマートフォン、携帯電話（フィーチャーフォン）、コンピュータ（限定でなく例として、デスクトップ、ラップトップ、タブレットなど）、メディアコンピュータプラットホーム（限定でなく例として、ケーブル、衛星セットトップボックス、デジタルビデオレコーダ）、ハンドヘルドコンピュータデバイス（限定でなく例として、ＰＤＡ・（personal digital assistant）、電子メールクライアントなど）、ウェアラブル端末（メガネ型デバイス、時計型デバイスなど）、ＶＲ（Virtual Reality）端末、スマートスピーカ（音声認識用デバイス）、または他種のコンピュータ、またはコミュニケーションプラットホームを含む。また、端末２０は情報処理端末と表現されてもよい。 The terminal 20 (terminal 20A, terminal 20B, terminal 20C, ...) may be any information processing terminal capable of realizing the functions described in each embodiment. Terminal 20 includes, by way of example and not limitation, smart phones, mobile phones (feature phones), computers (including but not limited to desktops, laptops, tablets, etc.), media computer platforms (including but not limited to cable, satellite set top boxes, digital video recorders), handheld computer devices (as non-limiting examples include PDA (personal digital assistant), email clients, etc.), wearable terminals (glasses-type devices, watch-type devices, etc.), VR (Virtual Reality) Including terminals, smart speakers (devices for voice recognition), or other types of computers or communication platforms. Also, the terminal 20 may be expressed as an information processing terminal.
　端末２０Ａ、端末２０Ｂおよび端末２０Ｃの構成は、限定ではなく例として、同一とすることができる。また、必要に応じて、ユーザＸが利用する端末を端末２０Ｘと表現し、ユーザＸまたは端末２０Ｘに対応づけられた、所定のサービスにおけるユーザ情報をユーザ情報Ｘと表現してもよいし、しなくてもよい。
　なお、ユーザ情報とは、所定のサービスにおいてユーザが利用するアカウントに対応付けられたユーザの情報である。ユーザ情報は、限定でなく例として、ユーザにより入力される、または、所定のサービスにより付与される、ユーザの名前、ユーザのアイコン画像、ユーザの年齢、ユーザの性別、ユーザの住所、ユーザの趣味趣向、ユーザの識別子などのユーザに対応づけられた情報を含み、これらのいずれか一つまたは、組み合わせであってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The configuration of terminal 20A, terminal 20B and terminal 20C may be identical, by way of example and not by way of limitation. Further, if necessary, the terminal used by the user X may be expressed as the terminal 20X, and the user information in a predetermined service associated with the user X or the terminal 20X may be expressed as the user information X. It doesn't have to be.
The user information is user information associated with an account used by the user in a predetermined service. User information includes, by way of example and not limitation, user's name, user's icon image, user's age, user's gender, user's address, user's hobbies, entered by the user or provided by a given service It may include information associated with the user, such as preferences, user identifiers, etc., and may or may not be any one or combination of these.
　ネットワーク３０は、１以上の端末２０と、１以上のサーバ１０とを接続する役割を担う。すなわち、ネットワーク３０は、上記の各種の装置が接続した後、データを送受信することができるように接続経路を提供する通信網を意味する。 The network 30 serves to connect one or more terminals 20 and one or more servers 10 . That is, the network 30 means a communication network that provides a connection path so that the various devices can transmit and receive data after being connected.
　ネットワーク３０のうちの１つまたは複数の部分は、有線ネットワークや無線ネットワークであってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。ネットワーク３０は、限定ではなく例として、アドホック・ネットワーク（ad hoc network）、イントラネット、エクストラネット、仮想プライベート・ネットワーク（virtual private network：ＶＰＮ）、ローカル・エリア・ネットワーク（local area network：ＬＡＮ）、ワイヤレスＬＡＮ（wireless LAN：ＷＬＡＮ）、広域ネットワーク（wide area network：ＷＡＮ）、ワイヤレスＷＡＮ（wireless WAN：ＷＷＡＮ）、大都市圏ネットワーク（metropolitan area network：ＭＡＮ）、インターネットの一部、公衆交換電話網（Public Switched Telephone Network：ＰＳＴＮ）の一部、携帯電話網、ＩＳＤＮ（integrated service digital networks）、無線ＬＡＮ、ＬＴＥ（long term evolution）、ＣＤＭＡ（code division multiple access）、ブルートゥース（Bluetooth（登録商標））、衛星通信など、または、これらの２つ以上の組合せを含むことができる。ネットワーク３０は、１つまたは複数のネットワーク３０を含むことができる。 One or more portions of network 30 may or may not be wired or wireless networks. Network 30 may include, by way of example and not limitation, an ad hoc network, an intranet, an extranet, a virtual private network (VPN), a local area network (LAN), a wireless LAN (WLAN), wide area network (WAN), wireless WAN (WWAN), metropolitan area network (MAN), part of the Internet, Public Switched Telephone Network (Public) Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), mobile phone network, ISDN (integrated service digital networks), wireless LAN, LTE (long term evolution), CDMA (code division multiple access), Bluetooth (registered trademark), satellite communication, etc., or a combination of two or more thereof. Network 30 may include one or more networks 30 .
　サーバ１０（限定ではなく、サーバ、情報処理装置、情報管理装置の一例）は、端末２０に対して、所定のサービス（本実施例ではポイント運用サービス）を提供する機能を備える。サーバ１０は、各実施形態において記載する機能を実現できる情報処理装置であればどのような装置であってもよい。サーバ１０は、限定ではなく例として、サーバ装置、コンピュータ（限定ではなく例として、デスクトップ、ラップトップ、タブレットなど）、メディアコンピュータプラットホーム（限定ではなく例として、ケーブル、衛星セットトップボックス、デジタルビデオレコーダ）、ハンドヘルドコンピュータデバイス（限定ではなく例として、ＰＤＡ、電子メールクライアントなど）、あるいは他種のコンピュータ、またはコミュニケーションプラットホームを含む。また、サーバ１０は情報処理装置と表現されてもよい。サーバ１０と端末２０とを区別する必要がない場合は、サーバ１０と端末２０とは、それぞれ情報処理装置と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The server 10 (not limited to, but an example of a server, an information processing device, and an information management device) has a function of providing a predetermined service (point management service in this embodiment) to the terminal 20 . The server 10 may be any information processing device capable of realizing the functions described in each embodiment. Server 10 includes, by way of example and not limitation, server devices, computers (including but not limited to desktops, laptops, tablets, etc.), media computer platforms (including but not limited to cable, satellite set-top boxes, digital video recorders, etc.). ), handheld computing devices (by way of example and not limitation, PDAs, email clients, etc.), or other types of computers or communication platforms. Also, the server 10 may be expressed as an information processing device. If there is no need to distinguish between the server 10 and the terminal 20, the server 10 and the terminal 20 may or may not be represented as information processing devices.
　証券取引サーバ４０（限定ではなく、サーバ、情報処理装置、情報管理装置の一例）は、端末２０に対して、所定のサービス（本実施例では証券取引サービス）を提供する機能を備える。証券取引サーバ４０は、各実施形態において記載する機能を実現できる情報処理装置であればどのような装置であってもよい。証券取引サーバ４０は、限定ではなく例として、サーバ装置、コンピュータ（限定ではなく例として、デスクトップ、ラップトップ、タブレットなど）、メディアコンピュータプラットホーム（限定ではなく例として、ケーブル、衛星セットトップボックス、デジタルビデオレコーダ）、ハンドヘルドコンピュータデバイス（限定ではなく例として、ＰＤＡ、電子メールクライアントなど）、あるいは他種のコンピュータ、またはコミュニケーションプラットホームを含む。また、証券取引サーバ４０は情報処理装置と表現されてもよい。証券取引サーバ４０と端末２０とを区別する必要がない場合は、証券取引サーバ４０と端末２０とは、それぞれ情報処理装置と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The securities transaction server 40 (not limited to, but an example of a server, an information processing device, an information management device) has a function of providing a predetermined service (in this embodiment, a securities transaction service) to the terminal 20 . The securities transaction server 40 may be any information processing device capable of realizing the functions described in each embodiment. Stock exchange server 40 includes, by way of example and not limitation, server devices, computers (including but not limited to desktops, laptops, tablets, etc.), media computer platforms (including but not limited to cable, satellite set-top boxes, digital video recorders), handheld computing devices (by way of example and not limitation, PDAs, email clients, etc.), or other types of computers or communication platforms. Also, the securities trading server 40 may be expressed as an information processing device. If it is not necessary to distinguish between the securities trading server 40 and the terminals 20, the securities trading server 40 and the terminals 20 may or may not be represented as information processing devices.
［各装置のハードウェア（ＨＷ）構成］
　通信システム１に含まれる各装置のＨＷ構成について説明する。 [Hardware (HW) configuration of each device]
The HW configuration of each device included in the communication system 1 will be described.
（１）端末のＨＷ構成
　図１－１には、端末２０のＨＷ構成の一例を示している。
　端末２０は、制御部２１（ＣＰＵ：central processing unit（中央処理装置））、記憶部２８、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２（インタフェース）、入出力部２３、時計部２９Ａ、位置算出用情報検出部２９Ｂを備える。端末２０のＨＷの各構成要素は、限定ではなく例として、バスＢを介して相互に接続される。なお、端末２０のＨＷ構成として、すべての構成要素を含むことは必須ではない。限定ではなく例として、端末２０は、個々の構成要素、または複数の構成要素を取り外すような構成であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 (1) HW Configuration of Terminal FIG. 1-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the terminal 20. As shown in FIG.
The terminal 20 includes a control unit 21 (CPU: central processing unit (central processing unit)), a storage unit 28, a communication I/F 22 (interface), an input/output unit 23, a clock unit 29A, and a position calculation information detection unit 29B. . Each component of the HW of terminal 20 is interconnected via bus B, by way of example and not limitation. Note that the HW configuration of the terminal 20 does not necessarily include all the components. By way of example and not limitation, terminal 20 may or may not be configured for individual or multiple components to be removed.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２は、ネットワーク３０を介して各種データの送受信を行う。通信は、有線、無線のいずれで実行されてもよく、互いの通信が実行できるのであれば、どのような通信プロトコルを用いてもよい。通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２は、ネットワーク３０を介して、サーバ１０等の各種装置との通信を実行する機能を有する。通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２は、各種データを制御部２１からの指示に従って、サーバ１０等の各種装置に送信する。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２は、サーバ１０等の各種装置から送信された各種データを受信し、制御部２１に伝達する。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２を単に通信部と表現する場合もある。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２が物理的に構造化された回路で構成される場合には、通信回路と表現する場合もある。 The communication I/F 22 transmits and receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be performed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as mutual communication can be performed. The communication I/F 22 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as the server 10 via the network 30 . Communication I/F 22 transmits various data to various devices such as server 10 according to instructions from control unit 21 . The communication I/F 22 also receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the server 10 and transmits the data to the control unit 21 . Also, the communication I/F 22 may be simply referred to as a communication section. Moreover, when the communication I/F 22 is configured by a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.
　入出力部２３は、端末２０に対する各種操作を入力する装置や、端末２０で処理された処理結果を出力する装置等を含む。入出力部２３は、入力部と出力部が一体化していてもよいし、入力部と出力部に分離していてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The input/output unit 23 includes a device for inputting various operations to the terminal 20, a device for outputting processing results processed by the terminal 20, and the like. In the input/output unit 23, the input unit and the output unit may be integrated, the input unit and the output unit may be separated, or not.
　入力部は、ユーザからの入力を受け付けて、入力に係る情報を制御部２１に伝達できる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。入力部は、限定ではなく例として、タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、キーボード等のハードウェアキーや、マウス等のポインティングデバイス、カメラ（動画像を介した操作入力）、マイク（音声による操作入力）を含む。 The input unit is realized by any one or a combination of all types of devices that can receive input from the user and transmit information related to the input to the control unit 21 . The input unit includes, but is not limited to, hardware keys such as a touch panel, a touch display, and a keyboard, a pointing device such as a mouse, a camera (operation input via moving images), and a microphone (operation input by voice).
　出力部は、制御部２１で処理された処理結果を出力することができる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。出力部は、限定ではなく例として、タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、スピーカ（音声出力）、レンズ（限定ではなく例として３Ｄ（three dimensions）出力や、ホログラム出力）、プリンターなどを含む。 The output unit is realized by any one or a combination of all types of devices capable of outputting the processing results processed by the control unit 21. The output unit includes, as non-limiting examples, a touch panel, a touch display, a speaker (audio output), a lens (as non-limiting examples, 3D (three dimensions) output and hologram output), a printer, and the like.
　あくまでも一例であるが、入出力部２３は、限定ではなく例として、表示部２４、音入力部２５、音出力部２６、撮像部２７を備える。 Although it is only an example, the input/output unit 23 includes a display unit 24, a sound input unit 25, a sound output unit 26, and an imaging unit 27 as an example and not a limitation.
　表示部２４は、フレームバッファに書き込まれた表示データに従って、表示することができる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。表示部２４は、限定ではなく例として、タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、モニタ（限定ではなく例として、液晶ディスプレイやＯＥＬＤ（organic electroluminescence display））、ヘッドマウントディスプレイ（ＨＤＭ：Head Mounted Display）、プロジェクションマッピング、ホログラム、空気中など（真空であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい）に画像やテキスト情報等を表示可能な装置を含む。なお、これらの表示部２４は、３Ｄで表示データを表示可能であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The display unit 24 is realized by any one or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of displaying according to the display data written in the frame buffer. The display unit 24 includes a touch panel, a touch display, a monitor (as a non-limiting example, a liquid crystal display and an OELD (organic electroluminescence display)), a head mounted display (HDM: Head Mounted Display), projection mapping, and a hologram. , including devices capable of displaying images, text information, etc. in air (which may or may not be a vacuum). Note that these display units 24 may or may not be capable of displaying display data in 3D.
　音入力部２５は、音データ（音声データを含む。以下同様。）の入力に利用される。音入力部２５は、マイクなどを含む。
　音出力部２６は、音データの出力に利用される。音出力部２６は、スピーカなどを含む。
　撮像部２７は、画像データ（静止画像データ、動画像データを含む。以下同様。）の取得に利用される。撮像部２７は、カメラなどを含む。 The sound input unit 25 is used to input sound data (including voice data; the same applies hereinafter). Sound input unit 25 includes a microphone and the like.
The sound output unit 26 is used for outputting sound data. Sound output unit 26 includes a speaker and the like.
The imaging unit 27 is used to acquire image data (including still image data and moving image data; the same applies hereinafter). The imaging unit 27 includes a camera and the like.
　入出力部２３がタッチパネルの場合、入出力部２３と表示部２４とは、略同一の大きさおよび形状で対向して配置されていてもよい。 When the input/output unit 23 is a touch panel, the input/output unit 23 and the display unit 24 may be arranged facing each other with substantially the same size and shape.
　時計部２９Ａは、端末２０の内蔵時計であり、時刻情報（計時情報）を出力する。時計部２９Ａは、限定ではなく例として、水晶発振器を利用したクロック等を有して構成される。時計部２９Ａは、限定ではなく例として、計時部や時刻情報検出部と表現することもできる。 The clock unit 29A is a built-in clock of the terminal 20 and outputs time information (timekeeping information). The clock unit 29A is configured with a clock using a crystal oscillator or the like, for example and not limitation. The clock unit 29A can also be expressed as a clock unit or a time information detection unit as an example and not as a limitation.
　なお、時計部２９Ａは、ＮＩＴＺ（Network Identity and Time Zone）規格等を適用したクロックを有していてもよいし、有していなくてもよい。 Note that the clock unit 29A may or may not have a clock to which the NITZ (Network Identity and Time Zone) standard or the like is applied.
　位置算出用情報検出部２９Ｂは、制御部２１が自己の端末２０の位置を算出（測定）するために必要な情報（以下、「位置算出用情報」と称する。）を検出（計測）する機能部である。位置算出用情報検出部２９Ｂは、限定ではなく例として、位置算出用センサ部と表現することもできる。 The position calculation information detection unit 29B has a function of detecting (measuring) information necessary for the control unit 21 to calculate (measure) the position of its own terminal 20 (hereinafter referred to as “position calculation information”). Department. The position calculation information detection section 29B can also be expressed as a position calculation sensor section as an example and not as a limitation.
　位置算出用情報検出部２９Ｂは、限定ではなく例として、ＧＰＳ（Global Positioning System）等の衛星測位システムを利用して端末２０の位置を算出するためのセンサやユニットである衛星測位センサ（衛星測位ユニット）や、慣性航法システムを利用して端末２０の位置を算出するためのセンサやユニットである慣性計測センサ（慣性計測ユニット（ＩＭＵ（Inertial Measurement Unit）））、ＵＷＢ（超広帯域無線：Ultra Wide Band）を利用して端末２０の位置を算出するためのセンサやユニットであるＵＷＢ測位センサ（ＵＷＢ測位ユニット）等を含む。 The position calculation information detection unit 29B includes, as a non-limiting example, a satellite positioning sensor (satellite positioning sensor) which is a sensor or unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using a satellite positioning system such as GPS (Global Positioning System). unit), an inertial measurement sensor (inertial measurement unit (IMU (Inertial Measurement Unit))), which is a sensor or unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using an inertial navigation system, UWB (ultra wideband radio: Ultra Wide A UWB positioning sensor (UWB positioning unit), etc., which is a sensor or unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using a band).
　衛星測位ユニットは、限定ではなく例として、不図示のアンテナで受信される測位用衛星から発信されている測位用衛星信号を含むＲＦ（Radio Frequency）信号をデジタル信号に変換するＲＦ受信回路や、ＲＦ受信回路から出力されるデジタル信号に対して相関演算処理等を行って測位用衛星信号を捕捉し、測位用衛星信号から取り出した衛星軌道データや時刻データ等の情報を、位置算出用情報として出力するベースバンド処理回路等を有する。 The satellite positioning unit includes, as a non-limiting example, an RF receiving circuit that converts RF (Radio Frequency) signals including positioning satellite signals transmitted from positioning satellites received by an antenna (not shown) into digital signals, Positioning satellite signals are acquired by performing correlation calculation processing, etc. on the digital signals output from the RF receiving circuit, and information such as satellite orbit data and time data extracted from the positioning satellite signals is used as position calculation information. It has a baseband processing circuit for output.
　慣性計測ユニットは、慣性航法演算によって端末２０の位置を算出するために必要な情報を検出するセンサである慣性センサを有する。慣性センサには、限定ではなく例として、３軸の加速度センサや３軸のジャイロセンサが含まれ、加速度センサによって検出された加速度と、ジャイロセンサによって検出された角速度とを、位置算出用情報として出力する。 The inertial measurement unit has an inertial sensor that detects information necessary to calculate the position of the terminal 20 by inertial navigation calculation. Examples of inertial sensors include, but are not limited to, triaxial acceleration sensors and triaxial gyro sensors. The acceleration detected by the acceleration sensor and the angular velocity detected by the gyro sensor are used as position calculation information. Output.
　ＵＷＢ測位ユニットは、限定ではなく例として、不図示のアンテナで受信される測位用ビーコンから発信されている測位用超広帯域パルス信号を含む超広帯域ＲＦ（Radio Frequency）信号をデジタル信号に変換する超広帯域ＲＦ受信回路や、超広帯域ＲＦ受信回路から出力されるデジタル信号に基づいて端末２０と測位用ビーコンとの相対位置を算出する相対位置算出処理回路等を有する。
　なお、限定ではなく例として、ＵＷＢ測位ユニットは、不図示のアンテナから測位用超広帯域パルス信号を含む超広帯域ＲＦ信号を送信することで、端末２０を測位用ビーコンとして機能させてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 As a non-limiting example, the UWB positioning unit converts an ultra-wideband RF (Radio Frequency) signal including an ultra-wideband pulse signal for positioning transmitted from a positioning beacon received by an antenna (not shown) into a digital signal. It has a wideband RF receiving circuit, a relative position calculation processing circuit that calculates the relative position between the terminal 20 and the positioning beacon based on the digital signal output from the ultra-wideband RF receiving circuit, and the like.
As an example and not a limitation, the UWB positioning unit may cause the terminal 20 to function as a positioning beacon by transmitting an ultra-wideband RF signal including a positioning ultra-wideband pulse signal from an antenna (not shown), You don't have to.
　制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、位置算出用情報検出部２９Ｂによって検出された位置算出用情報に基づいて、定期的なタイミングや特定のタイミングで、自己の端末２０の位置を算出する。端末の位置を「端末位置」と称し、算出された端末位置を「算出端末位置」と称する。制御部２１は、算出端末位置を、その算出端末位置を算出した日時と関連付けて、算出端末位置履歴データとして記憶部２８に記憶させるようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 As a non-limiting example, the control unit 21 calculates the position of its own terminal 20 at regular timings or specific timings based on the position calculation information detected by the position calculation information detection unit 29B. The position of the terminal is called "terminal position", and the calculated terminal position is called "calculated terminal position". The control unit 21 may or may not associate the calculated terminal position with the date and time when the calculated terminal position was calculated and store it in the storage unit 28 as calculated terminal position history data.
　制御部２１は、プログラム内に含まれたコードまたは命令によって実現する機能を実行するために物理的に構造化された回路を有し、限定ではなく例として、ハードウェアに内蔵されたデータ処理装置により実現される。そのため、制御部２１は、制御回路と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The control unit 21 comprises, by way of example and not limitation, a hardware built-in data processing device comprising physically structured circuitry for carrying out the functions implemented by the code or instructions contained within the program. It is realized by Therefore, the control unit 21 may or may not be expressed as a control circuit.
　制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、中央処理装置（ＣＰＵ）、マイクロプロセッサ（microprocessor）、プロセッサコア（processor core）、マルチプロセッサ（multiprocessor）、ＡＳＩＣ（application-specific integrated circuit）、ＦＰＧＡ（field programmable gate array）を含む。 Control unit 21 includes, by way of example and not limitation, a central processing unit (CPU), microprocessor, processor core, multiprocessor, ASIC (application-specific integrated circuit), FPGA (field programmable gate array).
　記憶部２８は、端末２０が動作するうえで必要とする各種プログラムや各種データを記憶する機能を有する。記憶部２８は、限定ではなく例として、ＨＤＤ（hard disk drive）、ＳＳＤ（solid state drive）、フラッシュメモリ、ＲＡＭ（random access memory）、ＲＯＭ（read only memory）など各種の記憶媒体を含む。また、記憶部２８は、メモリ(memory)と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The storage unit 28 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the terminal 20 to operate. The storage unit 28 includes, as non-limiting examples, various storage media such as HDD (hard disk drive), SSD (solid state drive), flash memory, RAM (random access memory), ROM (read only memory). Also, the storage unit 28 may or may not be expressed as a memory.
　端末２０は、プログラムＰを記憶部２８に記憶し、このプログラムＰを実行することで、制御部２１が、制御部２１に含まれる各部としての処理を実行する。つまり、記憶部２８に記憶されるプログラムＰは、端末２０に、制御部２１が実行する各機能を実現させる。また、このプログラムＰは、プログラムモジュールと表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The terminal 20 stores the program P in the storage unit 28, and by executing this program P, the control unit 21 executes processing as each unit included in the control unit 21. That is, the program P stored in the storage unit 28 causes the terminal 20 to implement each function executed by the control unit 21 . Also, this program P may or may not be expressed as a program module.
（２）サーバのＨＷ構成 
　図１－１には、サーバ１０のＨＷ構成の一例を示している。
　サーバ１０は、制御部１１（ＣＰＵ）、記憶部１５、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４（インタフェース）、入出力部１２、時計部１９を備える。サーバ１０のＨＷの各構成要素は、限定ではなく例として、バスＢを介して相互に接続される。なお、サーバ１０のＨＷは、サーバ１０のＨＷの構成として、全ての構成要素を含むことは必須ではない。限定ではなく例として、サーバ１０のＨＷは、個々の構成要素、または複数の構成要素を取り外すような構成であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 (2) Server HW configuration
FIG. 1-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the server 10. As shown in FIG.
The server 10 includes a control section 11 (CPU), a storage section 15 , a communication I/F 14 (interface), an input/output section 12 and a clock section 19 . Each component of the HW of server 10 is interconnected via bus B, by way of example and not limitation. It should be noted that the HW of the server 10 does not have to include all components as the HW configuration of the server 10 . By way of example and not limitation, the HW of server 10 may or may not be configured to remove individual components or multiple components.
　制御部１１は、プログラム内に含まれたコードまたは命令によって実現する機能を実行するために物理的に構造化された回路を有し、限定ではなく例として、ハードウェアに内蔵されたデータ処理装置により実現される。 The control unit 11 comprises, by way of example and not limitation, a hardware built-in data processing device comprising physically structured circuitry for carrying out the functions implemented by the code or instructions contained within the program. It is realized by
　制御部１１は、代表的には中央処理装置（ＣＰＵ）、であり、その他にマイクロプロセッサ、プロセッサコア、マルチプロセッサ、ＡＳＩＣ、ＦＰＧＡであってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。本開示において、制御部１１は、これらに限定されない。 The control unit 11 is typically a central processing unit (CPU), and may or may not be a microprocessor, processor core, multiprocessor, ASIC, or FPGA. In the present disclosure, the controller 11 is not limited to these.
　記憶部１５は、サーバ１０が動作するうえで必要とする各種プログラムや各種データを記憶する機能を有する。記憶部１５は、ＨＤＤ、ＳＳＤ、フラッシュメモリなど各種の記憶媒体により実現される。ただし、本開示において、記憶部１５は、これらに限定されない。また、記憶部１５は、メモリ(memory)と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The storage unit 15 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the server 10 to operate. The storage unit 15 is realized by various storage media such as HDD, SSD, and flash memory. However, in the present disclosure, the storage unit 15 is not limited to these. Also, the storage unit 15 may or may not be expressed as a memory.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４は、ネットワーク３０を介して各種データの送受信を行う。通信は、有線、無線のいずれで実行されてもよく、互いの通信が実行できるのであれば、どのような通信プロトコルを用いてもよい。通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４は、ネットワーク３０を介して、端末２０等の各種装置との通信を実行する機能を有する。通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４は、各種データを制御部１１からの指示に従って、端末２０等の各種装置に送信する。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４は、端末２０等の各種装置から送信された各種データを受信し、制御部１１に伝達する。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４を単に通信部と表現する場合もある。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４が物理的に構造化された回路で構成される場合には、通信回路と表現する場合もある。 The communication I/F 14 transmits and receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be performed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as mutual communication can be performed. The communication I/F 14 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as the terminal 20 via the network 30 . Communication I/F 14 transmits various data to various devices such as terminal 20 according to instructions from control unit 11 . The communication I/F 14 also receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the terminal 20 and transmits the data to the control unit 11 . Also, the communication I/F 14 may be simply referred to as a communication unit. Moreover, when the communication I/F 14 is configured by a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.
　入出力部１２は、サーバ１０に対する各種操作を入力する装置や、サーバ１０で処理された処理結果を出力する装置等を含む。入出力部１２は、入力部と出力部が一体化していてもよいし、入力部と出力部に分離していてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The input/output unit 12 includes a device for inputting various operations to the server 10, a device for outputting processing results processed by the server 10, and the like. In the input/output unit 12, the input unit and the output unit may be integrated, the input unit and the output unit may be separated, or not.
　入力部は、ユーザからの入力を受け付けて、入力に係る情報を制御部１１に伝達できる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。入力部は、代表的にはキーボード等に代表されるハードウェアキーや、マウス等のポインティングデバイスで実現される。なお、入力部は、限定ではなく例として、タッチパネルやカメラ（動画像を介した操作入力）、マイク（音声による操作入力）を含んでいてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The input unit is realized by any one or a combination of all types of devices that can receive input from the user and transmit information related to the input to the control unit 11. The input unit is realized by hardware keys typically represented by a keyboard and a pointing device such as a mouse. Note that the input unit may or may not include a touch panel, a camera (operation input via a moving image), and a microphone (operation input by voice) as examples, not limitation.
　出力部は、制御部１１で処理された処理結果を出力することができる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。出力部は、限定ではなく例として、 タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、スピーカ（音出力）、レンズ（限定ではなく例として３Ｄ（three dimensions）出力や、ホログラム出力）、プリンターなどを含む。 The output unit is realized by any one or a combination of all types of devices capable of outputting the processing results processed by the control unit 11. The output unit includes, as non-limiting examples, a touch panel, a touch display, a speaker (sound output), a lens (as non-limiting examples, 3D (three dimensions) output and hologram output), a printer, and the like.
　あくまでも一例であるが、入出力部１２は、限定ではなく例として、表示部１３を備える。 Although this is only an example, the input/output unit 12 includes the display unit 13 as an example and not as a limitation.
　表示部１３は、ディスプレイ等で実現される。ディスプレイは、代表的にはモニタ（限定ではなく例として、液晶ディスプレイやＯＥＬＤ（organic electroluminescence display））で実現される。なお、ディスプレイは、ヘッドマウントディスプレイ（ＨＤＭ）などであってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。なお、これらのディスプレイは、３Ｄで表示データを表示可能であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。本開示において、ディスプレイは、これらに限定されない。 The display unit 13 is realized by a display or the like. The display is typically implemented with a monitor (for example, without limitation, a liquid crystal display or an organic electroluminescence display (OELD)). Note that the display may or may not be a head mounted display (HDM) or the like. These displays may or may not be capable of displaying display data in 3D. In the present disclosure, displays are not limited to these.
　時計部１９は、サーバ１０の内蔵時計であり、時刻情報（計時情報）を出力する。時計部１９は、限定ではなく例として、ハードウェアクロックとしてのＲＴＣ（Real Time Clock）やシステムクロック等を有して構成される。時計部１９は、限定ではなく例として、計時部や時刻情報検出部と表現することもできる。 The clock unit 19 is an internal clock of the server 10 and outputs time information (timekeeping information). The clock unit 19 includes, for example and not limitation, an RTC (Real Time Clock) as a hardware clock, a system clock, and the like. The clock unit 19 can also be expressed as a clock unit or a time information detection unit as an example and not as a limitation.
（３）証券取引サーバのＨＷ構成 
　図１－１には、証券取引サーバ４０のＨＷ構成の一例を示している。
　証券取引サーバ４０は、制御部４１（ＣＰＵ）、記憶部４５、通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４（インタフェース）、入出力部４２、時計部４９を備える。証券取引サーバ４０のＨＷの各構成要素は、限定ではなく例として、バスＢを介して相互に接続される。なお、証券取引サーバ４０のＨＷは、証券取引サーバ４０のＨＷの構成として、全ての構成要素を含むことは必須ではない。限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０のＨＷは、個々の構成要素、または複数の構成要素を取り外すような構成であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 (3) HW configuration of securities trading server
FIG. 1-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the securities transaction server 40. As shown in FIG.
Securities transaction server 40 includes control unit 41 (CPU), storage unit 45 , communication I/F 44 (interface), input/output unit 42 , and clock unit 49 . Each component of the HW of securities trading server 40 is interconnected via bus B, by way of example and not limitation. It should be noted that the HW of the securities transaction server 40 does not necessarily include all of the constituent elements as the configuration of the HW of the securities transaction server 40 . By way of example and not limitation, the HW of securities trading server 40 may or may not be configured such that individual components or multiple components are removed.
　なお、証券取引サーバ４０の各構成要素については、限定ではなく例として、サーバ１０の各構成要素と同様に構成可能なため、再度の説明を省略する。 It should be noted that each component of the securities trading server 40 can be configured in the same manner as each component of the server 10 as an example, not as a limitation, and therefore will not be described again.
（４）その他
　サーバ１０は、プログラムＰを記憶部１５に記憶し、このプログラムＰを実行することで、制御部１１が、制御部１１に含まれる各部としての処理を実行する。つまり、記憶部１５に記憶されるプログラムＰは、サーバ１０に、制御部１１が実行する各機能を実現させる。このプログラムＰは、プログラムモジュールと表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。
　他の装置についても同様である。 (4) Others The server 10 stores the program P in the storage unit 15 and executes the program P so that the control unit 11 executes processing as each unit included in the control unit 11 . That is, the program P stored in the storage unit 15 causes the server 10 to implement each function executed by the control unit 11 . This program P may or may not be expressed as a program module.
The same is true for other devices.
　本開示の各実施形態においては、端末２０および／またはサーバ１０および／または証券取引サーバ４０のＣＰＵがプログラムＰを実行することにより、実現するものとして説明する。 In each embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the CPU of the terminal 20 and/or the server 10 and/or the securities trading server 40 executes the program P.
　なお、端末２０の制御部２１、および／または、サーバ１０の制御部１１、および／または、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、制御回路を有するＣＰＵだけでなく、集積回路（ＩＣ（Integrated Circuit）チップ、ＬＳＩ（Large Scale Integration））等に形成された論理回路（ハードウェア）や専用回路によって各処理を実現してもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。また、これらの回路は、１または複数の集積回路により実現されてよく、各実施形態に示す複数の処理を１つの集積回路により実現されることとしてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。また、ＬＳＩは、集積度の違いにより、ＶＬＳＩ、スーパーＬＳＩ、ウルトラＬＳＩなどと呼称されることもある。そのため、制御部２１は、制御回路と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 Note that the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 and/or the control unit 11 of the server 10 and/or the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 are not only a CPU having a control circuit, but also an integrated circuit (IC) ) chip, LSI (Large Scale Integration)) or a logic circuit (hardware) or a dedicated circuit may or may not implement each process. Also, these circuits may be realized by one or more integrated circuits, and the plurality of processes shown in each embodiment may or may not be realized by one integrated circuit. LSIs are also called VLSIs, super LSIs, ultra LSIs, etc., depending on the degree of integration. Therefore, the control unit 21 may or may not be expressed as a control circuit.
　また、本開示の各実施形態のプログラムＰ(限定ではなく例として、ソフトウェアプログラム、コンピュータプログラム、またはプログラムモジュール)は、コンピュータに読み取り可能な記憶媒体に記憶された状態で提供されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。記憶媒体は、「一時的でない有形の媒体」に、プログラムＰを記憶可能である。また、プログラムＰは、本開示の各実施形態の機能の一部を実現するためのものであってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。さらに、本開示の各実施形態の機能を記憶媒体にすでに記録されているプログラムＰとの組み合わせで実現できるもの、いわゆる差分ファイル（差分プログラム）であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 In addition, the program P of each embodiment of the present disclosure (as a non-limiting example, a software program, a computer program, or a program module) may be provided in a state stored in a computer-readable storage medium, It does not have to be. The storage medium can store the program P in a "non-transitory tangible medium". Also, the program P may or may not be for realizing part of the functions of each embodiment of the present disclosure. Furthermore, the function of each embodiment of the present disclosure may or may not be a so-called difference file (difference program) that can be realized in combination with a program P already recorded on a storage medium.
　記憶媒体は、１つまたは複数の半導体ベースの、または他の集積回路（ＩＣ）（限定ではなく例として、フィールド・プログラマブル・ゲート・アレイ（ＦＰＧＡ）または特定用途向けＩＣ（ＡＳＩＣ）など）、ハード・ディスク・ドライブ（ＨＤＤ）、ハイブリッド・ハード・ドライブ（ＨＨＤ）、光ディスク、光ディスクドライブ（ＯＤＤ）、光磁気ディスク、光磁気ドライブ、フロッピィ・ディスケット、フロッピィ・ディスク・ドライブ（ＦＤＤ）、磁気テープ、固体ドライブ（ＳＳＤ）、ＲＡＭドライブ、セキュア・デジタル・カード、またはドライブ、任意の他の適切な記憶媒体、またはこれらの２つ以上の適切な組合せを含むことができる。記憶媒体は、適切な場合、揮発性、不揮発性、または揮発性と不揮発性の組合せでよい。なお、記憶媒体はこれらの例に限られず、プログラムＰを記憶可能であれば、どのようなデバイスまたは媒体であってもよい。また、記憶媒体をメモリ（memory）と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The storage medium may include one or more semiconductor-based or other integrated circuits (ICs) (such as, by way of example and without limitation, field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or application specific ICs (ASICs)), hard Disk drive (HDD), hybrid hard drive (HHD), optical disk, optical disk drive (ODD), magneto-optical disk, magneto-optical drive, floppy diskette, floppy disk drive (FDD), magnetic tape, solid state It may include a drive (SSD), RAM drive, secure digital card or drive, any other suitable storage medium, or any suitable combination of two or more thereof. Storage media may, where appropriate, be volatile, nonvolatile, or a combination of volatile and nonvolatile. Note that the storage medium is not limited to these examples, and any device or medium that can store the program P may be used. Also, the storage medium may or may not be expressed as memory.
　サーバ１０および／または端末２０および／または証券取引サーバ４０は、記憶媒体に記憶されたプログラムＰを読み出し、読み出したプログラムＰを実行することによって、各実施形態に示す複数の機能部の機能を実現することができる。 The server 10 and/or the terminal 20 and/or the securities trading server 40 read the program P stored in the storage medium and execute the read program P, thereby realizing the functions of the plurality of functional units shown in each embodiment. can do.
　また、本開示のプログラムＰは、プログラムを伝送可能な任意の伝送媒体(通信ネットワークや放送波等)を介して、サーバ１０および／または端末２０および／または証券取引サーバ４０に提供されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。サーバ１０および／または端末２０および／または証券取引サーバ４０は、限定ではなく例として、インターネット等を介してダウンロードしたプログラムＰを実行することにより、各実施形態に示す複数の機能部の機能を実現する。 In addition, the program P of the present disclosure may be provided to the server 10 and/or the terminal 20 and/or the securities trading server 40 via any transmission medium (communication network, broadcast wave, etc.) capable of transmitting the program. or not. The server 10 and/or the terminal 20 and/or the securities trading server 40 implement the functions of the plurality of functional units shown in each embodiment by executing a program P downloaded via the Internet or the like, for example and not limitation. do.
　また、本開示の各実施形態は、プログラムＰが電子的な伝送によって具現化されたデータ信号の形態でも実現され得る。 
　サーバ１０および／または端末２０および／または証券取引サーバ４０における処理の少なくとも一部は、１以上のコンピュータにより構成されるクラウドコンピューティングにより実現されていてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。
　端末２０における処理の少なくとも一部、または全部を、サーバ１０および／または証券取引サーバ４０により行う構成としてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。この場合、端末２０の制御部２１の各機能部の処理のうち少なくとも一部の処理、または全部の処理を、サーバ１０および／または証券取引サーバ４０で行う構成としてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。
　サーバ１０における処理の少なくとも一部、または全部を、端末２０および／または証券取引サーバ４０により行う構成としてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。この場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１の各機能部の処理のうち少なくとも一部の処理、または全部の処理を、端末２０および／または証券取引サーバ４０で行う構成としてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。
　証券取引サーバ４０処理の少なくとも一部、または全部を、端末２０および／またはサーバ１０により行う構成としてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。この場合、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１の各機能部の処理のうち少なくとも一部の処理、または全部の処理を、端末２０および／またはサーバ１０で行う構成としてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 Each embodiment of the present disclosure can also be implemented in the form of a data signal in which the program P is embodied by electronic transmission.
At least part of the processing in server 10 and/or terminal 20 and/or securities trading server 40 may or may not be implemented by cloud computing configured by one or more computers.
At least part or all of the processing in the terminal 20 may or may not be performed by the server 10 and/or the securities trading server 40 . In this case, the server 10 and/or the securities trading server 40 may or may not perform at least some or all of the processing of the functional units of the control unit 21 of the terminal 20. good too.
At least part or all of the processing in the server 10 may or may not be performed by the terminal 20 and/or the securities trading server 40 . In this case, at least a part of the processing of each functional unit of the control unit 11 of the server 10, or all of the processing may be performed by the terminal 20 and/or the securities trading server 40, or otherwise. good too.
At least part or all of the processing of the securities trading server 40 may or may not be configured to be performed by the terminal 20 and/or the server 10 . In this case, at least a part of the processing of each functional unit of the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40, or all of the processing may be performed by the terminal 20 and/or the server 10, or otherwise. good too.
　明示的な言及のない限り、本開示の実施形態における判定の構成は必須でなく、判定条件を満たした場合に所定の処理が動作されたり、判定条件を満たさない場合に所定の処理がされたりしてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 Unless explicitly mentioned, the configuration of determination in the embodiments of the present disclosure is not essential, and predetermined processing is performed when the determination condition is satisfied, or predetermined processing is performed when the determination condition is not satisfied. may or may not.
　なお、本開示のプログラムは、限定ではなく例として、ActionScript、JavaScript(登録商標)などのスクリプト言語、Objective-C、Java(登録商標)などのコンパイラ言語、HTML5などのマークアップ言語などを用いて実装される。 Note that the program of the present disclosure uses script languages such as ActionScript and JavaScript (registered trademark), compiler languages such as Objective-C and Java (registered trademark), markup languages such as HTML5, and the like, for example and not limitation. Implemented.
［各装置の機能構成］
（１）サーバ
　図１－２は、本実施例においてサーバ１０の制御部１１によって実現される機能の一例を示す図である。
　制御部１１は、限定ではなく例として、記憶部１５に記憶されたポイント運用アプリケーション管理処理プログラム１５１に従ってポイント運用アプリケーション管理処理を実行するためのポイント運用アプリケーション管理処理部１１１を機能部として含む。 [Functional configuration of each device]
(1) Server FIG. 1B is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by the control unit 11 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
As a non-limiting example, the control unit 11 includes, as a functional unit, a point-use application management processing unit 111 for executing point-use application management processing according to a point-use application management processing program 151 stored in the storage unit 15 .
　図１－３は、本実施例においてサーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶される情報等の一例を示す図である。
　記憶部１５には、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーション管理処理として実行されるポイント運用アプリケーション管理処理プログラム１５１と、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３と、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５とが記憶される。 FIG. 1-3 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
The storage unit 15 stores, as a non-limiting example, a point use application management processing program 151 executed as a point use application management process, a point use application account registration data 153, and a point use application account management database 155. be.
　なお、記憶部１５に、ポイント運用アプリケーション管理処理プログラム１５１において参照される、ポイント運用で用いられる指標値の時系列データを加えて記憶させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。
　また、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、指標値の時系列データを、不図示の外部サーバ（限定ではなく例として、証券情報サービスサーバや占いサービスサーバ等）から取得し、記憶部１５に、指標値の時系列データとして記憶させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Note that the storage unit 15 may additionally store time-series data of index values used in point management, which is referred to by the point management application management processing program 151, or may not be stored.
In addition, the control unit 11 of the server 10 acquires time-series data of index values from an external server (not limited to, but examples include a securities information service server, a fortune-telling service server, etc.), and stores the index values in the storage unit 15. It may or may not be stored as time-series data of values.
　ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３は、アプリケーション（この例ではポイント運用アプリケーション）のアカウントに関する登録データであり、そのデータ構成の一例を図１－４に示す。
　ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ名と、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、その他登録情報とが関連付けて記憶される。 The point management application account registration data 153 is registration data relating to an account of an application (a point management application in this example), and an example of the data configuration is shown in FIG. 1-4.
In the point management application account registration data 153, for example and not limitation, a user name, a point management application ID, and other registration information are stored in association with each other.
　ユーザ名は、ポイント運用アプリケーションを利用する端末２０のアカウントの名称であり、限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザがポイント運用アプリケーションを利用する際に登録する名称が記憶される。 The user name is the name of the account of the terminal 20 that uses the point management application, and as an example, not as a limitation, the name that the user of the terminal 20 registers when using the point management application is stored.
　ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤは、ポイント運用アプリケーションのアカウント（ポイント運用サービスのアカウント）を識別するために用いられる情報、またはアカウントそのものである。
　このポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤは、好ましくはアカウントごとに一意な値であり、限定ではなく例として、サーバ１０によってアカウントごとに一意な値（固有の値）が設定されて記憶される。
　ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤは、端末２０、またはその端末２０のユーザに関連付けられた情報であり、端末に関する情報、または端末のユーザに関する情報の一例である。 The point management application ID is information used to identify a point management application account (point management service account) or the account itself.
This point management application ID is preferably a unique value for each account, and as an example and not a limitation, the server 10 sets and stores a unique value (unique value) for each account.
The point management application ID is information associated with the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20, and is an example of information about the terminal or information about the user of the terminal.
　その他登録情報には、限定ではなく例として、端末２０を識別するための識別情報、端末２０の電話番号（端末電話番号）、メールアドレス（端末メールアドレス）、ポイント運用アプリケーションにおける各種の認証に利用されるパスワード（ログインパスワード、認証パスワード等）等の認証情報といった各種の情報を含めるようにすることができる。 The other registered information includes, for example and not limitation, identification information for identifying the terminal 20, the telephone number of the terminal 20 (terminal telephone number), the email address (terminal email address), and various authentications in the point management application. Various types of information such as authentication information such as a password (login password, authentication password, etc.) can be included.
　端末２０を識別するための識別情報は、限定ではなく例として、端末ＩＤ（限定ではなく例として、ＩＭＥＩ（International Mobile Equipment Identity））とすることができる。
　また、端末２０のユーザを識別するための識別情報は、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤとすることができる。なお、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤに代えて「ポイント運用ユーザＩＤ」としてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 The identification information for identifying the terminal 20 may be, by way of example and not by way of limitation, a terminal ID (by way of example and not by way of limitation, IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)).
Also, the identification information for identifying the user of the terminal 20 can be a point management application ID as an example and not as a limitation. A "point management user ID" may or may not be used instead of the point management application ID.
　また、１つの端末２０につき１つのアカウントしか登録することのできないポイント運用アプリケーションであれば、限定ではなく例として、「端末２０を識別するための識別情報＝端末２０のユーザを識別するための識別情報＝ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤ」とすることができる。 Also, if it is a point management application in which only one account can be registered for one terminal 20, as an example without limitation, "identification information for identifying the terminal 20 = identification for identifying the user of the terminal 20 information = point management application ID".
　また、限定ではなく例として、１つのポイント運用ユーザＩＤに、複数の端末ＩＤを割り当てることを可能としてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Also, as a non-limiting example, it may or may not be possible to assign a plurality of terminal IDs to one point management user ID.
　また、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤ等の各種のＩＤに代えて、端末電話番号等の情報によってアカウントを管理する手法を適用することも可能である。
　この場合、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤ等のＩＤの情報をポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３に記憶させるのに代えて、端末電話番号等の情報をポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３に記憶させるようにすることができる。 It is also possible to apply a method of managing an account using information such as a terminal phone number instead of various IDs such as a point management application ID.
In this case, instead of storing ID information such as the point management application ID in the point management application account registration data 153, information such as the terminal telephone number may be stored in the point management application account registration data 153. can.
　なお、ポイント運用サービスでのアカウント作成には、端末２０のユーザに対する本人確認（ＫＹＣ：Know Your Customer）は必須ではない。 It should be noted that identity verification (KYC: Know Your Customer) for the user of the terminal 20 is not essential for account creation in the point management service.
　ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５は、ポイント運用アプリケーションにおけるアカウントごとのポイント運用状況を管理するための管理用のデータベースであり、その一例である第１のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ａのデータ構成例を図１－５に示す。
　第１のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ａには、アカウントごとの管理データとして、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データが記憶される。 The point management application account management database 155 is a management database for managing the point management status for each account in the point management application. It is shown in Figure 1-5.
Point management application account management data is stored in the first point management application account management database 155A as management data for each account.
　各々のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データには、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザ名と、運用ポイント残高と、運用中ポイント評価額と、ポイント運用管理データとが記憶される。 Each point management application account management data stores, as a non-limiting example, a point management application ID, a user name, an operational point balance, an evaluation value of points during operation, and point operational management data.
　ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤは、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３において登録済みのアカウントを識別するための識別情報としてのＩＤである。 A point management application ID is an ID as identification information for identifying a registered account in the point management application account registration data 153 .
　ユーザ名は、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３に記憶される、このアプリケーションＩＤと紐づけられたユーザ名である。
　なお、ユーザ名は、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤによってポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３から特定可能であるため、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データに記憶させなくてもよい。 The user name is, for example and not limitation, a user name associated with this application ID stored in the point management application account registration data 153 .
Note that the user name can be identified from the point management application account registration data 153 by the point management application ID, so it does not have to be stored in the point management application account management data.
　運用ポイント残高は、このアカウントに付与されているポイントの残高（ポイント数）である。ポイント運用アプリケーションのユーザは、運用ポイント残高以内のポイントをポイント運用に回す（追加する）ことができる。
　運用ポイント残高は、新規ポイント運用可能残高と言ってもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 The management point balance is the balance of points (the number of points) given to this account. The user of the point management application can use (add) points within the management point balance for point management.
The managed point balance may or may not be referred to as a new point manageable balance.
　運用中ポイント評価額は、このアカウントによって運用されているポイントの現時点における指標値と連動した増減後のポイント数である。運用中ポイント評価額は、限定ではなく例として、次の式で算出される時系列で変動する値である。
　「運用中ポイント評価額」＝「現時点における指標値」×「保有口数」
　なお、保有口数とは、このアカウントのユーザがポイント運用に追加した（投じた）ポイント数に応じて増加する、運用中のポイント数の基準値であり、詳細については後述する。 The evaluation value of points under management is the number of points after increase or decrease linked to the current index value of the points managed by this account. The evaluation point value during operation is, as an example and not a limitation, a value that fluctuates in a time series calculated by the following formula.
“Assessment value of points under management” = “Index value at present” x “Number of units held”
It should be noted that the number of owned units is a reference value for the number of points under management, which increases according to the number of points added (thrown) by the user of this account for point management, and the details will be described later.
　限定ではなく例として、図１－５の例では、指標値が「５，８００」、保有口数が「０．４０」口の場合、運用中ポイント評価額が「５，８００×０．４０」＝「２，３２０」ポイントとなることが示されている。 As a non-limiting example, in the example of Figure 1-5, if the index value is "5,800" and the number of owned units is "0.40", the point evaluation value during operation is "5,800 x 0.40" = "2,320" points.
　ポイント運用管理データは、このアカウントにおけるポイント運用へのポイント追加処理（以下、「買い」と呼称する。）や、ポイント運用に投じたポイントをポイント残高に戻してポイントとして利用可能にする処理（以下、「売り」と呼称する。）の結果を管理するためのデータである。以下では、買いと売りとの処理をまとめて「取引」と呼称する。 Point operation management data includes the process of adding points to point management in this account (hereinafter referred to as "buying") and the process of returning points invested in point management to the point balance and making them available as points (hereinafter , called “selling”). In the following, the process of buying and selling is collectively referred to as "trading".
　買いの処理では、ユーザは、ポイント残高以下のポイント数をポイント運用へ追加することができる。
　また、売りの処理では、ユーザは、運用中ポイント評価額以下のポイント数をポイント運用から除外することができる。 In the buy process, the user can add the number of points less than the point balance to the point management.
In addition, in the selling process, the user can exclude the number of points equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation from point management.
　ポイント運用管理データには、限定ではなく例として、買いと売りとの処理結果に基づいて算出される値である、平均取得額と、保有口数とが記憶される。 The point operation management data stores, as an example and not a limitation, the average acquisition amount and the number of holding units, which are values calculated based on the processing results of buying and selling.
　ここで、平均取得額と、保有口数との算出方法を説明するために、１回の買いまたは売りの処理における約定単価と取得口数とを説明する。 Here, in order to explain how to calculate the average acquisition amount and the number of units held, the contract unit price and the number of units acquired in one buying or selling process will be explained.
　約定単価は、買いまたは売りの取引が成立したときの指標値である。 The contract unit price is the index value when a buy or sell transaction is completed.
　取得口数は、買いまたは売りの取引によってポイント運用に充てられた（買いの場合）、あるいはポイント運用から外された（売りの場合）ポイント数と比例する、運用に回されるポイント数の基準値である。
　取得口数は、限定ではなく例として、以下の式で算出される。
（Ａ）買いの場合
　「取得口数」＝「運用に追加したポイント数」÷「約定単価」
（Ｂ）売りの場合
　「取得口数」＝「－１」×「運用から外したポイント数」÷「約定単価」 The number of acquired units is the standard value of the number of points to be invested, which is proportional to the number of points allocated to point management (in the case of buying) or removed from point management (in the case of selling) by buying or selling transactions. is.
The number of acquired shares is calculated by the following formula as an example and not as a limitation.
(A) In the case of buying "Number of units acquired" = "Number of points added to investment" ÷ "Contract unit price"
(B) In the case of selling "Number of acquired units" = "-1" x "Number of points removed from operation" ÷ "Contract unit price"
　このとき、保有口数は、各取引における取得口数の累計値となる。 At this time, the number of units held will be the cumulative value of the number of units acquired in each transaction.
　平均取得額は、ポイント運用中のポイントをポイント運用から除外するとき、損をするか得をするかの判断基準となる値である。
　平均取得額は、限定ではなく例として、取引ごとに以下の式で算出され更新される。
（Ａ）買いの場合
　取引後の平均取得額＝（取引前の平均取得額×取引前の保有口数＋約定価格×取得口数）÷（取引前の保有口数＋取得口数）
（Ｂ）売りの場合
　取引後の平均取得額＝取引前の平均取得額 The average acquisition amount is a value that serves as a criterion for determining whether to lose or gain when points under point management are excluded from point management.
The average acquisition amount is calculated and updated for each transaction, by way of example and not limitation, according to the following formula.
(A) In the case of buying Average acquisition amount after trading = (Average acquisition amount before trading x Number of units held before transaction + Contract price x Number of units acquired) ÷ (Number of units held before transaction + Number of units acquired)
(B) In the case of selling Average purchase price after trading = Average purchase price before trading
　限定ではなく例として、平均取得額よりも指標値が高い場合、ポイント運用からポイントを除外するとユーザのポイント運用益はプラスとなり（ポイント運用により利益を得る）、平均取得額よりも指標値が低い場合、ポイント運用からポイントを除外するとユーザのポイント運用益はマイナスとなる（ポイント運用により損失を被る）。
　なお、ある指標値においてポイント運用から全ポイントを除外する場合、運用ポイント残高に加算されるポイント数は、運用中ポイント評価額となる。 As a non-limiting example, if the index value is higher than the average acquisition amount, excluding points from point management will result in a positive point investment profit for the user (gain a profit from point management), and the index value will be lower than the average acquisition amount. In this case, if points are excluded from point management, the user's point management profit will be negative (the user will suffer a loss due to point management).
Note that when all points are excluded from point management for a certain index value, the number of points added to the management point balance is the point evaluation value during management.
　なお、ポイント運用管理データに、限定ではなく例として、個別の売りや買いにおける約定単価と取得口数等の詳細な履歴を記憶させるようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 It should be noted that, as a non-limiting example, point operation management data may or may not store detailed histories such as contracted unit prices and the number of acquired units for individual sales and purchases.
　（２）証券取引サーバ
　図１－６は、本実施例において証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１によって実現される機能の一例を示す図である。
　制御部４１は、限定ではなく例として、記憶部４５に記憶された証券取引アプリケーション管理処理プログラム４５１に従って証券取引アプリケーション管理処理を実行するための証券取引アプリケーション管理処理部４１１と、記憶部４５に記憶された証券取引基幹業務処理プログラム４５２に従って証券取引基幹業務処理を実行するための証券取引基幹業務処理部４１２とを機能部として含む。 (2) Securities Trading Server FIG. 1-6 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 in this embodiment.
As an example and not a limitation, the control unit 41 includes a securities transaction application management processing unit 411 for executing securities transaction application management processing in accordance with a securities transaction application management processing program 451 stored in the storage unit 45 , and A securities trading core business processing unit 412 for executing the securities trading core business processing according to the securities trading core business processing program 452 is included as a functional unit.
　ここで、証券取引アプリケーション管理処理とは、限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザによる金融商品の売り買い発注等の証券取引に関する指示を受け付け、その指示に基づく取引結果を端末２０のユーザに報知させるための処理である。
　また、証券取引基幹業務処理とは、限定ではなく例として、証券取引アプリケーション管理処理により取得した端末２０のユーザによる証券取引に関する指示を、限定ではなく例として、証券取引所サーバや決済銀行サーバ、ＣＳＤ（Central Securities Depository）サーバ等の外部金融機関サーバと連携することで実行させる処理である。 Here, the securities transaction application management process, as an example and not a limitation, accepts instructions relating to securities transactions such as orders for buying and selling financial products from the user of the terminal 20, and notifies the user of the terminal 20 of transaction results based on the instructions. This process is for
In addition, the securities trading core business processing includes, as a non-limiting example, instructions related to securities trading by the user of the terminal 20 acquired by the securities trading application management processing, such as a stock exchange server, a settlement bank server, This processing is executed by cooperating with an external financial institution server such as a CSD (Central Securities Depository) server.
　図１－７は、本実施例において証券取引サーバ４０の記憶部４５に記憶される情報等の一例を示す図である。
　記憶部４５には、限定ではなく例として、証券取引アプリケーション管理処理として実行される証券取引アプリケーション管理処理プログラム４５１と、証券取引基幹業務処理として実行される証券取引基幹業務処理プログラム４５２と、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データ４５３と、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５と、金融商品管理データベース４５７とが記憶される。 FIG. 1-7 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 45 of the securities transaction server 40 in this embodiment.
As an example and not limitation, the storage unit 45 stores a stock exchange application management processing program 451 that is executed as stock exchange application management processing, a stock exchange core business processing program 452 that is executed as stock exchange core business processing, and a stock exchange Application account registration data 453, securities transaction application account management database 455, and financial instrument management database 457 are stored.
　証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データ４５３は、アプリケーション（この例では証券取引アプリケーション）のアカウントに関する登録データであり、そのデータ構成の一例を図１－８に示す。なお、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データ４５３に登録されるアカウントを、「証券口座」と呼称してもよい。
　証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データ４５３には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ名と、証券取引アプリケーションＩＤと、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、その他登録情報とが関連付けて記憶される。 The securities trading application account registration data 453 is registration data relating to an account of an application (in this example, a securities trading application), and an example of its data structure is shown in FIG. 1-8. An account registered in the securities transaction application account registration data 453 may be referred to as a "securities account".
The securities transaction application account registration data 453 stores, for example and not limitation, a user name, a securities transaction application ID, a point management application ID, and other registration information in association with each other.
　ユーザ名は、証券取引アプリケーションを利用する端末２０のアカウントの名称であり、限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザが証券取引アプリケーションを利用する際に登録する氏名が記憶される。 The user name is the name of the account of the terminal 20 that uses the securities trading application, and as an example, not as a limitation, stores the name that the user of the terminal 20 registers when using the securities trading application.
　証券取引アプリケーションＩＤは、証券取引アプリケーションのアカウント（証券取引サービスのアカウント）を識別するために用いられる情報、またはアカウントそのものである。
　この証券取引アプリケーションＩＤは、好ましくはアカウントごとに一意な値であり、限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０によってアカウントごとに一意な値（固有の値）が設定されて記憶される。
　証券取引アプリケーションＩＤは、端末２０、またはその端末２０のユーザに関連付けられた情報であり、端末に関する情報、または端末のユーザに関する情報の一例である。 The securities transaction application ID is information used to identify the account of the securities transaction application (account of the securities transaction service), or the account itself.
This securities transaction application ID is preferably a unique value for each account, and by way of example and not limitation, the securities transaction server 40 sets and stores a unique value (unique value) for each account.
The securities transaction application ID is information associated with the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20, and is an example of information about the terminal or information about the user of the terminal.
　ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤは、証券取引サービスと提携するポイント運用サービスにおけるポイント運用サービスのアカウントを証券取引アプリケーションＩＤと紐づけるために用いられる情報である。
　このポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤは、限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザが証券口座開設の際にサーバ１０を介して受信したポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３において登録済みのＩＤが記憶される。 The point management application ID is information used for linking a point management service account in a point management service affiliated with a securities trading service with a securities trading application ID.
As an example and not a limitation, this point management application ID stores an ID that has been registered in the point management application account registration data 153 received via the server 10 when the user of the terminal 20 opens a securities account.
　なお、限定ではなく例として、証券口座開設の際にポイント運用サービスのアカウントを証券取引サービスのアカウントと紐づけないことが端末２０のユーザによって選択される場合、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤはＮＵＬＬ値を取る。 Note that, as an example and not as a limitation, if the user of the terminal 20 selects not to associate the point management service account with the securities trading service account when opening a securities account, as an example and not as a limitation, the point management application ID takes a NULL value.
　また、証券取引サービスの一のアカウントとポイント運用サービスの複数のアカウントとを紐づけられるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。この場合、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤとして複数のポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤが記憶されるようにしてもよい。 Also, one account of the securities trading service may be linked to multiple accounts of the point management service, or it may not be so. In this case, as a non-limiting example, a plurality of point management application IDs may be stored as the point management application IDs.
　その他登録情報には、限定ではなく例として、端末２０を識別するための識別情報、端末２０の電話番号（端末電話番号）、メールアドレス（端末メールアドレス）、証券取引アプリケーションにおける各種の認証に利用されるパスワード（ログインパスワード、認証パスワード等）等の認証情報、証券口座への出金先や入金先となる銀行口座情報といった各種の情報を含めるようにすることができる。 Other registered information includes, for example and not limitation, identification information for identifying the terminal 20, telephone number of the terminal 20 (terminal telephone number), e-mail address (terminal e-mail address), and various authentications in the securities trading application. It is possible to include various kinds of information such as authentication information such as a password (login password, authentication password, etc.), and bank account information to be used as a withdrawal destination or a deposit destination to a securities account.
　なお、証券取引アプリケーションＩＤに代えて「証券取引ユーザＩＤ」や「証券口座ＩＤ」としてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 It should be noted that the "securities transaction user ID" or "securities account ID" may or may not be used instead of the securities transaction application ID.
　また、証券取引サービスでのアカウント作成（証券口座開設）には、端末２０のユーザに対する本人確認（顧客確認）（ＫＹＣ：Know Your Customer）を必要とする。 In addition, account creation (securities account opening) in the securities trading service requires identity verification (customer verification) (KYC: Know Your Customer) for the user of the terminal 20.
　金融商品管理データベース４５７は、証券取引アプリケーションによって取引可能な金融商品ごとの商品情報を管理するためのデータベースであり、そのデータ構成の一例を図１－９に示す。
　金融商品管理データベース４５７には、金融商品ごとの管理データとして、金融商品管理データが記憶される。 The financial product management database 457 is a database for managing product information for each financial product that can be traded by the securities trading application, and an example of its data configuration is shown in FIG. 1-9.
The financial product management database 457 stores financial product management data as management data for each financial product.
　各々の金融商品管理データには、限定ではなく例として、金融商品ＩＤと、金融商品名と、種別と、売買価格と、その他商品情報とが記憶される。 In each financial product management data, as an example and not limitation, a financial product ID, financial product name, type, trading price, and other product information are stored.
　金融商品ＩＤは、証券取引アプリケーションで取引可能な金融商品を識別するために用いられる情報である。
　この金融商品ＩＤは、好ましくは金融商品ごとに一意な値であり、限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０によって金融商品ごとに一意な値（固有の値）が設定されて記憶される。 A financial instrument ID is information used to identify a financial instrument that can be traded in a securities trading application.
This financial instrument ID is preferably a unique value for each financial instrument, and as an example and not a limitation, the securities transaction server 40 sets and stores a unique value (unique value) for each financial instrument.
　なお、金融商品ＩＤとして、ＩＳＩＮ（International Securities Identification Number）コードや証券コード（登録商標）を用いるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 An ISIN (International Securities Identification Number) code or securities code (registered trademark) may or may not be used as the financial instrument ID.
　金融商品名は、その金融商品の名称（銘柄名）であり、限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０のユーザが金融商品追加時に登録する株式銘柄名や債券銘柄名等が記憶される。 The financial product name is the name (stock name) of the financial product, and as an example and not as a limitation, stores the stock brand name, bond brand name, etc. registered by the user of the securities trading server 40 when adding the financial product.
　種別は、その金融商品の種類であり、限定ではなく例として、以下のような種別が挙げられる。
・預貯金（定期預金、定額預金、外貨預金等含む）
・債券（国債、地方債、外国債券、社債等含む）
・投資信託（マネーマーケットファンド（ＭＭＦ）、上場投資信託（ＥＴＦ）、不動産投資信託（ＲＥＩＴ）等含む）
・株式
・コモディティ取引（原油、金、穀物等含む）
・暗号資産
・その他（ソーシャルレンディングや外国為替証拠金取引（ＦＸ）、差金決済取引（ＣＦＤ）等含む）
　なお、種別として、「現物」、「先物」、「信用」等の取引種別を含めるようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 The type is the type of the financial product, and examples, not limitations, include the following types.
・Deposits and savings (including time deposits, fixed amount deposits, foreign currency deposits, etc.)
・Bonds (including government bonds, local government bonds, foreign bonds, corporate bonds, etc.)
・Investment trusts (including money market funds (MMF), exchange-traded funds (ETFs), real estate investment trusts (REITs), etc.)
・Equities and commodities trading (including crude oil, gold, grain, etc.)
・Crypto assets ・Others (including social lending, foreign exchange margin trading (FX), contract settlement trading (CFD), etc.)
The types may or may not include transaction types such as "actual", "futures", and "credit".
　売買価格は、その金融商品の取引価格であり、限定ではなく例として、証券取引所サーバやＳＣＤ（Central Securities Depository）サーバ等の外部金融機関サーバから送信される、その時点における「株価」や「株価指数」、「基準価格」、「為替レート」等が記憶される。 The trading price is the trading price of the financial product, and as a non-limiting example, the "stock price" or " Stock price index”, “reference price”, “exchange rate”, etc. are stored.
　その他登録情報には、限定ではなく例として、その金融商品の目論見書の内容（利回りや手数料等）や売買価格の履歴情報といった各種の情報を含めるようにすることができる。 Other registration information can include various types of information such as the content of the financial product's prospectus (yield, commission, etc.) and transaction price history information, as an example, not as a limitation.
　証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５は、証券取引アプリケーションにおけるアカウントごとの金融商品運用状況を管理するための管理用のデータベースであり、その一例である第１の証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５Ａのデータ構成例を図１－１０に示す。
　第１の証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５Ａには、アカウントごとの管理データとして、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データが記憶される。 The securities transaction application account management database 455 is a management database for managing the financial product operation status for each account in the securities transaction application. is shown in Figure 1-10.
Stock trading application account management data is stored in the first stock trading application account management database 455A as management data for each account.
　各々の証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データには、限定ではなく例として、証券取引アプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザ名と、買付可能金額と、金融商品評価合計額と、証券取引管理データとが記憶される。 Each securities transaction application account management data stores, as a non-limiting example, a securities transaction application ID, a user name, a purchaseable amount, a financial product valuation total, and securities transaction management data.
　証券取引アプリケーションＩＤは、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データ４５３において登録済みのアカウントを識別するための識別情報としてのＩＤである。 The securities transaction application ID is an ID as identification information for identifying a registered account in the securities transaction application account registration data 453 .
　ユーザ名は、限定ではなく例として、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データ４５３に記憶される、このアプリケーションＩＤと紐づけられたユーザ名である。
　なお、前述したのと同様に、ユーザ名は、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データには記憶させなくてもよい。 The username is, by way of example and not limitation, the username associated with this application ID stored in the securities trading application account registration data 453 .
It should be noted that the user name does not have to be stored in the securities transaction application account management data as described above.
　買付可能金額は、このアカウント（証券口座）で運用可能な資金残高である。証券取引アプリケーションのユーザは、買付可能金額以内の金額を金融商品での運用に回す（追加する）ことができる。
　買付可能金額は、買付余力や購買余力と言ってもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 The purchaseable amount is the fund balance that can be operated in this account (securities account). A user of the securities trading application can use (add) an amount within the purchaseable amount for investment in financial products.
The available purchase amount may be referred to as purchasing power or purchasing power, but it does not have to be.
　金融商品評価合計額は、このアカウントによって運用されている金融商品の現時点における売買価格と連動した増減後の評価額の合計額である。金融商品評価合計額は、限定ではなく例として、次の式で算出される時系列で変動する値である。
　「金融商品評価額」＝「現時点における売買価格」×「保有口数」
　「金融商品評価合計額」＝保有するすべての「金融商品評価額」の総和
　なお、保有口数とは、このアカウントのユーザが金融商品の運用に追加した（投じた）資金に応じて増加する金融商品の口数である。 The financial instrument valuation total amount is the total valuation amount after increase or decrease linked to the current trading price of the financial instruments managed by this account. The financial instrument valuation total amount is, as an example and not a limitation, a value that fluctuates in a time series calculated by the following formula.
“Financial instrument appraisal value” = “Current trading price” x “Number of units held”
“Total valuation of financial instruments” = Sum of all “assessments of financial instruments” held It is the number of units of the product.
　限定ではなく例として、図１－１０の例では、「運用の達人ファンド」の売買価格（基準金額）が「５，８００」、保有口数が「１０」口であり、「ＸＸビルＲＥＩＴ」の売買価格（基準価格）が「５，０００」、保有口数が「３０」口である場合、金融商品評価合計額が「５，８００×１０＋５，０００×３０」＝「２０８，０００」円であることが示されている。 As a non-limiting example, in the example of Figure 1-10, the trading price (standard amount) of the "Management Master Fund" is "5,800", the number of units held is "10", and the number of "XX Building REIT" is If the trading price (base price) is "5,000" and the number of units held is "30", the total valuation of financial instruments is "5,800 x 10 + 5,000 x 30" = "208,000" yen. is shown.
　証券取引管理データは、このアカウントにおける金融商品取引結果を管理するためのデータである。
　証券取引管理データには、限定ではなく例として、各々の金融商品ＩＤおよび金融商品名と関連付けて、金融商品取引（金融商品の売り買い）の結果に基づいて算出される値である、平均取得額と、保有口数とが記憶される。 Securities transaction management data is data for managing financial product transaction results in this account.
Securities transaction management data may include, by way of example and not limitation, an average acquisition amount, which is a value calculated based on the results of financial instrument transactions (buying and selling of financial instruments) in association with each financial instrument ID and financial instrument name. and the number of shares held are stored.
　なお、平均取得額と、保有口数とについては、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用における指標値を金融商品の売買価格と置き換えることで、ポイント運用の場合と同様に算出することができるため、再度の説明を省略する。なお、保有口数として０以上の整数値のみを取るようにしてもよいし、０以上の実数値を取るようにしてもよい。 In addition, the average acquisition amount and the number of units held can be calculated in the same way as for point management by replacing the index value in point management with the trading price of financial products, as an example, not as a limitation. is omitted. It should be noted that the number of owned shares may be set to only an integer value of 0 or more, or may be set to a real number of 0 or more.
　（３）端末
　図１－１１は、本実施例において端末２０の制御部２１によって実現される機能の一例を示す図である。
　制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、記憶部２８に記憶されたポイント運用アプリケーション処理プログラム２８１に従ってポイント運用アプリケーション処理を実行するためのポイント運用アプリケーション処理部２１１と、記憶部２８に記憶され証券取引アプリケーション処理プログラム２８５に従って証券取引アプリケーション処理を実行するための証券取引アプリケーション処理部２１３とを機能部として含む。 (3) Terminal FIG. 1-11 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
As an example and not a limitation, the control unit 21 includes a point management application processing unit 211 for executing a point management application process according to a point management application processing program 281 stored in the storage unit 28, and a securities transaction stored in the storage unit 28. A securities transaction application processing unit 213 for executing securities transaction application processing according to the application processing program 285 is included as a functional unit.
　図１－１２は、本実施例において端末２０の記憶部２８に記憶される情報等の一例を示す図である。
　記憶部２８には、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーション処理として実行されるポイント運用アプリケーション処理プログラム２８１と、証券取引アプリケーション処理として実行される証券取引アプリケーション処理プログラム２８５と、自己の端末２０、または自己の端末２０のユーザのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤ２８３と、自己の端末２０、または自己の端末２０のユーザの証券取引アプリケーションＩＤ２８７とが記憶される。 FIG. 1-12 is a diagram showing an example of information and the like stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
As an example and not a limitation, the storage unit 28 stores a point management application processing program 281 that is executed as point management application processing, a securities trading application processing program 285 that is executed as securities trading application processing, and its own terminal 20, or The point management application ID 283 of the user of the own terminal 20 and the security transaction application ID 287 of the own terminal 20 or the user of the own terminal 20 are stored.
　なお、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤ２８３は、複数のポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤを記憶できるようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。
　また、証券取引アプリケーションによって証券取引口座が開設されていない場合、証券取引アプリケーションＩＤ２８７には、限定ではなく例として、ＮＵＬＬ値が記憶されるようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 Note that the point management application ID 283 may or may not store a plurality of point management application IDs.
Also, if a brokerage account has not been opened by the brokerage application, the brokerage application ID 287 may or may not be stored with a NULL value, for example and not by way of limitation.
＜表示画面＞
　以下では、限定ではなく例として、端末２０が、縦長のディスプレイの表示部２４を備えるスマートフォンである場合を例示する。 <Display screen>
In the following, as an example and not a limitation, a case where the terminal 20 is a smart phone having a vertically long display unit 24 will be illustrated.
　スマートフォンには、限定ではなく例として、入力部として機能するタッチパネルが、そのディスプレイと対向して配置され、これによってタッチスクリーンが構成される。アイコン、ボタン、アイテムまたは入力領域などの要素がディスプレイに表示された場合において、タッチパネルの一部の領域であって、その要素が表示された領域と対向する領域がユーザによって操作された場合、その要素と関連付けられたプログラムまたはそのプログラムのサブルーチンが実行されるようにすることができる。 As a non-limiting example, the smartphone has a touch panel that functions as an input unit facing the display, and this constitutes a touch screen. When an element such as an icon, button, item, or input area is displayed on the display, if the user operates an area that is part of the touch panel and faces the area where the element is displayed, A program associated with the element or a subroutine of that program may be executed.
　以下では、ユーザによる操作を、限定ではなく例として、タップ（タップ操作）として説明する。
　タップ（タップ操作）とは、限定ではなく例として、ユーザが、タッチパネルが一体的に構成された表示部２４（タッチスクリーン）を指やペン先などで軽く叩くように触れる動作、触れてから離す動作である。 Hereinafter, the user's operation will be described as a tap (tap operation) as an example and not as a limitation.
A tap (tap operation) is, for example and not limitation, an operation in which the user touches the display unit 24 (touch screen) integrated with a touch panel by lightly tapping the display unit 24 (touch screen) with a finger or a pen tip, or touches and then releases It is action.
　なお、以下説明する表示画面の遷移は、本開示の手法を実現するための表示画面の遷移の一例に過ぎない。以下に例示する表示画面の遷移について、一部の表示画面の表示を省略してもよいし、別の表示画面を追加してもよい。 It should be noted that the transition of display screens described below is merely an example of the transition of display screens for realizing the method of the present disclosure. Regarding the transition of the display screens illustrated below, the display of a part of the display screens may be omitted, or another display screen may be added.
　図１－１３～図１－１４は、本実施例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図１－１３左側は、限定ではなく例として、ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示されるポイント運用アプリケーションの運用状況確認画面である。 1-13 to 1-14 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
FIG. 1-13 left side shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, user A.A. 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A. FIG.
　画面最上部には、ポイント運用アプリケーションの名称として「ポイント運用　Ａｐｐ」の文字が表示されている。その下には、ポイント運用アプリケーションにおける現在の画面（ページ）のタイトルを示す領域（以下、「タイトル表示領域」と称する。）が設けられている。この例では、運用状況確認画面であることを示す「運用状況」の文字がタイトル表示領域内に表示されている。
　なお、この領域は、現在ユーザが位置しているアプリケーション内の位置（現在位置）を示す領域と考えることもできるため、「現在位置表示領域」等のように称してもよいし、称しなくてもよい。 At the top of the screen, characters "Point Management App" are displayed as the name of the point management application. Below that, there is provided an area showing the title of the current screen (page) in the point management application (hereinafter referred to as "title display area"). In this example, the characters "operational status" indicating the operation status confirmation screen are displayed in the title display area.
Note that this area can be considered as an area indicating the position (current position) within the application where the user is currently located, so it may or may not be called a "current position display area" or the like. good too.
　また、その下には、ポイント運用サービスで用いられる指標値の変動を示すための指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ１が表示されている。
　指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ１の上部には、日時「２０２０年１２月２８日８：５４」現在の指標値が「５，８００」であることが表示されている。また、その下には、指標値の推移を示す折れ線グラフが表示され、指標値が長期的には上がりながら、短期的には上げ下げを繰り返して変動している様子が示されている。 Further, below it, an index value confirmation area ICR1 is displayed for indicating fluctuations in the index value used in the point management service.
In the upper part of the index value confirmation area ICR1, it is displayed that the index value as of the date and time “December 28, 2020 8:54” is “5,800”. A line graph showing the transition of the index value is displayed below it, and shows how the index value rises in the long term and fluctuates by repeatedly raising and lowering in the short term.
　また、指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ１の右上部には、ポイント運用アプリケーションを利用しているユーザ名である「Ａ．Ａ」と、ユーザがポイント運用サービス登録時に登録したアイコンとが表示されている。 Also, in the upper right part of the index value confirmation area ICR1, the user name "A.A" using the point management application and the icon registered by the user when registering for the point management service are displayed.
　指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ１の下には、ユーザＡ．Ａの運用ポイント残高を示すポイント残高表示領域ＰＶＲ１が表示されている。この画面では、運用ポイント残高は、「３，６５０」ポイントであることが示されている。 Under the index value confirmation area ICR1, user A. A point balance display area PVR1 indicating the management point balance of A is displayed. This screen shows that the operational point balance is "3,650" points.
　ポイント残高表示領域ＰＶＲ１の下には、「運用中のポイント評価額」の文字と、ユーザＡ．Ａの運用中ポイント評価額を示す運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１が表示されている。この画面では、ユーザＡ．Ａが、限定ではなく例として、指標値「５，５００」の時に「２，２００」ポイントをポイント運用に追加した（買った）ことに基づいて、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１には日時「２０２０年１２月２８日８：５４」現在の運用中ポイント評価額が「２，３２０」ポイントであり、増加分のポイント数（ポイント運用の損益）が「＋１２０」ポイントであることが示されている。 Under the point balance display area PVR1, the characters "point evaluation value under operation" and user A. An operating point evaluation value display area AVR1 indicating the operating point evaluation value of A is displayed. In this screen, user A.A. As an example and not a limitation, based on the fact that A added (bought) "2,200" points to the point management when the index value was "5,500", the date and time are displayed in the point evaluation value display area AVR1 during operation. “8:54 on December 28, 2020” It shows that the current point evaluation value under operation is “2,320” points, and the number of points for the increase (profit and loss of point investment) is “+120” points. ing.
　限定ではなく例として、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１がタップされると、運用中のポイントを除外し、運用ポイント残高に加算する（売る）ための画面に遷移する。 As an example, not as a limitation, when the operational point evaluation value display area AVR1 is tapped, the points under operation are excluded and a transition is made to a screen for adding (selling) to the operational point balance.
　画面最下部には、ポイント運用アプリケーションのアプリケーションメニュー選択領域が表示されている。アプリケーションメニュー選択領域には、限定ではなく例として、運用状況確認画面に遷移するための「状況」の文字で示される状況確認ボタンと、ポイント運用における取引履歴を確認するための「履歴」の文字で示される履歴確認ボタンと、ポイント運用にポイントを追加する（買う）ための「追加」の文字で示される追加運用ボタンと、おしらせや利用規約等を確認する画面に遷移するための「その他」の文字で示されるその他メニューボタンとが横に並んで表示されている。 At the bottom of the screen, the application menu selection area for the point management application is displayed. In the application menu selection area, as a non-limiting example, a status confirmation button indicated by the characters "status" for transitioning to the operation status confirmation screen, and the characters "history" for checking the transaction history in point management A history confirmation button indicated by , an additional operation button indicated by the word "Add" for adding (buying) points to point management, and "Other" for transitioning to the screen for checking notifications, terms of use, etc. Other menu buttons indicated by the characters are displayed side by side.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってその他メニューボタンがタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図１－１３右側の画面に表示が遷移する。この画面では、ポイント運用アプリケーションのその他メニュー画面であることを示す「その他」の文字がタイトル表示領域内に表示されている。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the Other menu button, the display transitions to the screen on the right side of FIG. 1-13 as an example and not a limitation. In this screen, the characters "Others" are displayed in the title display area to indicate that it is the other menu screen of the point management application.
　タイトル表示領域の下には、その他メニューの内容を選択させるためのメニュー選択領域ＭＮ１が表示されている。この例では、おしらせ画面に遷移するための「おしらせ」の文字で示されるおしらせボタンと、ポイント運用サービスの利用規約を確認するための利用規約確認画面に遷移するための「利用規約」の文字で示される利用規約確認ボタン等がメニュー選択領域ＭＮ１内に表示されている。 Below the title display area, a menu selection area MN1 is displayed for selecting the contents of other menus. In this example, the notice button indicated by the characters "Notice" for transitioning to the notice screen and the characters "Terms of Use" for transitioning to the terms of use confirmation screen for confirming the terms of use for the point management service The displayed terms of use confirmation button and the like are displayed in the menu selection area MN1.
　メニュー選択領域ＭＮ１の下には、ポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携する事業者の広告を表示させるための広告表示領域ＢＡＲ１が表示されている。この例では、広告表示領域ＢＡＲ１には、実際の法定貨幣を運用することを推奨するための、ポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携する事業者「ＹＹ証券」の証券口座開設に関する広告が表示されている。 Under the menu selection area MN1, an advertisement display area BAR1 is displayed for displaying advertisements of companies affiliated with the point management service company. In this example, in the advertisement display area BAR1, an advertisement regarding the opening of a securities account of "YY Securities," a company affiliated with a point management service company, is displayed in order to encourage the use of actual legal currency. there is
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって広告表示領域ＢＡＲ１がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図１－１４左側の画面に表示が遷移する。この画面は、ポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携する「ＹＹ証券会社」の証券取引アプリケーションにおける証券口座開設画面である。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the advertisement display area BAR1, the display transitions to the screen on the left side of FIG. 1-14 as an example and not a limitation. This screen is a securities account opening screen in the securities transaction application of "YY Securities Company" affiliated with the point management service provider.
　画面最上部左側には、証券取引アプリケーションの名称として「証券取引　Ａｐｐ」の文字が表示されている。画面最上部中央には、証券取引アプリケーションにおける現在の画面（ページ）のタイトルを示す領域（以下、「証券タイトル表示領域」と称する。）が設けられている。この例では、証券口座開設画面であることを示す「口座開設」の文字が証券タイトル表示領域内に表示されている。 At the top left of the screen, the characters "Stock Trading App" are displayed as the name of the stock trading application. An area indicating the title of the current screen (page) in the securities trading application (hereinafter referred to as "securities title display area") is provided at the top center of the screen. In this example, the words "account opening" are displayed in the security title display area, indicating that the securities account opening screen is displayed.
　その下には、口座開設の進行状況を示す口座開設進行確認領域が表示されている。この例では、口座開設進行確認領域において、本人確認書類の提出を促すステップであることを示す「本人確認書類」の文字の上の状態遷移アイコンが黒く表示されている。そのため、証券口座開設のステップのうち、現在は本人確認書類提出のステップであることが示されている。 Below that, an account opening progress confirmation area that shows the progress of opening an account is displayed. In this example, in the account opening progress confirmation area, the state transition icon above the letters "identity verification documents" is displayed in black, indicating that this is a step prompting the submission of identity verification documents. Therefore, among the steps for opening a securities account, it is indicated that the current step is to submit identity verification documents.
　口座開設進行確認領域の下には、本人確認書類提出のステップでユーザが行うべき操作をガイドする口座開設ガイド領域が表示されている。
　この例では、「画面の手順に従ってください。」という案内文と、本人確認書類提出のステップにおいて本人確認書類を端末２０Ａの撮像部２７によって撮像することを示す模式図と、「本人確認書類をご用意ください。」という案内文とが口座開設ガイド領域に表示されている。 Below the account opening progress confirmation area is displayed an account opening guide area that guides the user on the operations to be performed in the step of submitting the personal identification documents.
In this example, there is a guidance sentence "Follow the procedure on the screen." Please prepare." is displayed in the account opening guide area.
　また、口座開設開設ガイド領域の下部には、本人確認書類提出のステップを進めるための「申し込みを開始」の文字で示される口座開設進行ボタンＢＴ１が表示されている。 In addition, at the bottom of the account opening guide area, an account opening progress button BT1 indicated by the characters "start application" is displayed to advance the step of submitting identity verification documents.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって口座開設進行ボタンＢＴ１がタップされ、証券口座開設のステップを進めてゆく。そして、必要事項を入力が終わり、証券口座が開設されると、限定ではなく例として、図１－１３右側の画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, the user taps the account opening progress button BT1 to advance the steps of opening a securities account. When the necessary items are entered and the securities account is opened, the display changes to the screen on the right side of FIG. 1-13 as an example and not as a limitation.
　この画面では、証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面であることを示す「ホーム」の文字が証券タイトル表示領域内に表示されている。また、証券タイトル表示領域の右側には、証券取引アプリケーションの各種設定を変更するための歯車アイコンで示される証券取引アプリケーション設定変更ボタンが表示されている。 On this screen, the characters "Home" are displayed in the securities title display area, indicating that it is the home screen of the securities trading application. Also, on the right side of the securities title display area, a securities trading application setting change button indicated by a gear icon for changing various settings of the securities trading application is displayed.
　証券タイトル表示領域の下には、証券取引サービスにおける現在の資産状況を示すための資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１が表示されている。
　資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１の最上段には、証券取引アプリケーションを利用しているユーザ名である「Ａ．Ａ様」と、ユーザが証券取引サービス登録時に登録したアイコンとが表示されている。 Below the securities title display area, an asset balance display area BVR1 is displayed for showing the current asset status in the securities trading service.
At the top of the asset balance display area BVR1, the name of the user using the securities transaction application, "Mr. A.A", and the icon registered by the user when registering for the securities transaction service are displayed.
　資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１の中段には、この証券口座の総資産額として、買付可能金額と金融商品評価合計額との和が表示されている。また、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１の下段には、この証券口座の買付可能金額が表示されている。
　この例では、買付可能金額が「６００，０００」円であり、金融商品をまだ購入していないため、総資産額も「６００，０００」円であることが示されている。 In the middle of the asset balance display area BVR1, the sum of the purchaseable amount and the financial product evaluation total amount is displayed as the total asset amount of this securities account. In the lower part of the asset balance display area BVR1, the purchaseable amount of this securities account is displayed.
In this example, the purchaseable amount is "600,000" yen, and since no financial product has been purchased yet, the total asset amount is also "600,000" yen.
　画面最下部には、証券取引アプリケーションのアプリケーションメニュー選択領域が表示されている。アプリケーションメニュー選択領域には、限定ではなく例として、ホーム画面に遷移するための「ホーム」の文字で示されるホームボタンと、証券口座における資産の変動やポートフォリオを確認するための「資産」の文字で示される資産確認ボタンと、証券会社からのお知らせを確認するための「お知らせ」の文字で示される通知確認ボタンと、金融商品の選択や売り買い等の各種取引画面に遷移するための「メニュー」の文字で示される取引メニューボタンとが横に並んで表示されている。 At the bottom of the screen, the application menu selection area for the securities trading application is displayed. In the application menu selection area, as an example and not limitation, a home button indicated by the letters "home" for transitioning to the home screen, and the letters "assets" for checking asset fluctuations and portfolios in the brokerage account , a notification confirmation button indicated by the characters "Notification" for confirming notifications from securities companies, and a "menu" for transitioning to various transaction screens such as selecting financial products and buying and selling. A trading menu button, indicated by the letter , is displayed side by side.
　ホーム画面の中央には、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションを経由して証券口座を開設したことに基づいて、ポイント運用アプリケーションでの指標値と値動きが同じまたは類似する金融商品を表示させるための関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ１がポップアップで表示されている。 In the center of the home screen, as a non-limiting example, based on opening a securities account via the point management application, to display financial products with the same or similar price movement as the index value in the point management application related brand display area RNR1 is displayed in a pop-up.
　限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションにおいて用いられる指標値が投資信託「運用の達人」の基準価格と連動している場合を考える。
　この例では、関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ１に、証券口座開設への謝意を示す「このたびは口座開設いただきありがとうございます」の文字の下に、「ポイント運用の経験を生かしてみませんか？」という案内文と、「ポイント運用関連銘柄」の文字が表示されている。その下には、ポイント運用関連銘柄として、投資信託「運用の達人」が枠で囲まれ表示されている。 As an example and not by way of limitation, consider the case where an index value used in a point management application is linked to the base price of the mutual fund "Master of Management".
In this example, in the related stock display area RNR1, below the words "Thank you for opening a securities account" to express gratitude for opening a securities account, "Why don't you make use of your point management experience?" and the words "point management related brand" are displayed. Below that, the investment trust “Management Master” is displayed in a box as a point management-related issue.
　限定ではなく例として、この枠内がユーザによってタップされると、投資信託「運用の達人」の発注画面に遷移する。 As an example, not as a limitation, when the user taps inside this frame, the screen transitions to the investment trust "Master of Management" order screen.
　関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ１の下部には、投資信託「運用の達人」の過去の値動きがグラフで表示されている。この例では、ポイント運用アプリケーションの指標値の変動と、投資信託「運用の達人」の値動きが一致することが示されている。 At the bottom of the related stock display area RNR1, past price movements of the investment trust "Master of Management" are displayed in graph form. In this example, it is shown that the index value fluctuations of the point management application and the price fluctuations of the investment trust "Management Expert" match.
　限定ではなく例として、関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ１の右上に表示される「×」印の表示取消ボタンがユーザによってタップされると、関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ１のポップアップが消え、発注画面に進まずにホーム画面に戻る。 As a non-limiting example, when the user taps the "x" mark display cancellation button displayed in the upper right of the related brand display area RNR1, the popup of the related brand display area RNR1 disappears, and the system returns to the home screen without proceeding to the ordering screen. Return to screen.
　なお、図１－１３右側の画面において、関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ１をポップアップ表示させる前に、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションの指標値と類似する金融商品を表示させるか否かを選択するための「ＹＥＳ」と「ＮＯ」との選択ボタンを含む選択用表示を表示させ、限定ではなく例として、「ＹＥＳ」ボタンがユーザよってタップされる場合、関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ１をホーム画面にポップアップさせるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 In the screen on the right side of FIG. 1-13, before pop-up displaying the related brand display area RNR1, as a non-limiting example, to select whether to display a financial product similar to the index value of the point management application. display a selection display including "YES" and "NO" selection buttons, and by way of example and not limitation, when the "YES" button is tapped by the user, the related brand display area RNR1 is popped up on the home screen. You may or may not do so.
＜処理＞
　図１－１５は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａ（ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０）の制御部２１が実行する処理、サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１が実行する処理の一例を示している。 <Processing>
FIG. 1-15 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In this figure, from the left side, processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A (user AA's terminal 20), processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10, and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 An example of processing is shown.
　なお、この処理は、本開示の手法を実現するための処理の一例に過ぎず、この処理に限定されるものではない。この処理に別のステップを追加してもよいし、この処理から一部のステップを省略（削除）してもよい。
　これは、以下説明する各フローチャート（処理）について同様である。 Note that this processing is merely an example of processing for realizing the technique of the present disclosure, and is not limited to this processing. Another step may be added to this process, or some steps may be omitted (deleted) from this process.
This is the same for each flowchart (process) described below.
　なお、本処理に先立って、端末２０Ａのユーザによって、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントが開設（登録）されていることとする。 It should be noted that, prior to this process, it is assumed that the user of the terminal 20A has opened (registered) an account for the point management service.
　まず、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの入出力部２３に対する入力（限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作。以下同様。）に基づいて、ポイント運用サービスを介してポイント運用サービスの運営者と提携する証券会社の証券口座開設を行うための証券口座開設要求情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０に送信する（Ａ１１０）。 First, as a non-limiting example, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A, based on the input to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A (as a non-limiting example, user operation; the same applies hereinafter), points via the point management service Securities account opening request information for opening a securities account at a securities company affiliated with the operation service operator is transmitted to the server 10 via the communication I/F 22 (A110).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａから証券口座開設要求情報を受信すると、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、証券口座開設を要求したユーザのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤを少なくとも含む証券口座開設依頼情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する（Ｐ１１０）。 When the securities account opening request information is received from the terminal 20A through the communication I/F 14, the control unit 11 of the server 10 sends the securities account opening request information including at least the point management application ID of the user who requested the securities account opening to the communication I/F 14. to the securities trading server 40 (P110).
　なお、ポイント運用サービスにおいて端末２０Ａのユーザの本人確認が既に行われている場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３に記憶されるその他登録情報から、証券取引口座の開設に必要な氏名や住所、生年月日等の情報を証券口座開設依頼情報に含めて送信するようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 Note that if the identity of the user of the terminal 20A has already been verified in the point management service, the control unit 11 of the server 10 opens a securities trading account from other registration information stored in the point management application account registration data 153. Information such as name, address, date of birth, etc. required for the security account opening request information may be included in the securities account opening request information and transmitted.
　次いで、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント運用サービスで用いられている指標値の情報を含むポイント運用指標値情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する（Ｐ１２０）。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、処理を終了させる。 Next, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits point management index value information including index value information used in the point management service to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14 (P120). Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
　ここで、ポイント運用サービスで用いられている指標値の情報には、限定ではなく例として、指標値の変動履歴や、指標値の元となった金融商品のＩＳＩＮコードまたは証券コード（登録商標）、銘柄名等を含めることができる。なお、ポイント運用指標値情報に、ポイント運用サービスで運用中のポイント数やポイント運用サービスでの損益を含めるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Here, the index value information used in the point management service may include, but is not limited to, the change history of the index value, the ISIN code or securities code (registered trademark) of the financial product from which the index value is based. , stock name, etc. Note that the point management index value information may or may not include the number of points being used in the point management service and the profit/loss in the point management service.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０から証券口座開設依頼情報とポイント運用指標値情報とを受信すると、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、証券取引口座の開設に必要な情報の送信を要請するためのＫＹＣ要請情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｓ１１０）。 When the securities account opening request information and the point management index value information are received from the server 10 by the communication I/F 44, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 sends a request for transmission of information necessary for opening a securities trading account. KYC request information is transmitted to the terminal 20A through the communication I/F 44 (S110).
　なお、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ＫＹＣ要請情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０に送信し、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、受信したＫＹＣ要請情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券口座開設要求情報を送信した端末２０Ａに送信するようにしてもよい。この場合、ＫＹＣ要請情報には証券口座開設を要求したユーザのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤが含まれるようにしてもよい。 The control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits the KYC request information to the server 10 via the communication I/F 44, and the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the received KYC request information via the communication I/F 14 to the securities account opening request. You may make it transmit to terminal 20A which transmitted information. In this case, the KYC request information may include the point management application ID of the user who requested the securities account opening.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０からＫＹＣ要請情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの入出力部２３に対する入力や、撮像部２７で取得した画像に基づいて、証券取引口座の開設に必要な情報（限定ではなく例として、氏名や住所、本人確認書類画像等）であるＫＹＣ情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する。 When the KYC request information is received from the securities trading server 40 by the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A receives input to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A and the image acquired by the imaging unit 27, for example and not limitation. Based on this, KYC information, which is information necessary for opening a securities trading account (for example, but not limited to, name, address, identity verification document image, etc.), is transmitted to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22 .
　なお、端末２０Ａの制御部２１が、ＫＹＣ情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０に送信し、サーバ１０の制御部１１が、受信したＫＹＣ情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Note that the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits the KYC information to the server 10 via the communication I/F 22, and the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the received KYC information to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14. You may or may not.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０ＡからＫＹＣ情報を受信すると、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、証券口座開設処理を実行する（Ｓ１２０）。
　証券口座開設において、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、限定ではなく例として、受信したＫＹＣ情報に基づいて、本人確認を実行する。本人確認が行われた後、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、新規にユニークな証券取引アプリケーションＩＤを生成し、ＫＹＣ情報に含まれる氏名や住所等と、受信した証券口座開設依頼情報に含まれるポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤとを生成した証券取引アプリケーションＩＤと紐づけて証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データ４５３に追加して記憶させる。 When the communication I/F 44 receives the KYC information from the terminal 20A, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 executes securities account opening processing (S120).
Upon opening a brokerage account, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 performs identity verification based on the received KYC information, by way of example and not limitation. After the personal identification is performed, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 generates a new unique securities transaction application ID, and combines the name, address, etc. included in the KYC information with the received securities account opening request information. The generated point management application ID is associated with the generated securities transaction application ID, and added to the securities transaction application account registration data 453 for storage.
　証券口座開設処理を実行すると、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、関連銘柄選定処理を実行する（Ｓ１３０）。 When the securities account opening process is executed, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the related issue selection process (S130).
　関連銘柄選定処理において、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、受信したポイント運用指標値情報にＩＳＩＮコードまたは証券コード（登録商標）等の金融商品を明示的に識別可能な識別情報が含まれる場合、限定ではなく例として、その識別情報と一致する金融商品を金融商品管理データベース４５７から探索する。 In the related stock selection process, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40, if the received point investment indicator value information includes identification information that can explicitly identify a financial product such as an ISIN code or securities code (registered trademark) , by way of example and not limitation, searches financial instrument management database 457 for a financial instrument matching that identification.
　なお、ポイント運用指標値情報に金融商品を明示的に識別可能な識別情報が含まれていない場合、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、限定ではなく例として、指標値の変動履歴と最も相関が高い値動きをする金融商品を金融商品管理データベース４５７から探索する。 Note that if the point investment index value information does not include identification information that can explicitly identify a financial product, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40, as an example and not as a limitation, determines the index value fluctuation history and the most correlated The financial product management database 457 is searched for financial products with high price fluctuations.
　すると、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、関連銘柄選定処理において探索された金融商品の銘柄名等を含む関連銘柄情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｓ１４０）。そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、処理を終了させる。 Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits related issue information including the name of the financial product searched for in the related issue selection process to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44 (S140). Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 terminates the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０から関連銘柄情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、表示部２４に受信した関連銘柄情報を表示させる（Ａ１３０）。そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、処理を終了させる。 When the communication I/F 22 receives the related brand information from the securities trading server 40, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received related brand information (A130). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
　なお、ポイント運用指標値情報の送信ステップ（Ｐ１２０）を、証券口座開設処理のステップ（Ｓ１２０）の後に実行するようにしてもよい。
　この場合、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、Ｓ１２０のステップを実行すると、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ要求情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０に送信する。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ要求情報を受信すると、Ｐ１２０のステップを実行する。その後、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント運用指標値情報をサーバ１０から受信し、Ｓ１３０以降のステップを実行する。 Note that the step of transmitting the point investment index value information (P120) may be executed after the step of the securities account opening process (S120).
In this case, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits the point investment portfolio request information to the server 10 via the communication I/F 44 when executing the step of S120. Then, upon receiving the point investment portfolio request information, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes step P120. After that, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 receives the point management index value information from the server 10, and executes the steps after S130.
＜第１実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、端末２０が、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動される端末２０のユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値に基づく関連銘柄等の情報（限定ではなく、投資対象の情報の一例）を制御部２１によって取得する。そして、端末２０は、取得された情報を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を取得した上で、ユーザに報知することができる。 <Effect of the first embodiment>
In this embodiment, the terminal 20 is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, and the number of points, which is the number of points of the user of the terminal 20 that fluctuates based on the fluctuation of the index value, is associated with the number of points. The control unit 21 acquires information on related stocks and the like based on the obtained index value (not a limitation, but an example of investment target information). The terminal 20 is configured to display the acquired information on the display unit 24 .
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, and the number of points, which is the number of user points that fluctuates based on the fluctuation of the index value, is , the investment target information based on the index value associated with the number of points can be obtained and notified to the user.
　また、この場合、投資対象の情報は、指標値と同じ情報を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、指標値と同じ情報を投資対象の情報として取得した上で、ユーザに報知することができる。 Also, in this case, the investment target information can include the same information as the index value.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can acquire the same information as the index value as investment target information and notify the user of it.
　また、この場合、端末２０は、指標値の変動に基づいて変動される端末２０のユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数を表示部２４に表示するようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、ポイント数をユーザに報知することができる。 Also, in this case, the terminal 20 can display on the display unit 24 the number of points, which is the number of points of the user of the terminal 20 that is changed based on the change in the index value.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can notify the user of the number of points.
　また、この場合、指標値は、ポイントに基づくポイント運用の指標値であり、投資対象の情報は、証券口座に基づく投資対象の情報であるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、値が変動するポイント運用の指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値に基づく投資対象の情報であって、証券口座に基づく投資対象の情報を取得した上で、ユーザに報知することができる。 Also, in this case, the index value may be an index value for point management based on points, and the investment target information may be investment target information based on a securities account.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal is associated with an index value of point management whose value fluctuates, and the number of points, which is the number of user points that fluctuates based on the fluctuation of the index value. The investment target information based on the index value associated with the number of points, which is based on the securities account, can be acquired and notified to the user.
　また、本実施例は、端末２０と通信する証券取引サーバ４０（限定ではなく、サーバの一例）は、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値をサーバ１０等から制御部４１によって取得する。そして、証券取引サーバ４０は、取得した指標値に基づく関連銘柄等の情報（限定ではなく、投資対象の情報の一例）を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０に送信する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末と通信するサーバは、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値を取得した上で、取得した指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を端末に提供することができる。 The present embodiment also provides that the securities trading server 40 (one example of a server, not a limitation) in communication with the terminal 20 is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, and the number of points that is varied based on the fluctuation of the index value. is the number of points, and an index value associated with the number of points is obtained from the server 10 or the like by the control unit 41 . Then, the securities trading server 40 is configured to transmit information such as related stocks based on the acquired index value (not a limitation, but an example of investment target information) to the terminal 20 via the communication I/F 44 .
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, a server communicating with a terminal may be associated with an index value whose value varies, and the number of points, which is the number of points varied based on the variation of the index value, may be Then, after acquiring an index value associated with the number of points, information on an investment target based on the acquired index value can be provided to the terminal.
＜第１変形例（１）＞
　第１実施例では、ポイント運用における指標値が、金融商品である投資信託の基準価格と一致する例を例示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用における指標値を、任意の銘柄の株価（株式価格）と連動する指標値とするようにしてもよい。 <First modification (1)>
In the first embodiment, an example was illustrated in which the index value in point management matches the reference price of an investment trust, which is a financial product, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, the index value in point management may be an index value linked to the stock price (stock price) of an arbitrary brand.
　この場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用指標値情報として、銘柄コード（登録商標）を含む情報を送信する。その結果として、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、関連銘柄情報として、その銘柄コード（登録商標）と対応する株式銘柄を含む情報を送信する。 In this case, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits information including the brand code (registered trademark) as the point management index value information, not as a limitation, but as an example. As a result, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits information including the stock brand corresponding to the brand code (registered trademark) as related brand information.
　すなわち、ポイント運用における指標値が、限定ではなく例として、「Ｌ社」の株価と連動して上下している場合、証券取引サービスにおける関連銘柄としては同じ「Ｌ社」の株式が提示される。 In other words, if the index value in point management fluctuates in conjunction with the stock price of "Company L" as an example, not as a limitation, the stock of the same "Company L" is presented as a related issue in the securities trading service. .
　本変形例は、指標値は、任意の銘柄の株価を含み、投資対象の情報は、その銘柄と対応する銘柄を含む情報（限定ではなく、株価に関連する情報の一例）を含む構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、端末は、値が変動する株価に関連付けられ、株価の変動に基づいて変動されるユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた株価に関連する情報を含む投資対象の情報を取得した上で、ユーザに報知することができる。 In this modification, the index value includes the stock price of an arbitrary brand, and the investment target information includes information including the brand and the corresponding brand (not limited, but an example of information related to the stock price). ing.
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, the terminal is associated with a stock price whose value fluctuates, and the number of points, which is the number of points of the user that fluctuates based on the fluctuation of the stock price, Information about the investment target, including information related to the stock price associated with the number, can be obtained and notified to the user.
＜第１変形例（２）＞
　第１実施例では、ポイント運用における指標値が、金融商品の価格（限定ではなく例として、基準価格や株価）と一致する例を例示したが、これに限定されない。 <First modification (2)>
In the first embodiment, an example in which the index value in point management matches the price of the financial product (as a non-limiting example, the reference price or the stock price) was illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this.
　この場合、関連銘柄選定処理において、限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、限定ではなく例として、指標値の変動履歴と最も相関が高い値動きをする金融商品を金融商品管理データベース４５７から探索するようにすることができる。 In this case, in the related issue selection process, as a non-limiting example, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 selects a financial product whose price movement is most highly correlated with the fluctuation history of the index value. A search can be made from the database 457 .
　なお、ポイント運用指標値情報として、指標値のポートフォリオ（限定ではなく例として、「株式連動：債券連動＝７：３」等）が利用できる場合、関連銘柄選定処理において、限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、金融商品管理データベース４５７のその他商品情報から単一の金融商品の構成要素比率が最も一致する投資信託等の金融商品を探索するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Note that if a portfolio of index values (as an example, but not a limitation, such as "stock-linked: bond-linked = 7:3") can be used as the point investment index value information, in the related stock selection process, as an example, not as a limitation, The control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 may search for a financial product such as an investment trust that most matches the component ratio of a single financial product from the other product information in the financial product management database 457. You don't have to.
　また、ポイント運用における指標値が、限定ではなく例として、「Ｌ社」の株価と連動しているが、「Ｌ社」は上場していない場合、同一銘柄を金融商品として提示することができない。この場合、関連銘柄選定処理において、限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、銘柄コード（登録商標）等を参照し、上場している同業種の株式会社のうち、指標値の変動履歴と最も相関が高い株価の値動きをする株式銘柄を金融商品管理データベース４５７から探索するようにすればよい。 In addition, although the index value in point management is linked to the stock price of "Company L" as an example and not a limitation, if "Company L" is not listed, the same issue cannot be presented as a financial instrument. . In this case, in the related issue selection process, as an example and not a limitation, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 refers to the issue code (registered trademark) or the like, and selects the index value among listed companies in the same industry. The financial product management database 457 may be searched for a stock brand whose stock price movement has the highest correlation with the fluctuation history of .
　なお、ポイント運用における指標値が、仮想的な指標値（限定ではなく例として、星占いランキング順位）である場合、関連銘柄選定処理において、限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、仮想的な指標値と関連する業種（限定ではなく例として、星占いランキング順位に対してはサービス業）あるいは株式銘柄（限定ではなく例として、占いサービスでの売り上げが多い企業）を金融商品管理データベース４５７から探索するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Note that if the index value in the point management is a virtual index value (as an example, not as a limitation, a horoscope ranking order), in the related stock selection process, as an example, not as a limitation, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 is a hypothetical indicator value and related industries (as an example, not a limitation, the service industry for horoscope rankings) or stock brands (as an example, not a limitation, companies with high sales in fortune-telling services). The product management database 457 may be searched, or it may not be searched.
　本変形例は、投資対象の情報は、指標値の変動と相関性を有する値動きをする金融商品等の情報（限定ではなく、指標値に関連する情報の一例）を含む構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、端末は、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ポイント数に関連付けられた指標値に関連する情報を含む投資対象の情報を取得した上で、ユーザに報知することができる。 In this modified example, the investment target information includes information (not limited to, but an example of information related to the index value) such as financial products whose prices fluctuate in correlation with fluctuations in the index value.
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, the terminal is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, and the number of points, which is the number of user points that fluctuates based on the fluctuation of the index value, is , investment target information including information related to the index value associated with the number of points can be acquired and notified to the user.
＜第１変形例（３）＞
　第１実施例では、関連銘柄選定処理において１つの金融商品を選定する例を例示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、関連銘柄選定処理において、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、複数の金融商品を選定し、複数の金融商品を含む関連銘柄情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａに送信するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 <First modification (3)>
In the first embodiment, an example of selecting one financial product in the related issue selection process has been illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, in the related issue selection process, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 selects a plurality of financial instruments and transmits related issue information including the plurality of financial instruments to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44. You may or may not do so.
　この場合、関連銘柄選定処理において、限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、限定ではなく例として、指標値の変動履歴と相関が高い値動きをする上位Ｎ個（Ｎは任意の自然数）の金融商品を金融商品管理データベース４５７から探索するようにすればよい。
　なお、指標値のポートフォリオが利用できる場合には、関連銘柄選定処理において、限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、指標値のポートフォリオと構成要素比率が似通っている上位Ｎ個（Ｎは任意の自然数）の金融商品を金融商品管理データベース４５７から探索するようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 In this case, in the related issue selection process, as a non-limiting example, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 selects the top N (N is an arbitrary natural number) from the financial product management database 457 .
When a portfolio of index values is available, in the related issue selection process, as an example and not a limitation, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 selects the top N (N is any natural number) financial products may be searched from the financial product management database 457, or may not be searched.
＜第１変形例（４）＞
　第１実施例では、関連銘柄選定処理を証券取引サーバ４０で実行する例を例示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、関連銘柄選定処理をサーバ１０で実行するようにしてもよい。 <First modification (4)>
In the first embodiment, an example in which the related issue selection process is executed by the securities trading server 40 has been illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, the related issue selection process may be executed by the server 10 .
　この場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント運用指標値情報の送信ステップ（図１－１５のＰ１２０）をスキップする。証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、証券口座開設処理のステップ（図１－１５のＳ１２０）を実行すると、金融商品管理データベース４５７に記憶された情報を金融商品一覧情報としてサーバ１０に送信する。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、受信した金融商品一覧情報と、ポイント運用サービスで用いられている指標値の情報とに基づいて、関連銘柄選定処理を実行する。サーバ１０の制御部１１は、関連銘柄選定処理の処理結果に基づいて、関連銘柄情報を生成し、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する。 In this case, the control unit 11 of the server 10 skips the step of transmitting the point utilization index value information (P120 in FIG. 1-15). When the securities account opening process step (S120 in FIG. 1-15) is executed, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 transmits information stored in the financial product management database 457 to the server 10 as financial product list information. Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the related issue selection process based on the received financial product list information and the index value information used in the point management service. The control unit 11 of the server 10 generates related brand information based on the processing result of the related brand selection processing, and transmits it to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14 .
　なお、関連銘柄選定処理を端末２０Ａで実行するようにしてもよい。 Note that the related issue selection process may be executed by the terminal 20A.
　この場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント運用指標値情報送信ステップ（図１－１５のＰ１２０）において、ポイント運用指標値情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する。また、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、証券口座開設処理のステップ（図１－１５のＳ１２０）を実行すると、金融商品管理データベース４５７に記憶された情報を金融商品一覧情報として端末２０Ａに送信する。
　そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受信したポイント運用指標値情報と金融商品一覧情報とに基づいて、関連銘柄選定処理を実行する。端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、関連銘柄選定処理の処理結果に基づいて、関連銘柄情報を生成し、関連銘柄情報を表示部２４に表示させる。 In this case, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the point utilization index value information to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14 in the point utilization index value information transmission step (P120 in FIG. 1-15). In addition, when the securities account opening processing step (S120 in FIG. 1-15) is executed, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 transmits information stored in the financial product management database 457 to the terminal 20A as financial product list information. do.
Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A executes related brand selection processing based on the received point investment index value information and financial product list information. The control unit 21 of the terminal 20A generates related brand information based on the processing result of the related brand selection processing, and causes the display unit 24 to display the related brand information.
＜第１変形例（５）＞
　第１実施例では、端末２０Ａが証券口座開設要求情報を送信すると、関連銘柄情報を受信する例を例示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａのユーザは、証券取引サービスのアカウント（証券口座）を開設済みであるとしてもよい。 <First modification (5)>
In the first embodiment, when the terminal 20A transmits securities account opening request information, the related brand information is received, but the present invention is not limited to this. By way of example and not limitation, the user of terminal 20A may have opened an account for a securities trading service (brokerage account).
　この場合、まず、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、証券取引アプリケーションＩＤとを少なくとも含む口座連携要求情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する。 In this case, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A first transmits account linkage request information including at least the point management application ID and the securities transaction application ID to the securities transaction server 40 via the communication I/F 22 .
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａから口座連携要求情報を受信すると、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、口座連携処理を実行する。口座連携処理において、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データ４５３から口座連携要求情報に含まれる証券取引アプリケーションＩＤを探索し、そのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤとして口座連携要求情報に含まれるポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤを紐づけて記憶させる。
　なお、口座連携処理は、証券取引アプリケーションに対するユーザのログイン認証が成功すると実行されるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 When the communication I/F 44 receives the account linkage request information from the terminal 20A, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes account linkage processing. In the account linkage process, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 searches for the securities transaction application ID included in the account linkage request information from the securities transaction application account registration data 453, and searches for the securities transaction application ID included in the account linkage request information as the point operation application ID. stored in association with the point management application ID.
Note that the account linkage process may or may not be executed when the user's login authentication for the securities transaction application succeeds.
　証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、口座連携処理を実行すると、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ要求情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０に送信する。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ要求情報を受信すると、図１－１５のＰ１２０のステップを実行する。その後、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント運用指標値情報をサーバ１０から受信し、図１－１５のＳ１３０以降のステップを実行する。そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、図１－１５のＡ１３０のステップを実行する。 When the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the account linking process, it transmits the point investment portfolio request information to the server 10 via the communication I/F 44 . Then, upon receiving the point investment portfolio request information, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes step P120 in FIG. 1-15. After that, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 receives the point management index value information from the server 10, and executes the steps after S130 in FIG. 1-15. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A executes step A130 in FIG. 1-15.
＜第２実施例＞
　第１実施例では、ポイント運用サービスにおいてポイント運用にポイントを追加する指標値が一つの例を示したが、これに限定されない。
　第２実施例は、指標値を複数設定し、それぞれの指標値に連動するポイント運用コースを設けることで、ユーザは複数のポイント運用コースにおいてポイント運用を行う。そして、ユーザが証券口座を開設すると、ポイント運用中の複数の指標値と関連する銘柄を表示する実施例である。 <Second embodiment>
In the first embodiment, an example was shown in which there is one index value for adding points to point management in the point management service, but the present invention is not limited to this.
In the second embodiment, a plurality of index values are set and a point management course linked to each index value is provided, so that the user manages points in a plurality of point management courses. Then, when the user opens a securities account, this is an embodiment in which a plurality of index values in point management and related stocks are displayed.
　第２実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 The content described in the second embodiment can be applied to each of the other embodiments and each of the other modifications.
Moreover, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected about the component same as an already-appearing component, and description for the second time is abbreviate|omitted.
　図２－１は、本実施例においてサーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶される情報等の一例を示す図である。
　記憶部１５には、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーション管理処理プログラム１５１と、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３と、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５と、ポイント運用コース登録データベース１５７とが記憶される。 FIG. 2A is a diagram showing an example of information and the like stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
The storage unit 15 stores, as a non-limiting example, a point use application management processing program 151, point use application account registration data 153, a point use application account management database 155, and a point use course registration database 157. .
　ポイント運用コース登録データベース１５７は、ポイント運用のために用意された複数の指標値において、それぞれの指標値にポイントを関連付けてポイント運用を行うためのポイント運用コースに関する登録データベースであり、そのデータ構成の一例を図２－２に示す。
　ポイント運用コース登録データベース１５７には、運用コースごとの登録データとして、ポイント運用コース登録データが記憶される。 The point management course registration database 157 is a registration database relating to a point management course for performing point management by associating points with each of a plurality of index values prepared for point management. An example is shown in Figure 2-2.
The point use course registration database 157 stores point use course registration data as registration data for each use course.
　各々のポイント運用コース登録データには、限定ではなく例として、運用コースＩＤと、運用コース名と、指標値と、その他運用コース情報とが記憶される。 In each point management course registration data, as an example and not limitation, a management course ID, a management course name, an index value, and other management course information are stored.
　運用コースＩＤは、ポイント運用コースを識別するために用いられる情報である。
　この運用コースＩＤは、好ましくはポイント運用コースごとに一意な値であり、限定ではなく例として、サーバ１０によってポイント運用コースごとに一意な値（固有の値）が設定されて記憶される。 The management course ID is information used to identify the point management course.
This operating course ID is preferably a unique value for each point operating course, and as an example and not a limitation, the server 10 sets and stores a unique value (unique value) for each point operating course.
　運用コース名は、この運用コースの名称であり、限定ではなく例として、サーバ１０のユーザがポイント運用コースを追加する際に登録する名称が記憶される。 The operation course name is the name of this operation course, and as an example and not as a limitation, the name registered when the user of the server 10 adds a point operation course is stored.
　指標値は、この運用コースの現時点における指標値の値データである。
　なお、指標値として、この運用コースにおける過去の指標値の履歴データを加えて記憶させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 The index value is value data of the index value at the present time of this operation course.
As the index value, history data of past index values in this operation course may be added or stored.
　その他運用コース情報には、限定ではなく例として、指標値と連動する金融商品の銘柄名（限定ではなく例として、指標値と連動する株価・債券価格・基準価格等の銘柄名）や、運用コースの種類（限定ではなく例として、株価連動型や債券連動型、短期運用型や長期運用型等）、指標値を構成するポートフォリオ（限定ではなく例として、「国内株式３０％・海外株式５０％・国内債券２０％」）といった各種の情報を含めるようにすることができる。 Other investment course information includes, as a non-limiting example, the name of the financial product linked to the index value (as a non-limiting example, name of the stock price, bond price, base price, etc. linked to the index value), investment Types of courses (examples without limitation include stock price-linked type, bond-linked type, short-term investment type, long-term investment type, etc.), portfolios that make up index values %・Domestic bonds 20%”) can be included.
　ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５の別例である第２のアカウント管理データベース１５５Ｂのデータ構成例を図２－３に示す。
　第２のアカウント管理データベース１５５Ｂには、アカウントごとの管理データとして、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データが記憶される。 A data configuration example of the second account management database 155B, which is another example of the point management application account management database 155, is shown in FIG. 2-3.
The second account management database 155B stores point management application account management data as management data for each account.
　各々のアカウント管理データには、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザ名と、運用ポイント残高と、運用中ポイント評価額と、運用コース別ポイント運用管理データとが記憶される。 Each account management data stores, for example and not limitation, a point management application ID, a user name, an operational point balance, an evaluation value of points during operation, and point management data for each operational course.
　ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザ名と、運用ポイント残高とは、第１のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ａと同様である。 The point management application ID, user name, and management point balance are the same as in the first point management application account management database 155A.
　運用中ポイント総評価額は、このアカウントによって運用されている全ての運用コースにおける、ポイントの現時点における各運用コース指標値と連動した増減後のポイント数の総和である。運用中ポイント総評価額は、限定ではなく例として、次の式で算出される時系列で変動する値である。
　「運用中ポイント総評価額」＝「現時点における各運用コースの指標値」×「各運用コースの保有口数」の総和 The total evaluation value of points under operation is the sum of the number of points after increase or decrease linked to the index value of each operation course at the present time in all the operation courses operated by this account. The in-operation point total evaluation value is, as an example and not a limitation, a value that fluctuates in a time series calculated by the following formula.
“Total evaluation value of points under management” = “Indicator value for each management course at present” x “Number of units held for each management course”
　限定ではなく例として、図２－３の例では、運用コースＩＤ「Ｃ０００１」の指標値が「１３，０００」、保有口数が「０．４０」口の場合、運用コースＩＤ「Ｃ０００１」の運用中ポイント評価額が「１３，０００×０．４０」＝「５，２００」ポイントであり、運用コースＩＤ「Ｃ０００２」の指標値が「４，３３３」、保有口数が「０．６０」口の場合、運用コースＩＤ「Ｃ０００２」の運用中ポイント評価額が「４，３３３×０．６０」≒「２，６００」ポイントであるため、運用中ポイント総評価額は「５，２００＋２，６００」＝「７，８００」ポイントとなることが示されている。 As an example and not a limitation, in the example of FIG. The medium point valuation is "13,000 x 0.40" = "5,200" points, the index value for the operation course ID "C0002" is "4,333", and the number of units held is "0.60" In this case, the evaluation value of points under operation for the operation course ID “C0002” is “4,333×0.60”≈“2,600” points, so the total evaluation value of points under operation is “5,200+2,600”=“ 7,800" points.
　運用コース別ポイント運用管理データには、各々の運用コースＩＤと関連付けて、ポイント運用管理データが記憶される。各々のポイント運用管理データについては、第１のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ａと同様である。 In the point operation management data by operation course, the point operation management data is stored in association with each operation course ID. Each point operation management data is the same as the first point operation application account management database 155A.
＜表示画面＞
　図２－４～図２－５は、本実施例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図２－４左側は、限定ではなく例として、ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示されるポイント運用アプリケーションの運用状況確認画面である。 <Display screen>
2-4 and 2-5 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The left side of FIG. 2-4 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, user A.A. 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A. FIG.
　この画面では、タイトル表示領域の下に、運用コース名が「Ｌ社株価連動コース」の文字で示される運用コースにおける指標値の変動を示すための指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ２と、運用コース名が「Ｍ社株価連動コース」の文字で示される運用コースにおける指標値の変動を示すための指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ３とが表示されている。 In this screen, below the title display area, an index value confirmation area ICR2 for indicating fluctuations in the index value in the operation course whose name is indicated by the characters "L company stock price linked course", and an operation course name of " An index value confirmation area ICR3 for indicating the fluctuation of the index value in the operation course indicated by the characters "M company stock price linked course" is displayed.
　指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ２の左部には、日時「２０２０年１２月２８日８：５４」現在の「Ｌ社株価連動コース」における指標値が「１３，０００」であることが表示されている。指標値の左方には、限定ではなく例として、この運用コースの指標値が前日に比べて上がったか下がったかを示す矢印アイコンが表示されている。 In the left part of the index value confirmation area ICR2, it is displayed that the index value in the "L company stock price linked course" as of the date and time "December 28, 2020 8:54" is "13,000". To the left of the index value, as an example and not limitation, an arrow icon is displayed to indicate whether the index value for this operation course has increased or decreased compared to the previous day.
　指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ２の右部には、「Ｌ社株価連動コース」における現時点での運用中ポイント評価額とポイント運用損益とが表示されている。
　限定ではなく例として、この画面では、「Ｌ社株価連動コース」に対して保有口数「０．４」口のポイント運用が行われていることに基づいて、「Ｌ社株価連動コース」の運用中ポイント評価額は「５，２００」ポイントであり、そのポイント運用損益は「＋４００」ポイントであることが示されている。 In the right part of the index value confirmation area ICR2, the point evaluation value under management and the point investment profit/loss at the present time in the "L company stock price linked course" are displayed.
As a non-limiting example, on this screen, based on the point management of "0.4" shares held for the "Company L stock price linked course", the operation of the "L company stock price linked course" is performed. It is shown that the middle point evaluation value is "5,200" points and the point investment profit/loss is "+400" points.
　指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ３においても、指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ２と同様に、現在の指標値が「４，３３３」である「Ｍ社株価連動コース」に対して保有口数「０．６」口のポイント運用が行われていることに基づいて、「Ｍ社株価連動コース」の運用中ポイント評価額は「２，６００」ポイントであり、そのポイント運用損益は「＋２００」ポイントであることが示されている。 In the index value confirmation area ICR3, similarly to the index value confirmation area ICR2, the point management of the number of holding units "0.6" for the "M company stock price linked course" whose current index value is "4,333" is being carried out, the point evaluation value during operation of the “M company stock price linked course” is “2,600” points, and the point investment profit and loss is “+200” points. .
　ポイント残高表示領域ＰＶＲ１の下には、「運用中のポイント評価額」の文字と、ユーザＡ．Ａの運用中ポイント総評価額を示す運用中ポイント総評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ２が表示されている。この画面では、運用中ポイント総評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ２には日時「２０２０年１２月２８日８：５４」現在の運用中ポイント総評価額が「７，７２０」ポイントであり、増加分のポイント数（ポイント運用の損益）が「＋４００＋２００」＝「＋６００」ポイントであることが示されている。 Under the point balance display area PVR1, the characters "point evaluation value under operation" and user A. An operating point total evaluation value display area AVR2 indicating the operating point total evaluation value of A is displayed. On this screen, in the operating point total evaluation value display area AVR2, the operating point total evaluation value as of the date and time “December 28, 2020 8:54” is “7,720” points, and the number of points for the increase (points It is shown that the profit and loss of operation) is "+400+200"="+600" points.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってその他メニューボタンがタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図２－４中央の画面に表示が遷移する。この画面では、ポイント運用アプリケーションのその他メニュー画面であることを示す「その他」の文字がタイトル表示領域内に表示されている。 As an example, not a limitation, when the user taps the Other menu button, the display transitions to the screen in the center of FIG. 2-4 as an example, not a limitation. In this screen, the characters "Others" are displayed in the title display area to indicate that it is the other menu screen of the point management application.
　タイトル表示領域の下には、その他メニューの内容を選択させるためのメニュー選択領域ＭＮ２が表示されている。この例では、おしらせボタンと、利用規約確認ボタンとに加えて、ポイント運用中のコースごとの運用比率等を確認するための「ポートフォリオ」の文字で示されるポイント運用ポートフォリオ確認ボタンがメニュー選択領域ＭＮ２内に加えて表示されている。 　Below the title display area, a menu selection area MN2 for selecting the contents of other menus is displayed. In this example, in addition to the notice button and the terms of use confirmation button, a point investment portfolio confirmation button indicated by the characters "portfolio" for confirming the investment ratio for each course during point management is displayed in the menu selection area MN2. is displayed in addition to
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって広告表示領域ＢＡＲ１がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図２－４右側の画面に表示が遷移する。この画面は、図１－１４左側と同様の、ポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携する「ＹＹ証券会社」の証券取引アプリケーションにおける証券口座開設画面である。 As a non-limiting example, when the user taps the advertisement display area BAR1, the display transitions to the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-4 as a non-limiting example. This screen, like the left side of FIG. 1-14, is a securities account opening screen in a securities transaction application of "YY Securities Company" affiliated with a point management service provider.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって口座開設進行ボタンＢＴ１がタップされ、証券口座開設のステップを進めてゆく。そして、必要事項を入力が終わり、証券口座が開設されると、限定ではなく例として、図２－５左側の証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, the user taps the account opening progress button BT1 to advance the steps of opening a securities account. When the necessary items are entered and the securities account is opened, the display transitions to the home screen of the securities trading application shown on the left side of FIG. 2-5 as an example and not as a limitation.
　ホーム画面の中央には、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションを経由して証券口座を開設したことに基づいて、ポイント運用アプリケーションで用いていた運用コースの指標値と値動きが同じまたは類似する金融商品を表示させることをユーザに促す関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ２がポップアップで表示されている。 In the center of the home screen, as a non-limiting example, based on opening a securities account via the point management application, a financial report whose price movement is the same as or similar to the index value of the operation course used in the point management application is displayed. A related brand display area RNR2 is popped up to prompt the user to display the product.
　この例では、関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ２に、証券口座開設への謝意を示す「このたびは口座開設いただきありがとうございます」の文字の下に、「ポイント運用の経験を生かしてみませんか？」という案内文と、ポイント運用アプリケーションで用いていた運用コースの指標値と値動きが同じまたは類似する金融商品を表示させるための「ポイントのポートフォリオを参照」の文字で示されるポイント運用ポートフォリオ参照ボタンＰＢＴ１が表示されている。 In this example, in the related stock display area RNR2, below the words "Thank you for opening a securities account" to express gratitude for opening a securities account, "Why don't you make use of your point management experience?" and a point investment portfolio reference button PBT1 indicated by the words "refer to point portfolio" for displaying financial products with the same or similar price movement as the index value of the investment course used in the point investment application. is displayed.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント運用ポートフォリオ参照ボタンＰＢＴ１がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図２－５中央の画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example, not a limitation, when the user taps the point investment portfolio reference button PBT1, the display transitions to the screen in the center of FIG. 2-5 as an example, not a limitation.
　この画面では、証券取引アプリケーションのポートフォリオ構築画面であることを示す「ポートフォリオ」の文字が証券タイトル表示領域内に表示されている。 On this screen, the characters "portfolio" are displayed in the security title display area, indicating that it is a portfolio construction screen for a securities trading application.
　証券タイトル表示領域の下には、ポイント運用アプリケーションにおけるユーザのコース別運用ポイント評価額の割合を示すためのポイント運用ポートフォリオ表示領域ＰＰＲ１が表示されている。
　ポイント運用ポートフォリオ表示領域ＰＰＲ１には、「これまでのポイント運用コース別の割合」の文字の下に、コース別運用ポイント評価額の割合が、限定ではなく例として、円グラフで示されている。 Below the security title display area, a point investment portfolio display area PPR1 is displayed for indicating the ratio of the user's course-by-course investment point evaluation amount in the point investment application.
In the point investment portfolio display area PPR1, the ratio of the evaluation amount of investment points by course is shown in a pie chart as an example, not as a limitation, under the words "proportion by point investment course so far".
　この画面では、円グラフ内に、ポイント運用における各コースの運用ポイント評価額の割合が、「Ｌ社株連動コース：Ｍ社株連動コース」＝「５，２００ポイント：２，６００ポイント」＝「２：１」であることに基づいて、「Ｌ社株価連動コース」が６７％、「Ｍ社株価連動コース」が３３％の面積を占めるように円が分割されて表示されている。 On this screen, in the pie chart, the ratio of the management point evaluation value of each course in point management is displayed as "L company stock linked course: M company stock linked course" = "5,200 points: 2,600 points" = " 2:1”, the circles are divided and displayed so that the “L company stock price linked course” occupies 67% of the area and the “M company stock price linked course” occupies 33% of the area.
　ポイント運用ポートフォリオ表示領域ＰＰＲ１の下には、ポイント運用アプリケーションにおける各コースと対応する金融商品の関連銘柄名と、買付可能金額に対する各関連銘柄の買い付け割合とを表示するための金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ１が表示されている。 Under the point investment portfolio display area PPR1, there is a financial product portfolio display area for displaying the name of the related issue of the financial product corresponding to each course in the point investment application and the purchase ratio of each related issue to the purchaseable amount. SPR1 is displayed.
　この画面では、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ１に、「Ｌ社株価連動コース」と対応する関連銘柄である「Ｌ社株」と、「Ｍ社株価連動コース」と対応する関連銘柄である「Ｍ社株」とが、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用における各コースの運用ポイント評価額の割合に応じた面積と対応する分割領域で表示されている。各々の分割領域内には、ポイント運用における各コースの運用ポイント評価額の割合に応じて買付可能金額を分配した金額として、「Ｌ社株」に対しては「４００，０００」円、「Ｍ社株」に対しては「２００，０００」円分購入に振り分けることが示されている。 In this screen, in the financial product portfolio display area SPR1, "L company stock", which is a related issue corresponding to the "L company stock price linked course", and "M company stock", which is a related issue corresponding to the "M company stock price linked course". "Stocks" is displayed as an example, not a limitation, in divided areas corresponding to the area corresponding to the ratio of the management point evaluation amount of each course in point management. In each divided area, as the amount obtained by distributing the purchaseable amount according to the ratio of the management point evaluation value of each course in point management, for "L company stock", "400,000" yen, " M Company stock" is shown to be allocated to purchase for "200,000 yen".
　金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ１の下には、関連銘柄として提示された金融商品における買付可能金額の分配割合を変更するための「変更する」の文字で示される買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ１が表示されている。また、買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ１の下には、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ１に示される金額で各々の金融商品を発注させるための「購入」の文字で示される買い付けボタンＰＢ１と、金融商品の発注を行わないことを選択させるための「中止」の文字で示される買い付け中止ボタンとが表示されている。 Beneath the financial product portfolio display area SPR1, a purchase amount ratio change button CRB1 indicated by the characters "change" is displayed for changing the distribution ratio of the purchaseable amount for financial products presented as related issues. It is Further, below the purchase amount ratio change button CRB1, there is a purchase button PB1 indicated by the characters "purchase" for placing an order for each financial product at the amount shown in the financial product portfolio display area SPR1, A purchase stop button indicated by the characters "stop" is displayed for selecting not to place an order.
　この画面では、ユーザによって買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ１がタップされたことに伴い、買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ１が反転表示されている。また、ユーザによって買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ１がタップされたことに伴い、買い付けボタンＰＢ１が無効化されグレーアウトの表示態様で表示されている。 On this screen, the purchase amount ratio change button CRB1 is highlighted in response to the user tapping the purchase price ratio change button CRB1. In addition, when the purchase amount ratio change button CRB1 is tapped by the user, the purchase button PB1 is disabled and displayed in a grayed out display mode.
　このとき、ユーザによって金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ１の分割領域の境目が左右にドラッグ操作されると、各々の金融商品に対する買付可能金額の分配割合を変更することができる。 At this time, when the user drags the boundary between the divided areas of the financial product portfolio display area SPR1 to the left and right, it is possible to change the distribution ratio of the purchaseable amount for each financial product.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて、「Ｌ社株」と「Ｍ社株」を「１：１」の割合で購入することが選択され、買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ１が再度タップされ変更が確定されると、限定ではなく例として、図２－５右側の画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example and not a limitation, based on the user's operation, purchase of "L company stock" and "M company stock" at a ratio of "1:1" is selected, and the purchase amount ratio change button CRB1 is tapped again. When the change is confirmed, the display transitions to the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-5 as an example and not as a limitation.
　この画面では、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ１では、「Ｌ社株」と「Ｍ社株」を「３００，０００」円ずつ発注させることが示されている。また、買い付けボタンＰＢ１が有効化され通常の表示態様で表示されている。 On this screen, in the financial product portfolio display area SPR1, it is shown that "300,000 yen" will be ordered for "Company L stock" and "M company stock". Also, the purchase button PB1 is activated and displayed in a normal display mode.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって買い付けボタンＰＢ１がタップされると、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ１に表示されている買付可能金額の分配割合に従って、「Ｌ社株」を「３００，０００」円分、「Ｍ社株」を「３００，０００」円分発注する画面に画面が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, when the user taps the purchase button PB1, "300,000 yen" worth of "company L stocks" is displayed according to the distribution ratio of the purchaseable amount displayed in the financial product portfolio display area SPR1. , and the screen changes to a screen for placing an order for "300,000 yen" for "stock of Company M".
＜処理＞
　図２－６～図２－７は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａ（ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０）の制御部２１が実行する処理、サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１が実行する処理の一例を示している。 <Processing>
2-6 to 2-7 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In this figure, from the left side, processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A (user AA's terminal 20), processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10, and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 An example of processing is shown.
　なお、本処理に先立って、端末２０Ａのユーザによって、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントが開設（登録）され、任意のポイントがポイント運用に追加されていることとする。 It should be noted that, prior to this process, the user of the terminal 20A has opened (registered) an account for the point management service and has added arbitrary points to the point management.
　サーバ１０の制御部１１は、証券口座開設依頼情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信すると（Ｐ１１０）、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する（Ｐ２１０）。 When the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the securities account opening request information to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14 (P110), it transmits the point investment portfolio information to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14 (P210). .
　ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報には、端末２０Ａのユーザによってポイント運用が行われている（ポイントが運用に追加されている）運用コースごとのポイント運用指標値情報と、運用コースごとの運用中ポイント評価額とを含む。
　なお、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報に、ポイント運用期間を含めるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 The point management portfolio information includes point management index value information for each management course in which point management is performed by the user of the terminal 20A (points are added to management), and point evaluation value during management for each management course. including.
Note that the point investment portfolio information may or may not include the point investment period.
　証券口座開設処理を実行すると（Ｓ１２０）、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、関連ポートフォリオ選定処理を実行する（Ｓ２１０）。 When the securities account opening process is executed (S120), the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the related portfolio selection process (S210).
　関連ポートフォリオ選定処理において、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、受信したポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報に含まれる運用コースごとのポイント運用指標値情報のそれぞれに対して、関連銘柄選定処理を実行し、運用コースごとに金融商品の銘柄（以下、「運用コース別関連銘柄」と呼称する。）を探索する。そして、受信したポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報に含まれる運用コースごとの運用中ポイント評価額と、運用コース別関連銘柄とに基づいて、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報と対応する金融商品のポートフォリオとなる関連ポートフォリオ情報を生成する。 In the related portfolio selection process, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the related stock selection process for each of the point investment index value information for each operation course included in the received point investment portfolio information, and selects the operation course. For each, search for financial product issues (hereinafter referred to as “related issues by investment course”). Then, based on the point investment evaluation value for each investment course and the related stocks by investment course included in the received point investment portfolio information, related portfolio information that is a portfolio of financial products corresponding to the point investment portfolio information is generated. do.
　関連ポートフォリオ情報には、複数の運用コース別関連銘柄を少なくとも含む。また、運用コース別関連銘柄情報と紐づけて、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報における運用コースごとの運用中ポイント評価額の比率と対応する、金融商品の保有比率を含めるようにしてもよい。 The related portfolio information includes at least multiple related stocks by investment course. In addition, the holding ratio of financial products corresponding to the ratio of the point evaluation value under management for each investment course in the point investment portfolio information may be included in association with the related stock information by investment course.
　なお、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、関連ポートフォリオ情報に、金融商品の保有比率とユーザの買付可能金額とに基づく金融商品の購入金額比率を含めるようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 Note that the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 may include, in the related portfolio information, the purchase amount ratio of the financial product based on the holding ratio of the financial product and the user's purchaseable amount. may
　そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、関連ポートフォリオ情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｓ２２０）。 Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits the related portfolio information to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44 (S220).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０から関連ポートフォリオ情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、表示部２４に受信した関連ポートフォリオ情報を表示させる（Ａ２１０）。 Upon receiving the related portfolio information from the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received related portfolio information (A210).
　限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの入出力部２３に対する入力（ユーザ操作）に基づいて、運用コース別関連銘柄ごとの購入金額比率を変更することが選択される場合、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの入出力部２３に対する入力（ユーザ操作）に基づいて、運用コース別関連銘柄ごとの新たな購入金額比率を受け付ける（Ａ２２０）。 As an example and not a limitation, when changing the purchase amount ratio for each related issue by investment course is selected based on an input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A , as an example and not a limitation, a new purchase amount ratio for each related issue by investment course is received based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A (A220).
　そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、運用コース別関連銘柄ごとの購入金額比率を含む関連銘柄比率情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する（Ａ２３０）。そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、処理を終了させる。 Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits related issue ratio information including the purchase amount ratio for each related issue by operation course to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22 (A230). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａから関連銘柄比率情報を受信すると、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、受信した関連銘柄比率情報に従って、金融商品の購入処理を実行する（Ｓ２３０）。そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、処理を終了させる。 When the communication I/F 44 receives the related brand ratio information from the terminal 20A, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the financial product purchase process according to the received related brand ratio information (S230). Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 terminates the process.
＜第２実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、指標値は、ポイント運用におけるコースごとの指標値（限定ではなく、第１指標値と第２指標値との一例）を含み、ユーザの運用ポイント評価額（限定ではなく、ポイント数の一例）は、ポイント運用における各コースそれぞれについて指標値に関連付けられる（限定ではなく、第１ポイント数が第１指標値に関連付けられ、第２ポイント数が第２指標値に関連付けられることの一例）。そして、端末２０は、ポイント運用における各コースの運用ポイント評価額の割合に基づき関連銘柄等の情報（限定ではなく、投資対象の情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、ユーザのポイント数のうち、第１ポイント数の第１割合と、第２ポイント数の第２割合とに基づく投資対象の情報を取得した上で、ユーザに報知することができる。 <Effect of Second Embodiment>
In this embodiment, the index value includes an index value for each course in point management (an example of the first index value and the second index value, not limited), and the user's management point evaluation amount (not limited, point number) is associated with an index value for each course in point management (without limitation, the first number of points is associated with the first index value and the second number of points is associated with the second index value). One case). The terminal 20 is configured to display information such as related stocks (not a limitation, but an example of investment target information) on the display unit 24 based on the ratio of the management point evaluation amount of each course in point management.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal provides investment target information based on a first percentage of the first point number and a second percentage of the second point number among the points of the user. can be obtained and notified to the user.
　また、この場合、投資対象の情報は、運用コース別関連銘柄の情報（限定ではなく、第１投資対象情報と第２投資対象情報との一例）を含み、この情報は、運用コース別関連銘柄ごとの購入金額比率等の情報を含む（限定ではなく、第１投資対象情報は、第１割合に基づく第１投資割合の情報を含み、第２投資対象情報は、第２割合に基づく第２投資割合の情報を含むことの一例）ようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、第１指標値に関連付けられた第１ポイント数の第１割合と、第２指標値に関連付けられた第２ポイント数の第２割合とに基づく投資対象の情報を取得した上で、ユーザに報知することができる。 In this case, the investment target information includes information on related stocks by investment course (not limited, but an example of first investment target information and second investment target information), and this information is related stocks by investment course. (without limitation, the first investment information includes information of the first investment percentage based on the first percentage, and the second investment information includes information of the second investment percentage based on the second percentage) (One example of including investment percentage information).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can provide a first percentage of the first point number associated with the first index value and a second percentage of the second point number associated with the second index value. After acquiring the information of the investment target based on the 2 ratio, it is possible to notify the user.
　また、この場合、端末２０は、ユーザによる入出力部２３を介した表示部２４に対する入力に基づいて、運用コース別関連銘柄ごとの購入金額比率を変更する制御（限定ではなく、第１投資割合の情報と、第２投資割合の情報とを変更する制御の一例）を制御部２１によって行うようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、ユーザによる端末の表示部に対する入力に基づいて、第１投資割合の情報と、第２投資割合の情報とを簡易かつ適切に変更することができる。 Further, in this case, the terminal 20 controls (not limited to, the first investment ratio and information on the second investment ratio) can be performed by the control unit 21 .
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can easily and appropriately display the information on the first investment ratio and the information on the second investment ratio based on the user's input on the display unit of the terminal. can be changed.
＜第２変形例（１）＞
　第２実施例では、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報には、運用コースごとのポイント運用指標値情報と、運用コースごとの運用中ポイント評価額とが含まれることとしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報には、運用コースごとのポイント運用指標値情報と、運用コースごとの保有口数とが含まれるようにしてもよい。
　この場合、関連ポートフォリオ情報では、運用コース別関連銘柄と紐づけて、運用コースごとの保有口数の比率と対応する、金融商品の保有比率が含まれる。 <Second modification (1)>
In the second embodiment, the point investment portfolio information includes the point investment index value information for each investment course and the point evaluation amount during operation for each investment course, but is not limited to this. By way of example and not limitation, the point investment portfolio information may include point investment index value information for each investment course and the number of shares held for each investment course.
In this case, the related portfolio information includes the holding ratio of the financial product corresponding to the ratio of the number of holding units for each investment course in association with the related stock by investment course.
　また、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報には、運用コースごとのポイント運用指標値情報と、運用コースごとのポイント追加数（運用コースごとの買いポイント数であり、「平均取得額」と「保有口数」との積）とが含まれるようにしてもよい。
　この場合、関連ポートフォリオ情報では、運用コース別関連銘柄と紐づけて、運用コースごとのポイント追加数の比率と対応する、金融商品の保有比率が含まれるようにすることができる。 In addition, the point investment portfolio information includes point investment index value information for each investment course, the number of points added for each investment course (the number of points purchased for each investment course, and the "average acquisition amount" and "number of units held"). product) may be included.
In this case, the related portfolio information can include the holding ratio of financial products corresponding to the ratio of the number of additional points for each investment course by linking with the related issue by investment course.
＜第２変形例（２）＞
　第２実施例では、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、は、関連ポートフォリオ情報を表示させると、関連銘柄比率調整処理を行うこととしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、は、関連ポートフォリオ情報を表示させると、処理を終了させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 <Second modification (2)>
In the second embodiment, when the related portfolio information is displayed, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A performs related issue ratio adjustment processing, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A may or may not terminate the process after displaying the related portfolio information.
＜第２変形例（３）＞
　第２実施例では、関連ポートフォリオ情報では、複数の運用コース別関連銘柄を含むこととしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、関連ポートフォリオ情報と関連付けて、ポイント運用コースごとの指標値の変動に関するグラフ等を表示部２４に表示させるようにしてもよい。 <Second modification (3)>
In the second embodiment, the related portfolio information includes a plurality of related stocks by investment course, but is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A may cause the display unit 24 to display a graph or the like regarding fluctuations in index values for each point management course in association with related portfolio information.
　図２－８は、本変形例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図２－８左側は、限定ではなく例として、図２－５左側と同じ表示画面である。 FIG. 2-8 is a diagram showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modified example.
The left side of FIG. 2-8 is, by way of example and not limitation, the same display screen as the left side of FIG. 2-5.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント運用ポートフォリオ参照ボタンＰＢＴ１がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図２－８中央の画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example, not a limitation, when the user taps the point investment portfolio reference button PBT1, the display transitions to the screen in the center of FIG. 2-8 as an example, not a limitation.
　この画面は、図２－５中央で示した証券取引アプリケーションのポートフォリオ構築画面と同様の画面である。この画面において、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント運用ポートフォリオ表示領域ＰＰＲ１がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図２－８右側の画面に表示が遷移する。 This screen is similar to the portfolio construction screen of the securities trading application shown in the center of Figure 2-5. On this screen, as a non-limiting example, when the user taps the point investment portfolio display area PPR1, the display transitions to the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-8 as a non-limiting example.
　この画面では、ポイント運用アプリケーションの運用成績確認画面であることを示す「過去の運用成績」の文字がタイトル表示領域内に表示されている。 On this screen, the text "past investment results" is displayed in the title display area, indicating that it is the investment results confirmation screen for the point investment application.
　タイトル表示領域の下には、ユーザが運用を行った運用コースにおける指標値の履歴が折れ線グラフとして表示されている。この例では、限定ではなく例として、「２０２０／９／１」から「２０２０／１２／２８」の期間における「Ｌ社株連動コース」の変動が実線で、「Ｍ社株価連動コース」の変動が破線で、それぞれ示されている。 Below the title display area, the history of index values in the operation course operated by the user is displayed as a line graph. In this example, as a non-limiting example, the solid line represents the fluctuation of the "L company stock price linked course" during the period from "2020/9/1" to "2020/12/28", and the fluctuation of the "M company stock price linked course" are indicated by dashed lines, respectively.
　これにより、金融商品の運用を行う前に、運用コース別関連銘柄と関連する過去の指標値実績を確認することができる。限定ではなく例として、この画面からは、「Ｌ社株連動コース」は緩やかな右肩上がりであり、「Ｍ社株連動コース」は緩やかに下がり続けていることが分かる。そのため、ユーザは、過去の値動きを参照することで、関連銘柄比率調整処理において、「Ｌ社株連動コース」と対応する「Ｌ社株」の保有比率が高いポートフォリオを作成することができる。 As a result, prior to investing in financial products, it is possible to check past performance indicators related to related stocks by investment course. As a non-limiting example, it can be seen from this screen that the "L company stock linked course" is gently rising, while the "M company stock linked course" continues to fall gently. Therefore, by referring to past price movements, the user can create a portfolio with a high holding ratio of "L company stock" corresponding to the "L company stock linked course" in the related stock ratio adjustment process.
　図２－９は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａ（ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０）の制御部２１が実行する処理、サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１が実行する処理の一例を示している。
　本フローチャートは、限定ではなく例として、図２－６における処理に引き続き実行される。 FIG. 2-9 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modified example.
In this figure, from the left side, processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A (user AA's terminal 20), processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10, and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 An example of processing is shown.
This flow chart continues, by way of example and not by way of limitation, to the processing in FIGS. 2-6.
　端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、関連ポートフォリオ情報を表示部２４に表示させると（Ａ２１０）、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの入出力部２３に対する入力（ユーザ操作）に基づいて、運用コース別関連銘柄と対応する運用コースにおける指標値の履歴情報を要求するための、指標値変動履歴要求情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する（Ａ２４０）。 When the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the related portfolio information (A210), as an example and not a limitation, based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A, the management course related Index value change history request information for requesting index value history information for the investment course corresponding to the issue is transmitted to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22 (A240).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａから指標値変動履歴要求情報を受信すると、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、少なくとも端末２０Ａのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤを含む指標値変動履歴送信依頼情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０に送信する（Ｓ２４０）。
　なお、指標値変動履歴送信依頼情報には、送信を依頼する運用コースに関する情報を含むようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Upon receiving the index value change history request information from terminal 20A through communication I/F 44, control unit 41 of securities trading server 40 sends index value change history transmission request information including at least the point management application ID of terminal 20A to communication I/F 44. to the server 10 (S240).
The index value fluctuation history transmission request information may or may not include information on the operation course for which transmission is requested.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０から指標値変動履歴送信依頼情報を受信すると、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用コース登録データベース１５７に記憶される運用コース別の指標値の変動に関する履歴を含む指標値変動履歴情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｐ２２０）。 When the communication I/F 14 receives the index value fluctuation history transmission request information from the securities trading server 40, the control unit 11 of the server 10, as an example and not as a limitation, registers the indexes for each operation course stored in the point operation course registration database 157. The index value fluctuation history information including the history of value fluctuation is transmitted to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14 (P220).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０から指標値変動履歴情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受信した指標値変動履歴情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ２５０）。そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、Ａ２２０以降のステップを実行する。 Upon receiving the index value change history information from the server 10 via the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received index value change history information (A250). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A executes steps after A220.
　なお、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、指標値変動履歴情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信し、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、受信した指標値変動履歴情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａに送信するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Control unit 11 of server 10 transmits index value fluctuation history information to securities trading server 40 via communication I/F 14, and control unit 41 of securities trading server 40 transmits the received index value fluctuation history information to communication I/F 14. It may be sent to the terminal 20A by F44, or it may not be sent.
　本変形例は、端末２０は、関連ポートフォリオ情報と関連付けて、ポイント運用コースごとの指標値の変動に関するグラフ等の表示（限定ではなく、指標値の変動に関する第１表示の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、指標値の変動をユーザに適切に報知することができる。 In this modification, the terminal 20 displays a graph or the like (not a limitation, but an example of a first display related to index value fluctuations) relating to index value fluctuations for each point management course in association with related portfolio information. shows the configuration displayed in .
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can appropriately notify the user of the fluctuation of the index value.
＜第２変形例（４）＞
　上記の変形例では、指標値変動履歴情報として、運用コースごとの指標値の履歴を用いる例を示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、指標値変動履歴情報として、ユーザがポイント運用にポイントを追加した時点での指標値を基準値とし、基準値に対して指標値が何倍になったかという変化を各運用コースにおける指標値変動履歴情報としてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 <Second modification (4)>
In the above modified example, an example of using the history of the index value for each operation course as the index value change history information has been shown, but the present invention is not limited to this. As a non-limiting example, as index value change history information, the index value at the time the user added points to the point management is used as the reference value, and the change in how many times the index value has increased from the reference value is recorded for each operation. It may or may not be used as index value change history information in the course.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザが、「Ｌ社株連動コース」の指標値が「１０，０００」の時にポイントをこの運用コースに追加したとする。この場合、基準値が「１０，０００」となるため、限定ではなく例として、指標値が「１２，０００」に上昇すれば、基準値に対して、「１２，０００÷１０，０００」＝「１．２」倍となる。この基準値に対する倍率を、限定ではなく例として、過去の指標値についてグラフ化するようにしてもよい。 As a non-limiting example, suppose that the user adds points to this operation course when the index value of the "L company stock linked course" is "10,000". In this case, since the reference value is "10,000", as an example, not limitation, if the index value rises to "12,000", the reference value is "12,000/10,000" = It becomes "1.2" times. As an example and not as a limitation, the past index value may be graphed as the magnification with respect to the reference value.
　＜第２変形例（５）＞
　上記の変形例では、ポイント運用における指標値の過去の変動履歴を端末２０Ａに表示させることとしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａに、ポイント運用を行った期間に応じた運用コース別関連銘柄の株価や基準価格の値動きや、時価総額や純資産総額の推移を表示させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。
　なお、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａに、ポイント運用を行った期間に応じた運用コース別関連銘柄のテクニカル分析結果を表示させるようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 <Second modification (5)>
In the above modified example, the terminal 20A is caused to display the past change history of the index value in point management, but the present invention is not limited to this. As a non-limiting example, the terminal 20A may display changes in the stock prices and reference prices of related stocks by investment course and changes in market capitalization and total net assets according to the period of point management. You don't have to do it that way.
As an example and not a limitation, the terminal 20A may or may not display the technical analysis results of related stocks by investment course according to the period during which point management was performed.
＜第３実施例＞
　第２実施例では、ユーザの証券口座における買付可能金額に関わらず、運用コース別関連銘柄を探索する例を示したが、これに限定されない。
　第３実施例は、ユーザの証券口座における買付可能金額に応じた、ユーザが購入可能な運用コース別関連銘柄を探索し、関連ポートフォリオ情報として提示する実施例である。 <Third embodiment>
In the second embodiment, an example of searching for related issues by investment course regardless of the purchaseable amount in the user's securities account was shown, but the present invention is not limited to this.
The third embodiment is an embodiment that searches for related stocks classified by investment course that can be purchased by the user according to the amount of money that can be purchased in the user's securities account, and presents them as related portfolio information.
　第３実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 The content described in the third embodiment can be applied to each of the other embodiments and modifications.
Moreover, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected about the component same as an already-appearing component, and description for the second time is abbreviate|omitted.
＜表示画面＞
　図３－１は、本実施例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図３－１左側は、限定ではなく例として、ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面である。この画面は、限定ではなく例として、図２－４右側の画面において、ユーザによって口座開設進行ボタンＢＴ１がタップされ、証券口座が開設されると表示される画面の一例である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 3A is a diagram showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The left side of FIG. 3-1 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, user A.A. 20B is a home screen of the securities trading application displayed on the display unit 24 of A's terminal 20A. This screen is, by way of example and not limitation, an example of the screen displayed when the account opening progress button BT1 is tapped by the user in the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-4 to open a securities account.
　ホーム画面の中央には、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションを経由して証券口座を開設したことに基づいて、関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ３がポップアップで表示されている。 In the center of the home screen, as a non-limiting example, a related brand display area RNR3 is popped up based on the opening of a securities account via a point management application.
　この例では、関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ３に、証券口座開設への謝意を示す「このたびは口座開設いただきありがとうございます」の文字が表示されている。その下には、ユーザがポイント運用を行っていた期間において、運用コース別関連銘柄を運用コースごとの運用中ポイント評価額の比率で「１００万」円分運用していた場合における、証券口座における資産総額の推移を示したグラフが「証券口座で１００万円運用していれば」の文字の下に表示されている。 In this example, the related issue display area RNR3 displays the words "Thank you for opening an account" to express your gratitude for opening a securities account. Underneath that, during the period when the user was managing points, if the related stocks by investment course were managed for "1 million" yen at the ratio of the point evaluation value under management for each investment course, in the securities account A graph showing changes in the total assets is displayed below the words "If you manage 1 million yen in a securities account."
　その下には、ユーザがポイント運用を行っていた期間において、上記の条件で「１００万」円分運用していた場合、証券口座における資産総額が「１１０万」円に増加したことを示す表示が表示されている。 Below that is a display indicating that the total asset amount in the securities account increased to "1.1 million yen" if the user invested "1 million yen" under the above conditions during the period when the user was managing points. is displayed.
　関連銘柄表示領域ＲＮＲ３の下部には、「ポイントのポートフォリオを参照」の文字で示されるポイント運用ポートフォリオ参照ボタンＰＢＴ２が表示されている。 At the bottom of the related stock display area RNR3, a point investment portfolio reference button PBT2 indicated by the words "refer to point portfolio" is displayed.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント運用ポートフォリオ参照ボタンＰＢＴ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図３－１中央のポートフォリオ構築画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the point investment portfolio reference button PBT2, the display transitions to the portfolio construction screen in the center of FIG. 3-1 as an example and not a limitation.
　ポイント運用ポートフォリオ表示領域ＰＰＲ２には、「これまでのポイント運用コース別の割合」の文字の下に、コース別運用ポイント評価額の割合が、限定ではなく例として、円グラフで示されている。 In the point investment portfolio display area PPR2, the ratio of the investment point evaluation amount by course is shown in a pie chart as an example, not as a limitation, under the words "Ratio by point investment course so far".
　ポイント運用ポートフォリオ表示領域ＰＰＲ２の下には、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ２が表示されている。 A financial product portfolio display area SPR2 is displayed below the point investment portfolio display area PPR2.
　ここで、「Ｌ社株価連動コース」と対応する関連銘柄である「Ｌ社株」の必要最低取引金額（単元株数×一株の株価）が、限定ではなく例として、「１，２００，０００」円であり、「Ｍ社株価連動コース」と対応する関連銘柄である「Ｍ社株」の必要最低取引金額が、限定ではなく例として、「４００，０００」円であるとする。
　この場合、証券口座の買い付け可能金額が「６００，０００」円だとすると、ポイント運用における各コースの運用ポイント評価額の割合に応じて買付可能金額を分配した金額として、「Ｌ社株」に対しては「４００，０００」円、「Ｍ社株」に対しては「２００，０００」円分購入に振り分けると、それぞれ必要最低取引金額に満たないため、現物株式を購入することができない。 Here, the minimum required transaction amount (number of shares per unit × stock price of one share) of “L company stock”, which is a related issue corresponding to “L company stock price linked course”, is not limited to “1,200,000 , and the required minimum transaction amount of "M company stock", which is a related issue corresponding to the "M company stock price linked course", is, for example and not limitation, "400,000" yen.
In this case, if the purchaseable amount of the securities account is "600,000" yen, the amount obtained by distributing the purchaseable amount according to the ratio of the management point evaluation value of each course in point management is ``400,000'' for ``M company stock'' and ``200,000'' for ``M company stock'', the actual stock cannot be purchased because they do not meet the required minimum transaction amount.
　そのため、この画面では、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ２に、限定ではなく例として、「Ｌ社株」と同業種において値動きが似ており必要最低取引金額が「４００，０００」円以下である「Ｘ社株」が「Ｌ社株価連動コース」と対応する関連銘柄として表示されている。
　また、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ２に、限定ではなく例として、「Ｍ社株」と同業種において値動きが似ており必要最低取引金額が「２００，０００」円以下である「Ｙ社株」が「Ｌ社株価連動コース」と対応する関連銘柄として表示されている。 Therefore, on this screen, as an example and not limitation, in the financial product portfolio display area SPR2, "X Company stock” is displayed as a related issue corresponding to the “L company stock price linked course”.
In the financial product portfolio display area SPR2, as an example and not as a limitation, "Y company stock" whose price movement is similar to "M company stock" in the same industry and whose minimum required transaction amount is "200,000 yen" or less is displayed. It is displayed as a related issue corresponding to the "L company stock price linked course".
　また、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ表示領域ＰＰＲ２における「Ｌ社株価連動コース」に対応する部分円と、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ２における「Ｘ社株」の部分領域とは同じ表示態様（この例では白背景）で表示され、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ表示領域ＰＰＲ２における「Ｍ社株価連動コース」に対応する部分円と、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ２における「Ｙ社株」の部分領域とは同じ表示態様（この例ではハッチング）で表示されている。
　これにより、「Ｌ社株価連動コース」の関連銘柄が「Ｘ社株」であり、「Ｍ社株価連動コース」の関連銘柄が「Ｙ社株」であるという対応をユーザに報知させる。 Also, as a non-limiting example, the partial circle corresponding to the "Company L stock price linked course" in the point investment portfolio display area PPR2 and the partial area of "X company stock" in the financial product portfolio display area SPR2 have the same display mode ( In this example, it is displayed with a white background), and the partial circle corresponding to the "M company stock price linked course" in the point investment portfolio display area PPR2 and the partial area of "Y company stock" in the financial product portfolio display area SPR2 are displayed in the same way. It is displayed in a manner (hatched in this example).
As a result, the user is informed that the related issue of the "L company stock price linked course" is "X company stock" and the related issue of the "M company stock price linked course" is "Y company stock".
　金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ２の下には、買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ２が表示されている。また、買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ２の下には、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ２に示される金額で各々の金融商品を発注させるための「購入」の文字で示される買い付けボタンＰＢ２と、「中止」の文字で示される買い付け中止ボタンとが表示されている。 A purchase amount ratio change button CRB2 is displayed below the financial product portfolio display area SPR2. Further, below the purchase amount ratio change button CRB2, there is a purchase button PB2 indicated by the words "purchase" for placing an order for each financial product at the amount indicated in the financial product portfolio display area SPR2, and a "cancel" button. A purchase stop button indicated by the characters is displayed.
　この画面では、ユーザによって買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ２がタップされたことに伴い、買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ２が反転表示されている。また、ユーザによって買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ２がタップされたことに伴い、買い付けボタンＰＢ２が無効化されグレーアウトの表示態様で表示されている。 On this screen, the purchase amount ratio change button CRB2 is highlighted in response to the user tapping the purchase price ratio change button CRB2. In addition, when the user taps the purchase amount ratio change button CRB2, the purchase button PB2 is disabled and displayed in a grayed out display mode.
　このとき、ユーザによって金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ２の分割領域の境目が左右にドラッグ操作されると、各々の金融商品に対する買付可能金額の分配割合を変更することができる。
　なお、ドラッグ操作範囲を、変更後の買付可能金額が必要最低取引金額を下回らない範囲に限定するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 At this time, when the user drags the boundary between the divided areas of the financial product portfolio display area SPR2 to the left and right, it is possible to change the distribution ratio of the purchaseable amount for each financial product.
The drag operation range may or may not be limited to a range in which the purchaseable amount after the change does not fall below the required minimum transaction amount.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて、「Ｘ社株」と「Ｙ社株」を「１：１」の割合で購入することが選択され、買付金額割合変更ボタンＣＲＢ２が再度タップされ変更が確定されると、限定ではなく例として、図３－１右側の画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example and not a limitation, based on the user's operation, purchase of "X company stock" and "Y company stock" at a ratio of "1:1" is selected, and the purchase amount ratio change button CRB2 is tapped again. When the change is confirmed, as an example and not as a limitation, the display transitions to the screen on the right side of FIG. 3-1.
　この画面では、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ２では、「Ｘ社株」と「Ｙ社株」を「３００，０００」円ずつ発注させることが示されている。また、買い付けボタンＰＢ２が有効化され通常の表示態様で表示されている。 On this screen, in the financial product portfolio display area SPR2, it is shown that "300,000 yen" will be ordered for "X company stock" and "Y company stock". Also, the purchase button PB2 is activated and displayed in a normal display mode.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって買い付けボタンＰＢ２がタップされると、金融商品ポートフォリオ表示領域ＳＰＲ２に表示されている買付可能金額の分配割合に従って、「Ｘ社株」を「３００，０００」円分、「Ｙ社株」を「３００，０００」円分発注する画面に画面が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, when the user taps the buy button PB2, "300,000 yen" worth of "shares of company X" is displayed according to the distribution ratio of the buyable amount displayed in the financial product portfolio display area SPR2. , the screen changes to a screen for placing an order for "300,000 yen" for "stock of company Y".
＜処理＞
　図３－２は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａ（ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０）の制御部２１が実行する処理、サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１が実行する処理の一例を示している。
　本フローチャートは、限定ではなく例として、図２－６における処理に引き続き実行される。 <Processing>
FIG. 3B is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In this figure, from the left side, processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A (user AA's terminal 20), processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10, and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 An example of processing is shown.
This flow chart continues, by way of example and not by way of limitation, to the processing in FIGS. 2-6.
　証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、証券口座開設処理を実行すると、類似ポートフォリオ選定処理を実行する（Ｓ３１０）。 After executing the securities account opening process, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 executes similar portfolio selection process (S310).
　類似ポートフォリオ選定処理において、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、まず、受信したポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報に含まれる運用コースごとの運用中ポイント評価額と、証券口座の買付可能金額とに基づいて、運用コースごとの買付可能金額を算出する。
　すると、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、受信したポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報に含まれる運用コースごとのポイント運用指標値情報のそれぞれに対して、関連銘柄選定処理を実行する。このとき、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、金融商品管理データベース４５７から、その必要最低取引金額が運用コースごとの買付可能金額以下となる運用コース別関連銘柄を探索する。
　そして、受信したポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報に含まれる運用コースごとの運用中ポイント評価額と、運用コース別関連銘柄とに基づいて、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報と類似するユーザが購入可能な金融商品のポートフォリオとなる関連ポートフォリオ情報を生成する。 In the similar portfolio selection process, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 first, based on the point evaluation amount under operation for each operation course included in the received point investment portfolio information and the purchaseable amount of the securities account, Calculate the purchaseable amount for each investment course.
Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes related issue selection processing for each piece of point investment index value information for each investment course included in the received point investment portfolio information. At this time, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 searches the financial product management database 457 for a related issue by operation course whose minimum required transaction amount is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount for each operation course.
Then, a portfolio of financial products similar to the point investment portfolio information and purchasable by the user is obtained based on the point investment evaluation amount for each investment course and the related issue for each investment course included in the received point investment portfolio information. Generate relevant portfolio information.
　次いで、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報のポイント運用期間と、関連ポートフォリオ情報とに基づいて、ポイント運用期間において運用コース別関連銘柄を仮想的に運用した場合の運用結果である仮想運用情報を生成し、生成した仮想運用情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｓ３２０）。 Next, based on the point management period of the point management portfolio information and the related portfolio information, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 calculates the management result when the related stocks by management course are virtually managed during the point management period. Certain virtual operation information is generated, and the generated virtual operation information is transmitted to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44 (S320).
　なお、仮想運用情報の生成において、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ユーザの買付可能金額で買付を行うことを考慮せず、関連ポートフォリオ選定処理で探索された運用コース別関連銘柄と、運用コースごとの運用中ポイント評価額とに基づいて、仮想的な運用結果を算出するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Note that in generating the virtual operation information, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 does not consider purchasing with the user's purchaseable amount, , and the point evaluation value during operation for each operation course, the virtual operation result may or may not be calculated.
　そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、Ｓ２２０以降のステップを実行する。 Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes the steps after S220.
　なお、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、仮想的に運用する元本金額（以下、「仮想元本金額」と呼称する。）を、運用成績によって変化させるようにしてもよい。限定ではなく例として、運用成績がプラスとなる比率が高いほど、仮想元本金額を大きくし、運用成績がマイナスになる場合には、仮想元本金額を小さくするようにしてもよい。
　この場合、限定ではなく例として、仮想的な運用成績がプラス１０％の場合、「１００万」円から「１１０万」円に資産総額が増加し、仮想的な運用成績がプラス２０％の場合、「１，０００万」円から「１，２００万」円に資産総額が増加し、仮想的な運用成績がマイナス１０％の場合、「１０万」円から「９万」円に資産総額が減少する仮想運用情報を生成することができる。 Note that the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 may change the amount of principal to be virtually managed (hereinafter referred to as "virtual principal amount") depending on the investment performance. As a non-limiting example, the virtual principal amount may be increased as the ratio of positive investment performance increases, and the virtual principal amount may be decreased when the investment performance is negative.
In this case, as a non-limiting example, if the virtual investment performance is +10%, the total assets increase from "1 million" yen to "1.1 million" yen, and if the virtual investment performance is +20% , the total assets increase from 10 million yen to 12 million yen, and if the hypothetical investment performance is minus 10%, the total assets increase from 100,000 yen to 90,000 yen. Decreasing virtual operational information can be generated.
　また、仮想的な運用成績がマイナスの場合、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、生成した仮想運用情報を端末２０Ａに送信しないようにしてもよい。 Also, if the virtual performance is negative, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 may not transmit the generated virtual performance information to the terminal 20A.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０から仮想運用情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受信した仮想運用情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ３１０）。そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、Ａ２１０以降のステップを実行する。 When virtual operation information is received from the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A displays the received virtual operation information on the display unit 24 (A310). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A executes steps after A210.
＜第３実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、端末２０は、端末２０のユーザの資産に基づく仮想運用情報（限定ではなく、投資対象の情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、ユーザの資産を考慮した投資対象の情報を取得した上で、ユーザに報知することができる。 <Effect of the third embodiment>
This embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 displays, on the display unit 24, virtual investment information (not a limitation, but an example of investment target information) based on the assets of the terminal 20 user.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can acquire information on an investment target in consideration of the user's assets and notify the user of the information.
＜第３変形例（１）＞
　第３実施例では、類似ポートフォリオ選定処理において、運用コースごとに１つの運用コース別関連銘柄を探索する例を示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、類似ポートフォリオ選定処理において、ある運用コースに対して複数の運用コース別関連銘柄を探索するようにしてもよい。 <Third modification (1)>
In the third embodiment, in the similar portfolio selection process, an example of searching for one related issue by investment course for each investment course was shown, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, in the similar portfolio selection process, a plurality of related stocks by investment course may be searched for a certain investment course.
　図３－３は、本実施例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図３－３左側は、限定ではなく例として、図３－１左側と同様なユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面である。この画面は、限定ではなく例として、図２－４右側の画面において、ユーザによって口座開設進行ボタンＢＴ１がタップされ、証券口座が開設されると表示される画面の一例である。 FIG. 3-3 is a diagram showing an example of transition of screens displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The left side of FIG. 3-3 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, the same user A.D. 20A is a home screen of a securities trading application displayed on the display unit 24 of A's terminal 20A. This screen is, by way of example and not limitation, an example of the screen displayed when the account opening progress button BT1 is tapped by the user in the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-4 to open a securities account.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント運用ポートフォリオ参照ボタンＰＢＴ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図３－３中央のポートフォリオ構築画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the point investment portfolio reference button PBT2, the display transitions to the portfolio construction screen in the center of FIG. 3-3 as an example and not a limitation.
　このポートフォリオ構築画面では、証券タイトル表示領域の下に、類似ポートフォリオ選定処理において探索された複数の運用コース別関連銘柄を運用コースごとにユーザに選択させるための、関連銘柄選択領域ＲＳＲ１と関連銘柄選択領域ＲＳＲ２とが表示されている。 In this portfolio construction screen, a related issue selection area RSR1 and a related issue selection area are provided under the securities title display area for allowing the user to select a plurality of related issues by investment course searched in the similar portfolio selection process for each investment course. A region RSR2 is displayed.
　関連銘柄選択領域ＲＳＲ１では、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用における「Ｌ社株連動コース」の保有比率が「６７％」であることが示されている。その右には、証券口座の買付可能金額「６００，０００」円を保有比率「６７％」で割り振る場合における、「Ｌ社株連動コース」の運用コース別関連銘柄に対する買付可能金額が「４００，０００」円であることが示されている。
　その下には、「Ｌ社株連動コース」と対応する、買付を行う金融商品を選択させるための、運用コース別関連銘柄として探索された、「Ｌ社株」と、「Ｘ社株」と、「ＡＡ投資信託」との買付選択ボタンが表示されている。買付選択ボタンにおいて、銘柄名の右には、「Ｌ社株連動コース」の運用コース別関連銘柄に対する買付可能金額が「４００，０００」円で買付を行う場合の取得口数が表示されている。
　このうち、「Ｌ社株」については、「４００，０００」円で買付を行う場合、単元株（限定ではなく例として、「１００株」）に満たないことに基づいて、買付選択ボタンがグレーアウトの表示態様で無効化されている。 In the related stock selection area RSR1, as an example and not a limitation, it is shown that the holding ratio of the "L company stock linked course" in point management is "67%". On the right is the amount available for purchase for related stocks by operation course of the "Company L stock-linked course" when allocating the purchase amount "600,000 yen" of the securities account with a holding ratio of "67%". 400,000" yen.
Below that, "L company stock" and "X company stock" searched as related stocks by investment course for selecting financial products to be purchased corresponding to "L company stock linked course" , and purchase selection buttons for “AA investment trust” are displayed. In the purchase selection button, to the right of the issue name, the number of units to be acquired in the case of purchasing with the available purchase amount of "400,000 yen" for the related issue by operation course of the "L company stock linked course" is displayed. ing.
Of these, for "L company stock", when purchasing at "400,000 yen", the purchase selection button is disabled in a grayed out display mode.
　関連銘柄選択領域ＲＳＲ２では、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用における「Ｍ社株連動コース」の保有比率が「３３％」であることが示されている。その右には、証券口座の買付可能金額「６００，０００」円を保有比率「３３％」で割り振る場合における、「Ｍ社株連動コース」の運用コース別関連銘柄に対する買付可能金額が「２００，０００」円であることが示されている。
　その下には、「Ｍ社株連動コース」と対応する、「Ｍ社株」と、「Ｙ社株」と、「Ｚ社株」との買付選択ボタンが表示されている。
　このうち、「Ｍ社株」については、「２００，０００」円で買付を行う場合、単元株（限定ではなく例として、「１００株」）に満たないことに基づいて、買付選択ボタンがグレーアウトの表示態様で無効化されている。 In the related stock selection area RSR2, as an example and not a limitation, it is shown that the holding ratio of the "M company stock linked course" in point management is "33%". On the right is the amount available for purchase for related stocks by operation course of the "M company stock linked course" when allocating the purchase amount "600,000 yen" of the securities account with a holding ratio of "33%". 200,000" yen.
Beneath it, purchase selection buttons for "M company stock", "Y company stock", and "Z company stock" corresponding to the "M company stock linked course" are displayed.
Of these, for "M company shares", if the purchase is made at "200,000 yen", the purchase selection button is disabled in a grayed out display mode.
　また、このポートフォリオ構築画面では、画面右上方に、買付を行う金融商品を絞り込むための金融商品フィルタリングボタンＦＬＢ１が表示されている。
　限定ではなく例として、金融商品フィルタリングボタンＦＬＢ１がタップされると、各関連銘柄選択領域において買付選択ボタンとして表示される金融商品の種類（限定ではなく例として、「株式」や「投資信託」）を絞り込むことができる。
　なお、金融商品フィルタリングボタンＦＬＢ１がタップされると、運用コース別関連銘柄に対する買付可能金額で購入可能な金融商品のみを買付選択ボタンとして表示させるようにしてもよい。 In addition, on the portfolio construction screen, a financial product filtering button FLB1 for narrowing down the financial products to be purchased is displayed in the upper right of the screen.
As a non-limiting example, when the financial product filtering button FLB1 is tapped, the type of financial product displayed as a purchase selection button in each related issue selection area (as a non-limiting example, "stocks" and "investment trusts" ) can be narrowed down.
Note that when the financial product filtering button FLB1 is tapped, only financial products that can be purchased with the purchaseable amount for the related issue by investment course may be displayed as purchase selection buttons.
　関連銘柄選択領域ＲＳＲ２の下には、買付選択ボタンへの操作により選択された運用コース別関連銘柄に対して買い付け注文を行うための「購入」の文字で示される買い付けボタンＰＢ３と、「中止」の文字で示される買い付け中止ボタンとが表示されている。 Beneath the related issue selection area RSR2 are a buy button PB3 indicated by the words "buy" for placing a buy order for the related issue by operation course selected by operating the buy selection button, and a "stop" button. ] is displayed.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって各関連銘柄選択領域の買付選択ボタンが選択され、買い付けボタンＰＢ３がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図３－３右側の金融商品発注画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, when the user selects the purchase selection button in each related issue selection area and taps the purchase button PB3, as a non-limiting example, the financial product order screen on the right side of FIG. Transition.
　この画面では、限定ではなく例として、関連銘柄選択領域ＲＳＲ１において「Ｘ社株」の買い付けが選択されたことに基づいて、「Ｘ社」の株式を指値「４００」で「１，０００」株発注することが初期条件として設定されている。また、「Ｘ社」の株式に対する買付可能金額が「４００，０００」円であることが示されている。 On this screen, as an example and not a limitation, based on the purchase of "X company stock" being selected in the related stock selection area RSR1, "1,000" stocks of "X company" at a limit price of "400" are displayed. Ordering is set as an initial condition. In addition, it is shown that the purchaseable amount for the shares of "X company" is "400,000 yen".
＜第３変形例（２）＞
　第３実施例では、仮想運用情報を証券取引アプリケーション上で表示させる例を示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、ポイント運用アプリケーション上で仮想運用情報を表示させるようにしてもよい。限定ではなく例として、図２－４中央の広告表示領域ＢＡＲ１内に、仮想運用情報を表示させることができる。 <Third modification (2)>
In the third embodiment, an example in which virtual operation information is displayed on a securities trading application has been shown, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A may cause the virtual operation information to be displayed on the point operation application. By way of example and not limitation, virtual operational information may be displayed within the advertising display area BAR1 in the center of FIGS. 2-4.
　この場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、広告表示領域内の表示情報（以下、「バナー広告情報」と呼称する。）を端末２０Ａに送信する前に、ポイント運用ポートフォリオ情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する。証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、類似ポートフォリオ選定処理を実行し、仮想運用情報を生成する。そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、生成した仮想運用情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０に送信する。その後、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、受信した仮想運用情報に基づいて、バナー広告情報を生成し、端末２０Ａに送信する。 In this case, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the point investment portfolio information through the communication I/F 14 before transmitting the display information in the advertisement display area (hereinafter referred to as "banner advertisement information") to the terminal 20A. Send to securities trading server 40 . The control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 executes similar portfolio selection processing and generates virtual investment information. And the control part 41 of the securities transaction server 40 transmits the produced|generated virtual operation information to the server 10 by communication I/F44. After that, the control unit 11 of the server 10 generates banner advertisement information based on the received virtual operation information, and transmits it to the terminal 20A.
＜第４実施例＞
　第４実施例は、ユーザがポイント運用サービスにおいて運用中のポイントを、ポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携する証券取引サービスの証券口座に移行させる実施例である。 <Fourth embodiment>
The fourth embodiment is an embodiment in which the user's points under management in the point management service are transferred to a securities account of a securities transaction service affiliated with the point management service provider.
　第４実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 The content described in the fourth embodiment can be applied to each of the other embodiments and each of the other modifications.
Moreover, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected about the component same as an already-appearing component, and description for the second time is abbreviate|omitted.
　第４実施例における各装置の機能構成としては、限定ではなく例として、第１実施例における機能構成を用いることができるため、再度の説明を省略する。
　また、端末２０Ａのユーザは、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用サービスを経由して、証券取引サービスのアカウント（証券口座）を開設済みであるとする。すなわち、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データ４５３には、証券取引アプリケーションＩＤとポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤとが関連付けて記憶されていることとする。 As for the functional configuration of each device in the fourth embodiment, the functional configuration in the first embodiment can be used as an example, not as a limitation, so a repetitive description will be omitted.
Also, as a non-limiting example, it is assumed that the user of the terminal 20A has already opened an account (securities account) for a securities trading service via a point management service. In other words, the securities transaction application ID and the point management application ID are associated and stored in the securities transaction application account registration data 453 .
＜表示画面＞
　図４－１～図４－２は、本実施例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図４－１左側は、限定ではなく例として、図１－１３左側と同様のユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示されるポイント運用アプリケーションの運用状況確認画面である。 <Display screen>
4-1 and 4-2 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The left side of FIG. 4-1 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, the same user A.P. 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A. FIG.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってその他メニューボタンがタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図４－１右側の画面に表示が遷移する。この画面では、ポイント運用アプリケーションのその他メニュー画面であることを示す「その他」の文字がタイトル表示領域内に表示されている。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the Other menu button, the display transitions to the screen on the right side of Figure 4-1 as an example and not a limitation. In this screen, the characters "Others" are displayed in the title display area to indicate that it is the other menu screen of the point management application.
　タイトル表示領域の下には、その他メニューの内容を選択させるためのメニュー選択領域ＭＮ３が表示されている。この例では、おしらせボタンと、利用規約確認ボタンとに加えて、運用中のポイントを証券口座の買付可能金額へ移行するための「ポイント移行」の文字で示されるポイント移行ボタンがメニュー選択領域ＭＮ３内に加えて表示されている。 Below the title display area, a menu selection area MN3 for selecting the contents of other menus is displayed. In this example, in addition to the notification button and the terms of use confirmation button, the point transfer button indicated by the characters "point transfer" for transferring the points under operation to the purchaseable amount of the securities account is displayed in the menu selection area. Displayed in addition in MN3.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント移行ボタンがタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図４－２左側の画面に表示が遷移する。この画面では、ポイント運用アプリケーションのポイント移行画面であることを示す「ポイント移行」の文字がタイトル表示領域内に表示されている。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the point transfer button, the display transitions to the screen on the left side of Figure 4-2 as an example and not a limitation. In this screen, the characters "point transfer" indicating that it is the point transfer screen of the point management application are displayed in the title display area.
　タイトル表示領域の下には、ポイント運用サービスで運用中のポイントを移行する移行先である「ポイント移行先：ＹＹ証券口座」の文字が枠に囲まれて表示されている。また、その下には、ポイント運用サービスで運用中のポイントを移行するときの変換レートである移行レートが「１ｐｔ＝１円」の文字で示され、ポイント運用サービスでの「１」ポイントが証券口座において「１」円として移行されることが示されている。 Below the title display area, the text "Point Transfer Destination: YY Securities Account", which is the transfer destination for the points being transferred in the point management service, is displayed surrounded by a frame. Below that, the transfer rate, which is the conversion rate when transferring points under operation in the point management service, is shown in characters of "1 pt = 1 yen", and "1" point in the point management service is the securities It is shown to be transferred as "1" yen in the account.
　その下には、移行先に移行可能なポイント数（この場合には運用中ポイント評価額）が「２，３２０」ポイントであることが示されている。また、その下には、移行先である「ＹＹ証券口座」に移行させるポイント数を入力するための移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ１が表示されている。この例では、移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ１には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指定されたポイント数として、「２，０００」ポイントが入力され、表示されている。 Below that, the number of points that can be transferred to the transfer destination (in this case, the point evaluation value during operation) is "2,320" points. Further, below that, a transfer point number selection area PSR1 for inputting the number of points to be transferred to the transfer destination "YY securities account" is displayed. In this example, as an example and not a limitation, "2,000" points are input and displayed as the number of points specified by the user in the transfer point number selection area PSR1.
　移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ１の下には、移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ１に入力されたポイント数をポイント運用から外し、証券口座へ移す（移行する）ためのポイント移行実行ボタンＰＴＢ１が表示されている。 Under the transfer point number selection area PSR1, a point transfer execution button PTB1 is displayed for removing the number of points input in the transfer point number selection area PSR1 from point management and transferring (transferring) to a securities account.
　また、ポイント移行実行ボタンＰＴＢ１の下には、ポイント残高表示領域ＰＶＲ１と運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１とが表示されている。 Also, below the point transfer execution button PTB1, a point balance display area PVR1 and an operating point evaluation amount display area AVR1 are displayed.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント移行実行ボタンＰＴＢ１がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図４－２中央のポイント移行画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the point transfer execution button PTB1, the display transitions to the point transfer screen in the center of FIG. 4-2 as an example and not a limitation.
　この画面では、タイトル表示領域の下に、後述するポイント移行処理が実行されたことに基づいて、「２，０００ｐｔをＹＹ証券口座に移行しました」の文字が表示されている。その下には、ポイント移行処理の実行結果についての詳細情報を表示するためのポイント移行結果確認領域ＴＲＲ１が表示されている。 On this screen, the text "2,000pt transferred to YY securities account" is displayed below the title display area based on the point transfer processing described later. Below that, a point transfer result confirmation area TRR1 for displaying detailed information about the execution result of the point transfer process is displayed.
　この画面では、ポイント移行結果確認領域ＴＲＲ１には、ポイント移行を行った日時「２０２０年１２月２８日8時５５分」の文字と、ＹＹ証券口座に移したポイント数である「移行ポイント数：２，０００ポイント」の文字と、ポイント移行を行ったときの移行レートである「移行レート：１ポイント＝１円」の文字とが表示されている。 On this screen, in the point transfer result confirmation area TRR1, the date and time of the point transfer "December 28, 2020 8:55" and the number of points transferred to the YY securities account "Number of transferred points: 2,000 points" and the characters "transfer rate: 1 point = 1 yen", which is the transfer rate when the points are transferred.
　また、ポイント移行処理が実行されたことに伴い、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１では、運用中ポイント評価額が移行前の「２，３２０」ポイントから「３２０」ポイントに「２，０００」ポイント分減少したことが示されている。 In addition, in accordance with the execution of the point transfer process, in the operating point appraisal value display area AVR1, the operating point appraisal value has increased from "2,320" points before the transfer to "320" points to "2,000" points. It is shown that the
　図４－２右側の画面は、ポイント移行処理が実行された後、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて表示される、証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面の一例である。
　なお、図４－２中央の画面において、ユーザによってポイント移行結果確認領域ＴＲＲ１がタップされると、本画面に遷移するようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 The screen on the right side of FIG. 4-2 is an example of a stock trading application home screen that is displayed based on a user operation, by way of example and not limitation, after the point transfer process has been executed.
Note that when the user taps the point transfer result confirmation area TRR1 on the screen in the center of FIG. 4-2, the screen may or may not transition to this screen.
　証券タイトル表示領域の下には、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１が表示されている。
　限定ではなく例として、ポイント移行処理前には、この証券口座に、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指定された入金用銀行口座から「６００，０００」円が入金済みであったとする。
　ポイント移行処理において「２，０００」ポイントが「１ポイント＝１円」の移行レートでＹＹ証券口座に移されたことに基づいて、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額が「２，０００」円増額され、「６０２，０００」円となったことが表示されている。
　また、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額の増額に伴い、資産総額も「６０２，０００」円に増えたことが表示されている。 An asset balance display area BVR1 is displayed below the security title display area.
By way of example and not limitation, assume that "600,000" yen has already been deposited into this brokerage account from a deposit bank account specified by the user, as an example and not by way of limitation, prior to the point transfer process.
Based on the fact that "2,000" points have been transferred to the YY securities account at the transfer rate of "1 point = 1 yen" in the point transfer process, the amount available for purchase is "2,000" in the asset balance display area BVR1. ' increased to '602,000'.
Further, in the asset balance display area BVR1, it is displayed that the total asset amount has increased to "602,000" yen as the purchaseable amount has increased.
　資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１の下には、証券取引アプリケーションにおけるユーザへの重要なお知らせを表示するための重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１が表示されている。この画面では、重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１に、ポイント運用サービスＸＸにおいてポイント移行処理が行われた結果、証券口座への「２，０００」円の入金が行われたことを示すお知らせＮＴ１が表示されている。 Under the asset balance display area BVR1, an important notice display area NTR1 for displaying important notices to the user in the securities trading application is displayed. In this screen, a notification NT1 indicating that "2,000 yen" has been deposited into the securities account as a result of the point transfer processing in the point management service XX is displayed in the important notification display area NTR1. there is
　重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１の下には、この証券口座における保有金融商品の一覧を示すための保有銘柄確認領域ＡＢＲ１が表示されている。この保有銘柄確認領域ＡＢＲ１では、ユーザがこの証券口座で金融商品を買い付けていないため、「株式」や「投資信託」等の種類別項目には、「保有なし」の文字が表示されている。 Underneath the important notice display area NTR1 is displayed a holding brand confirmation area ABR1 for showing a list of financial instruments held in this securities account. In this holding brand confirmation area ABR1, since the user has not purchased any financial product with this securities account, the type items such as "stocks" and "investment trusts" are displayed with "not held".
＜処理＞
　図４－３は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａ（ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０）の制御部２１が実行する処理、サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１が実行する処理の一例を示している。 <Processing>
FIG. 4C is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In this figure, from the left side, processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A (user AA's terminal 20), processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10, and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 An example of processing is shown.
　なお、本処理に先立って、端末２０Ａのユーザによって、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントと、証券取引サービスのアカウントとが開設（登録）され、任意のポイントがポイント運用に追加されていることとする。 It should be noted that, prior to this process, the user of the terminal 20A has opened (registered) an account for the point management service and an account for the securities trading service, and has added arbitrary points to the point management.
　まず、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、現在の指標値に基づく端末２０Ａのアカウントにおける運用中ポイント評価額を含む運用中ポイント情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｐ４１０）。なお、運用中ポイント情報に、端末２０Ａのアカウントにおける運用ポイント残高を含めるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。また、運用中ポイント情報に、限定ではなく例として、サーバ１０のユーザによってあらかじめ設定される、ポイントを移行する時の移行レートを含めるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 First, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits to the terminal 20A through the communication I/F 14 the operating point information including the operating point evaluation amount in the account of the terminal 20A based on the current index value (P410). Note that the operating point information may or may not include the operating point balance in the account of the terminal 20A. In addition, as a non-limiting example, the operating point information may or may not include a transfer rate set in advance by the user of the server 10 when transferring points.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０から運用中ポイント情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受信した運用中ポイント情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ４１０）。そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの入出力部２３に対する入力（ユーザ操作）に基づいて、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントへ移すポイント数である移行ポイント数を受け付ける（Ａ４２０）。 When the operating point information is received from the server 10 via the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A displays the received operating point information on the display unit 24 (A410). Then, as a non-limiting example, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A is based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A. The number of transition points is accepted (A420).
　すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受け付けた移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下であるか否かを判定する（Ａ４３０）。 Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A determines whether or not the received transfer point number is equal to or less than the operating point evaluation amount (A430).
　受け付けた移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下の場合（Ａ４３０：ＹＥＳ）、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、移行ポイント数を含むポイント移行依頼情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０に送信する（Ａ４４０）。 If the received number of points to be transferred is equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation (A430: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits point transfer request information including the number of points to be transferred to the server 10 via the communication I/F 22 (A440 ).
　受け付けた移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額より大きい場合（Ａ４３０：ＮＯ）端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、処理を終了させる。 If the number of points to be transferred that has been accepted is greater than the evaluation value of points under operation (A430: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａからポイント移行依頼情報を受信する場合（Ｐ４２０：ＹＥＳ）、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント移行処理を実行する（Ｐ４３０）。 When the communication I/F 14 receives the point transfer request information from the terminal 20A (P420: YES), the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes point transfer processing (P430).
　なお、端末２０ＡにおいてＡ４３０のステップをスキップし、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント移行依頼情報によって受け付けた移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下の場合にのみポイント移行処理を実行するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Note that step A430 is skipped in the terminal 20A, and the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the point transfer process only when the number of transfer points accepted by the point transfer request information is equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation. may or may not be so.
　ポイント移行処理において、まず、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、移行ポイント数分のポイントをポイント運用から外す（移行ポイント数分売る）。そして、発生した移行ポイント数のポイントを、移行レートに従い、移行先である証券口座の法定通貨単位に変換する。以下では、変換されたポイント数を移行先通貨数と呼称する。 In the point transfer process, first, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes the points equivalent to the number of transfer points from point management (sells the number of transfer points). Then, according to the transfer rate, the generated transfer point number is converted into the legal currency unit of the securities account to which the transfer is made. Below, the number of converted points is referred to as the number of destination currencies.
　そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、端末２０Ａのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、移行先通貨数とを含むポイント入金依頼情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する（Ｐ４４０）。 Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits point deposit request information including the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of destination currencies to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14 (P440).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０からポイント入金依頼情報を受信する場合（Ｓ４１０：ＹＥＳ）、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント入金処理を受信する（Ｓ４２０）。 When point deposit request information is received from the server 10 via the communication I/F 44 (S410: YES), the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 receives point deposit processing (S420).
　ポイント入金処理において、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、受信した移行先通貨数を、受信したポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと紐づけられた証券取引アプリケーションアカウントＩＤのアカウントにおける買付可能金額に加算する。 In the point deposit process, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 adds the received number of destination currencies to the purchaseable amount in the account of the securities transaction application account ID linked to the received point management application ID.
　その後、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント入金処理後の買付可能金額を含む入金結果情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａに送信する。そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、処理を終了させる。 After that, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 transmits payment result information including the purchaseable amount after the point payment processing to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44. Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 terminates the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０からポイント入金依頼情報を受信しない場合（Ｓ４１０：ＮＯ）、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、処理を終了させる。 If point deposit request information is not received from the server 10 via the communication I/F 44 (S410: NO), the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 terminates the process.
　サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント移行処理後の運用中ポイント評価額を含むポイント移行結果情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、処理を終了させる。 The control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the point transfer result information including the in-operation point evaluation amount after the point transfer process to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14. Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
　なお、Ｓ４３０のステップにおいて、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、入金結果情報をサーバ１０に対しても送信するようにしてもよい。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、証券取引サーバ４０から入金結果情報を受信すると、ポイント移行結果情報を端末２０Ａに送信するようにしてもよい。 In step S430, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 may also transmit the deposit result information to the server 10 as well. Then, upon receiving the deposit result information from the securities transaction server 40, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may transmit the point transfer result information to the terminal 20A.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａからポイント移行依頼情報を受信しない場合（Ｐ４２０：ＮＯ）、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、処理を終了させる。 When the communication I/F 14 does not receive the point transfer request information from the terminal 20A (P420: NO), the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０からポイント移行結果情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受信したポイント移行結果情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ４５０）。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０から入金結果情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受信した入金結果情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ４５０）。そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、処理を終了させる。 Upon receiving the point transfer result information from the server 10 via the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received point transfer result information (A450). Further, when the payment result information is received from the securities transaction server 40 through the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A displays the received payment result information on the display unit 24 (A450). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
＜第４実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、通信システム１は、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイント数であって、ユーザのポイント運用サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第１識別情報の一例）に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの移行ポイント数（限定ではなく、第１ポイント数の一例）の関連付けを解除し、移行レートに基づく法定通貨の値（限定ではなく、第１値の一例）を、ユーザの証券取引サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第２識別情報の一例）に関連付ける処理（限定ではなく、第１処理の一例）を、ユーザによるポイント移行に関する入力等の条件（限定ではなく、設定された第１条件の一例）に基づいて、通信システム１の複数の制御部によって行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、設定された第１条件に基づいて、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値をユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることができる。 <Effects of the fourth embodiment>
In this embodiment, the communication system 1 is associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, the number of points fluctuating based on the fluctuation of the index value, and the user's point management service account (not limited to the first Disassociate the number of transfer points (example of the first number of points, not limitation) of the number of points associated with the identification information (example of identification information), and the value of fiat currency based on the transfer rate (first number, not limitation) value) with the account of the user's securities trading service (not limited, but an example of the second identification information) (not limited, but an example of the first process) is performed by the user's input related to point transfer, etc. The configuration performed by the plurality of control units of the communication system 1 is shown based on (not a limitation, but an example of a set first condition).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, based on the set first condition, the association of the first number of points among the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user is canceled, A first value in units of value different from points based on the first number of points can be associated with the second identity of the user.
　また、この場合、設定された第１条件は、限定ではなく例として、移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下であるとする条件（限定ではなく、第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数に基づく条件の一例）を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数に基づく条件に基づいて、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値をユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることを、適切に行うことができる。 Also, in this case, the set first condition is not a limitation, but an example condition that the number of points to be transferred is equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation (not a limitation, but the number of points associated with the first identification information An example of a condition based on) can be included.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, based on a condition based on the number of points associated with the first identification information, the first point of the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user Disassociating the number and associating a first value in units of value, different from points, based on the first number of points, with the second identification of the user may suitably be performed.
　また、本実施例は、証券取引サービスのアカウントは、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントとは異なる（限定ではなく、第２識別情報は第１識別情報とは異なることの一例）構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、異なる識別情報に対して、ユーザのポイント数とユーザの法定通貨の値とを関連付けることができる。これにより、限定ではなく例として、ユーザの異なるアカウントで、ユーザのポイント数とユーザの法定通貨の値とを管理することができる。 In addition, this embodiment shows a configuration in which the account for the securities trading service is different from the account for the point management service (not a limitation, but an example of the fact that the second identification information is different from the first identification information).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the number of points of the user and the value of the user's legal currency can be associated with different identification information. This allows, by way of example and not limitation, a user's different accounts to manage the user's point count and the value of the user's fiat currency.
　また、この場合、ユーザの運用中ポイント評価額は、そのユーザのポイント運用口座で管理され、ユーザの法定通貨の値は、そのユーザの証券口座で管理されるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、ユーザのポイント数はユーザのポイント運用口座で第１識別情報と関連付けられる一方、ユーザの価値単位の値はユーザの証券口座で第２識別情報と関連付けられるようにすることができる。 Also, in this case, the user's in-management point evaluation amount can be managed in the user's point management account, and the legal currency value of the user can be managed in the user's securities account.
As an example of the advantages of embodiments obtained by such a configuration, the user's point number is associated with a first identification in the user's points management account, while the value of the user's denomination is associated with a second identification in the user's brokerage account. It can be associated with information.
　また、この場合、第１処理は、移行ポイント数分のポイントをポイント運用口座のポイント数から減算し、発生した移行ポイント数のポイントを、移行レートに基づき、移行先である証券口座の法定通貨単位に変換して、証券口座の買付可能金額に加算する処理を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、ポイント運用口座のポイント数から第１ポイント数を減算し、証券口座の価値単位の値に第１値を加算することによって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられた第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１値をユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることができる。 Also, in this case, the first process subtracts the points equivalent to the number of transfer points from the number of points in the point management account, and converts the points corresponding to the number of transfer points based on the transfer rate into the legal currency of the securities account to which the transfer is made. It is possible to include a process of converting to a unit and adding it to the purchaseable amount of the securities account.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, by subtracting the first point number from the point number of the point management account and adding the first value to the value unit value of the security account, the user's first A first number of points associated with one identity can be disassociated and a first value can be associated with a second identity of the user.
　また、本実施例は、証券取引サーバ４０（限定ではなく、第２情報処理装置の一例）と通信するサーバ１０（限定ではなく、第１情報処理装置の一例）は、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイント数であって、ユーザのポイント運用サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第１識別情報の一例）に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの移行ポイント数（限定ではなく、第１ポイント数の一例）の関連付けを解除する処理を、ユーザによるポイント移行に関する入力等の条件（限定ではなく、設定された条件の一例）に基づいて制御部１１によって行う。そして、サーバ１０は、移行レートに基づく法定通貨の値（限定ではなく、第１値の一例）を、ユーザの証券取引サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第２識別情報の一例）に関連付けることを依頼するポイント入金依頼情報（限定ではなく、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の値である第１値を、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報の一例）を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第１情報処理装置は、設定された条件に基づいて、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除することができる。また、第１情報処理装置は、第２情報処理装置に、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値をユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けさせることができる。 Further, in this embodiment, the server 10 (not limited, but an example of the second information processing device) communicating with the securities trading server 40 (not limited, but an example of the second information processing device) receives a variable index value and the number of points associated with the user's point management service account (not limited, but an example of the first identification information), which is the number of points that are changed based on the change in the index value. The control unit 11 performs the process of canceling the association of the number (not a limitation, but an example of the first point number) based on conditions such as an input by the user regarding the point transfer (not a limitation, but an example of a set condition) . The server 10 then associates the fiat currency value based on the transfer rate (an example, without limitation, of a first value) with the user's securities trading service account (an example, without limitation, of second identification information). Point deposit request information to be requested (not limited, but an example of information related to associating a first value, which is a value in units of value different from points based on the number of first points, with second identification information of the user) /F14 to transmit to the securities trading server 40. FIG.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the first information processing device calculates the number of first points out of the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user based on the set conditions. Can be disassociated. In addition, the first information processing device can cause the second information processing device to associate a first value, which is based on the number of first points and is a unit of value different from points, with the second identification information of the user.
　また、本実施例は、値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイント数であって、ユーザのポイント運用サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第１識別情報の一例）に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの移行ポイント数（限定ではなく、第１ポイント数の一例）の関連付けが、ユーザによるポイント移行に関する入力等の条件（限定ではなく、設定された条件の一例）に基づいてサーバ１０（限定ではなく、第１情報処理装置の一例）によって解除される。
　サーバ１０と通信する証券取引サーバ４０（限定ではなく、第２情報処理装置の一例）は、移行レートに基づく法定通貨の値（限定ではなく、第１値の一例）を、ユーザの証券取引サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第２識別情報の一例）に関連付けることを依頼するポイント入金依頼情報（限定ではなく、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の値である第１値を、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報の一例）を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０から受信する。そして、証券取引サーバ４０は、受信したポイント入金依頼情報に基づいて、ポイント入金処理（限定ではなく、第１ポイント数に基づく第１値を第２識別情報に関連付ける処理の一例）を制御部４１によって行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、設定された条件に基づいて、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けが第１情報処理装置によって解除される。その上で、第２情報処理装置は、第１情報処理装置から受信した情報に基づいて、第１ポイント数に基づく、ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値をユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることができる。 In addition, in this embodiment, the number of points associated with the index value whose value fluctuates and fluctuated based on the fluctuation of the index value is the user's point management service account (not limited to, the first identification information One example) of the number of points associated with the number of points to be transferred (not limited, but an example of the first number of points) is associated with conditions such as input by the user regarding point transfer ) by the server 10 (not a limitation, but an example of the first information processing device).
A stock exchange server 40 (an example, without limitation, of a second information processing device) in communication with the server 10 sends a fiat currency value (an example, without limitation, of a first value) based on the transition rate to the user's stock exchange service. Point deposit request information (not limited, but an example of second identification information) requesting association with the account of , an example of information relating to association with the user's second identification information) is received from the server 10 by the communication I/F 44 . Then, based on the received point deposit request information, the securities trading server 40 controls the control unit 41 to perform point deposit processing (not limited, but an example of processing for associating a first value based on the first point number with the second identification information). shows the configuration performed by
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, based on the set conditions, the association of the first number of points among the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user is performed by the first information processing apparatus. released by Then, based on the information received from the first information processing device, the second information processing device associates a first value, which is based on the number of first points and is a unit of value different from points, with the second identification information of the user. be able to.
＜第４変形例（１）＞
　第４実施例では、ポイント入金依頼情報には端末２０Ａのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、移行先通貨数とを含むようにしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、ポイント入金依頼情報には端末２０Ａのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、移行ポイント数と、移行レートとを含むようにしてもよい。なお、証券取引サーバ４０のユーザによって移行レートが設定され、サーバ１０に送信される場合、ポイント入金依頼情報には移行レートを含まないようにしてもよい。 <Fourth Modification (1)>
In the fourth embodiment, the point deposit request information includes the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of destination currencies, but is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, the point deposit request information may include the point management application ID of the terminal 20A, the number of transfer points, and the transfer rate. Note that when a transfer rate is set by the user of the securities transaction server 40 and transmitted to the server 10, the point deposit request information may not include the transfer rate.
　この場合、通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０からポイント入金依頼情報を受信すると、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、受信した移行ポイント数を、移行レートに従い、移行先通貨数に変換する。 In this case, when the point deposit request information is received from the server 10 via the communication I/F 44, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 converts the received transfer point number into the transfer destination currency number according to the transfer rate.
＜第４変形例（２）＞
　第４実施例では、移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下である場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント移行処理を実行することとしたが、これに限定されない。
　限定ではなく例として、移行ポイント数が運用ポイント残高以下である場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント移行処理を実行するようにしてもよい。 <Fourth Modification (2)>
In the fourth embodiment, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes point transfer processing when the number of transfer points is equal to or less than the in-service point evaluation amount, but the present invention is not limited to this.
As an example and not a limitation, when the number of transfer points is equal to or less than the operational point balance, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may execute point transfer processing.
　この場合、ポイント移行処理において、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、移行ポイント数分のポイントを運用ポイント残高から差し引く。そして、移行ポイント数のポイントを、移行レートに従い、移行先通貨数へと変換する。 In this case, in the point transfer process, the control unit 11 of the server 10 deducts the number of transferred points from the operational point balance. Then, the number of transfer points is converted into the number of destination currencies according to the transfer rate.
＜第４変形例（３）＞
　第４実施例では、移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下である場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント移行処理を実行することとしたが、これに限定されない。
　限定ではなく例として、移行ポイント数が運用ポイント残高と運用中ポイント評価額との合計値以下である場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント移行処理を実行するようにしてもよい。 <Fourth modification (3)>
In the fourth embodiment, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes point transfer processing when the number of transfer points is equal to or less than the in-service point evaluation amount, but the present invention is not limited to this.
As an example and not a limitation, when the number of points to be transferred is equal to or less than the total value of the operational point balance and the point evaluation value during operation, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may execute point transfer processing.
　図４－４は、本変形例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図４－４左側は、限定ではなく例として、図４－１右側のその他メニュー画面において、ユーザによってポイント移行ボタンがタップされた場合のポイント移行画面の別例である。 FIG. 4-4 is a diagram showing an example of transition of screens displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modified example.
The left side of FIG. 4-4 is another example of the point transfer screen when the point transfer button is tapped by the user on the other menu screen on the right side of FIG. 4-1 as an example and not limitation.
　この画面では、移行レートの下に、移行先に移行可能なポイント数（この場合には運用中ポイント評価額と運用ポイント残高との合計値）が「３，６５０＋２，３２０」＝「５，９７０」ポイントであることが示されている。 On this screen, under the transfer rate, the number of points that can be transferred to the transfer destination (in this case, the total value of the evaluation value of points under operation and the balance of points under operation) is "3,650+2,320"="5,970". ” point.
　また、移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ２には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指定されたポイント数として、「５，０００」ポイントが入力され、表示されている。 Also, as an example and not a limitation, "5,000" points are input and displayed as the number of points specified by the user in the transfer point number selection area PSR2.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント移行実行ボタンＰＴＢ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図４－４中央のポイント移行画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the point transfer execution button PTB2, the display transitions to the point transfer screen in the center of FIG. 4-4 as an example and not a limitation.
　この画面では、タイトル表示領域の下に、ポイント移行処理が実行されたことに基づいて、「５，０００ｐｔをＹＹ証券口座に移行しました」の文字が表示されている。その下には、ポイント移行結果確認領域ＴＲＲ２が表示されている。 On this screen, the text "5,000pt transferred to YY securities account" is displayed below the title display area based on the point transfer processing being executed. Below that, a point transfer result confirmation area TRR2 is displayed.
　ポイント移行結果確認領域ＴＲＲ２には、ポイント移行を行った日時「２０２０年１２月２８日8：５５」の文字と、ＹＹ証券口座に移したポイント数である「移行ポイント数：５，０００ポイント」の文字と、ポイント移行を行ったときの移行レートである「移行レート：１ポイント＝１円」の文字とが表示されている。 In the point transfer result confirmation area TRR2, the date and time of the point transfer "December 28, 2020 8:55" and the number of points transferred to the YY securities account "Points transferred: 5,000 points" and the characters "transfer rate: 1 point = 1 yen", which is the transfer rate when the points are transferred.
　ポイント移行処理が実行されたことに伴い、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１では、運用中ポイント評価額が移行前の「２，３２０」ポイントから「０」ポイントに「２，３２０」ポイント分減少したことが示されている。 Along with the execution of the point transfer process, in the operating point evaluation value display area AVR1, the operating point evaluation value is decreased from "2,320" points before transfer to "0" points by "2,320" points. It is shown that
　また、ポイント残高表示領域ＰＶＲ１では、移行ポイント数「５，０００」ポイントから運用中ポイント評価額「２，３２０」ポイントを差し引いた「２，６８０」ポイントが不足していることに基づいて、運用ポイント残高が移行前の「３，６５０」ポイントから「９７０」ポイントに運用中ポイント評価額からの不足分である「２，６８０」ポイント分減少したことが示されている。 In addition, in the point balance display area PVR1, based on the fact that "2,680" points, which is obtained by subtracting the evaluation value of points under operation of "2,320" from the number of transfer points of "5,000", is insufficient. It shows that the point balance has decreased from "3,650" points before migration to "970" points by "2,680" points, which is the shortfall from the point evaluation value during operation.
　なお、運用ポイント残高から優先的に移行ポイント数分を差し引くようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 It should be noted that it is possible to preferentially deduct the number of transfer points from the operational point balance, or it is not necessary to do so.
　図４－４右側の画面は、ポイント移行処理が実行された後、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて表示される、証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面の一例である。 The screen on the right side of FIG. 4-4 is an example of the stock trading application home screen that is displayed based on the user's operation after the point transfer process has been executed, as an example and not as a limitation.
　限定ではなく例として、ポイント移行処理前には、この証券口座に、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指定された入金用銀行口座から「６００，０００」円が入金済みであったとする。
　ポイント移行処理において「５，０００」ポイントが「１ポイント＝１円」の移行レートでＹＹ証券口座に移されたことに基づいて、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額が「５，０００」円増額され、「６０５，０００」円となったことが表示されている。
　また、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額の増額に伴い、資産総額も「６０５，０００」円に増えたことが表示されている。 By way of example and not limitation, assume that "600,000" yen has already been deposited into this brokerage account from a deposit bank account specified by the user, as an example and not by way of limitation, prior to the point transfer process.
Based on the fact that "5,000" points have been transferred to the YY securities account at the transfer rate of "1 point = 1 yen" in the point transfer process, the amount available for purchase is "5,000" in the asset balance display area BVR1. ' increased to '605,000'.
In addition, in the asset balance display area BVR1, it is displayed that the total asset amount has increased to "605,000" yen as the purchaseable amount has increased.
　重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１に、ポイント運用サービスＸＸにおいてポイント移行処理が行われた結果、証券口座への「５，０００」円の入金が行われたことを示すお知らせＮＴ２が表示されている。 In the important notification display area NTR1, a notification NT2 is displayed indicating that "5,000" yen has been deposited into the security account as a result of the point transfer processing performed by the point management service XX.
　本変形例における処理は、限定ではなく例として、図４－３のＡ４３０のステップにおいて、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受け付けた移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額と運用ポイント残高との合計値以下であるか否かを判定する。 As an example and not a limitation, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A, in step A430 in FIG. Determine whether or not:
　図４－３のＰ４３０のステップにおいて、移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額を上回る場合、まず、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイントをポイント運用から全ポイント数外す（全額売る）。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、不足分のポイントを運用ポイント残高から差し引く。そして、移行ポイント数のポイントを、移行レートに従い、移行先通貨数へと変換する。 In step P430 of FIG. 4-3, if the number of points to be transferred exceeds the point evaluation value during operation, first, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes all points from point management (sells all points). Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 deducts the insufficient points from the operational point balance. Then, the number of transfer points is converted into the number of destination currencies according to the transfer rate.
＜第４変形例（４）＞
　第４実施例では、ポイント運用における指標値が一つの例を示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、第２実施例に従って、指標値を複数設定し、それぞれの指標値に連動するポイント運用コースを設けるようにしてもよい。 <Fourth modification (4)>
In the fourth embodiment, an example of one index value in point management was shown, but it is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, a plurality of index values may be set according to the second embodiment, and a point management course linked to each index value may be provided.
　この場合、移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント総評価額以下である場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント移行処理を実行する。なお、ポイント移行処理において、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント運用における運用損益が小さい運用コースから優先してポイント運用から外す（売る）ようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 In this case, if the number of transfer points is equal to or less than the total evaluation value of points under operation, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes point transfer processing. Note that in the point transfer process, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may or may not preferentially remove (sell) from the point management the operation course with the smallest operational profit and loss in the point management.
＜第４変形例（５）＞
　第４実施例では、ポイント運用サービスを提供するサーバ１０で管理されるアカウントからから証券取引サーバ４０で管理されるアカウントへポイントの移行が行われたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、サーバ１０と、証券取引サーバ４０との他に、ポイントサービスを管理するための不図示のポイント管理サーバを設け、ポイント管理サーバを介してサーバ１０から証券取引サーバ４０へのポイントの移行が行われるようにしてもよい。 <Fourth modification (5)>
In the fourth embodiment, the points are transferred from the account managed by the server 10 that provides the point management service to the account managed by the securities trading server 40, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, in addition to the server 10 and the securities transaction server 40, a point management server (not shown) for managing the point service is provided, and the server 10 to the securities transaction server 40 via the point management server. Points may be transferred.
　この場合、ポイント管理サーバの記憶部には、限定ではなく例として、ポイントアプリケーションアカウント登録データとポイントアプリケーションアカウント管理データベースとが記憶される。 In this case, the point application account registration data and the point application account management database are stored in the storage unit of the point management server, for example and not limitation.
　ポイントアプリケーションアカウント登録データは、アプリケーション（この例ではポイントアプリケーション）のアカウントに関する登録データであり、ポイントアプリケーションアカウント登録データには、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ名と、ポイントアプリケーションＩＤと、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、その他登録情報とが関連付けて記憶される。 The point application account registration data is registration data related to the account of the application (in this example, the point application). The point application account registration data includes, by way of example and not limitation, the user name, the point application ID, and the point management application ID. and other registration information are stored in association with each other.
　ユーザ名は、ポイントアプリケーションを利用する端末２０のアカウントの名称であり、限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザがポイントアプリケーションを利用する際に登録する名称が記憶される。 The user name is the name of the account of the terminal 20 that uses the point application, and as an example, not as a limitation, the name that the user of the terminal 20 registers when using the point application is stored.
　ポイントアプリケーションＩＤは、ポイントアプリケーションのアカウント（ポイントサービスのアカウント）を識別するために用いられる情報、またはアカウントそのものである。 A point application ID is information used to identify a point application account (point service account) or the account itself.
　ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤには、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントをポイントアプリケーションＩＤと紐づけるために用いられる情報である。 The point management application ID is information used to associate the account of the point management service with the point application ID.
　なお、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント登録データ１５３において、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤとポイントアプリケーションＩＤとを紐付けて記憶させるようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 Note that in the point management application account registration data 153, the point management application ID and the point application ID may be linked and stored, or may not be stored.
　その他登録情報には、限定ではなく例として、端末２０を識別するための識別情報、端末２０の電話番号（端末電話番号）、メールアドレス（端末メールアドレス）、ポイント運用アプリケーションにおける各種の認証に利用されるパスワード（ログインパスワード、認証パスワード等）等の認証情報といった各種の情報を含めるようにすることができる。 The other registered information includes, for example and not limitation, identification information for identifying the terminal 20, the telephone number of the terminal 20 (terminal telephone number), the email address (terminal email address), and various authentications in the point management application. Various types of information such as authentication information such as a password (login password, authentication password, etc.) can be included.
　ポイントアプリケーションアカウント管理データベースは、ポイントアプリケーションにおけるアカウントごとのポイント付与状況を管理するための管理用のデータベースであり、アカウントごとの管理データとして、ポイントアプリケーションアカウント管理データが記憶される。 The point application account management database is a management database for managing the point grant status for each account in the point application, and stores point application account management data as management data for each account.
　各々のポイントアプリケーションアカウント管理データには、限定ではなく例として、ポイントアプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザ名と、ポイント残高とが記憶される。 Each point application account management data stores, as a non-limiting example, a point application ID, a user name, and a point balance.
　ポイントアプリケーションＩＤは、ポイントアプリケーションアカウント登録データにおいて登録済みのアカウントを識別するための識別情報としてのＩＤである。
　ユーザ名は、限定ではなく例として、ポイントアプリケーションアカウント登録データに記憶される、このアプリケーションＩＤと紐づけられたユーザ名である。
　ポイント残高は、このアカウントに付与されているポイントの残高（ポイント数）である。限定ではなく例として、ポイント管理サービスを提供する事業者と提携する事業者の商品の購入やサービスの利用に対してポイント残高が増加する（ポイントが付与される）。 The point application ID is an ID as identification information for identifying a registered account in the point application account registration data.
The user name is, by way of example and not limitation, the user name associated with this application ID stored in the point application account registration data.
The point balance is the balance of points (the number of points) given to this account. As an example and not as a limitation, point balances are increased (points are awarded) for purchases of products and use of services of businesses affiliated with businesses that provide point management services.
　端末２０Ａのユーザは、ポイント運用サービスを利用する場合、ポイント管理サービスのアカウントからポイント運用サービスのアカウントへとポイントを移動させ、その後、ポイント運用を行う。 When the user of the terminal 20A uses the point management service, the user transfers the points from the point management service account to the point management service account, and then uses the points.
　ポイント管理サービスのアカウントからポイント運用サービスのアカウントへのポイントの移動において、まず、ポイント管理サーバは、ポイントアプリケーションアカウント管理データのポイント残高から所定のポイント数を減額する。そして、ポイント管理サーバは、ポイント運用サービスのサーバ１０に、所定のポイント数とポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤとを含む運用ポイント移行依頼情報を送信する。運用ポイント移行依頼情報を受信すると、サーバ１０は、所定のポイント数を指定されたポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤの運用ポイント残高に加算する。 When transferring points from the point management service account to the point management service account, the point management server first subtracts a predetermined number of points from the point balance in the point application account management data. Then, the point management server transmits operation point transfer request information including a predetermined number of points and a point operation application ID to the point operation service server 10 . Upon receiving the management point transfer request information, the server 10 adds a predetermined number of points to the management point balance of the designated point management application ID.
　ポイント運用サービスのアカウントにおける運用ポイント残高を証券取引サービスのアカウントに移行させる場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、限定ではなく例として、ポイント移行処理において、移行ポイント数分のポイントをポイント運用から外す（移行ポイント数分売る）。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、移行ポイント数を含むポイント移行要求情報をポイント管理サーバに送信する。 When transferring the managed point balance in the account of the point management service to the account of the securities trading service, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes the number of transferred points from the point management in the point transfer processing, for example, not as a limitation. (Sell for the number of transition points). Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits point transfer request information including the number of transfer points to the point management server.
　ポイント管理サーバは、ポイント移行要求情報をサーバ１０から受信すると、限定ではなく例として、移行ポイント数がポイント残高以下の場合、管理ポイント移行処理を実行する。管理ポイント移行処理では、ポイント管理サーバは、移行ポイント数分のポイントをポイント残高から減算する。そして、移行ポイント数のポイントを、移行レートに従い、移行先通貨数に変換する。 When the point management server receives the point transfer request information from the server 10, as an example and not as a limitation, if the number of transferred points is equal to or less than the point balance, the point management server executes management point transfer processing. In the management point transfer process, the point management server subtracts the number of transfer points from the point balance. Then, the number of transfer points is converted into the number of destination currencies according to the transfer rate.
　そして、ポイント管理サーバは、端末２０Ａのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、移行先通貨数とを含むポイント入金依頼情報を証券取引サーバ４０に送信する。その後、限定ではなく例として、図４－３のＳ４１０～Ｓ４３０のステップと同様にして、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントへとポイントが移行される。 Then, the point management server transmits point deposit request information including the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of destination currencies to the securities trading server 40. Thereafter, by way of example and not limitation, points are transferred from the point management service account to the securities trading service account in the same manner as steps S410-S430 of FIG. 4-3.
＜第５実施例＞
　第４実施例では、ユーザが移行可能なポイント数として、運用中ポイント評価額以下を指定可能な例を示したが、これに限定されない。
　第５実施例は、ユーザが移行ポイント数として任意のポイント数を指定する。そして、指標値の変動に基づいて運用中ポイント評価額が上昇し、指定された移行ポイント数に達した場合（移行ポイント数以上となったこと、または移行ポイント数を超えたことを含む。）、運用中のポイントを、ポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携する証券取引サービスの証券口座に移行させる実施例である。 <Fifth embodiment>
In the fourth embodiment, an example has been shown in which the user can designate a value equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation as the number of points that can be transferred, but the present invention is not limited to this.
In the fifth embodiment, the user designates an arbitrary number of points as the number of transfer points. Then, if the evaluation value of points during operation increases based on the fluctuation of the index value and reaches the specified number of points to be transferred (including exceeding the number of points to be transferred or exceeding the number of points to be transferred). , is an embodiment in which points in operation are transferred to a securities account of a securities trading service affiliated with a point management service provider.
　第５実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 The content described in the fifth embodiment can be applied to each of the other embodiments and other modifications.
Moreover, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected about the component same as an already-appearing component, and description for the second time is abbreviate|omitted.
＜表示画面＞
　図５－１は、本実施例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図５－１左側は、限定ではなく例として、図４－１右側のその他メニュー画面において、ユーザによってポイント移行ボタンがタップされた場合のポイント移行画面である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 5A is a diagram showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The left side of FIG. 5-1 is, as an example and not a limitation, a point transfer screen when the user taps the point transfer button on the other menu screen on the right side of FIG. 4-1.
　この画面では、移行レートの下に、即時ポイント移行が可能な移行ポイント数内でポイント移行を行うための「すぐにポイント移行する」の文字で示される成行移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ３と、指標値の変動に基づいて、運用中ポイント評価額が移行ポイント数に達する場合にポイント移行を行うための「ポイントがたまったら移行する」の文字で示される指値移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ４とが表示されている。 In this screen, under the transfer rate, a market transfer point number selection area PSR3 indicated by the words "immediate point transfer" for point transfer within the number of transfer points for which immediate point transfer is possible, and an index value Based on the change in the number of transfer points, a limit transfer point number selection area PSR4 indicated by the characters "Transfer when points are accumulated" for transferring points when the evaluation value of points under operation reaches the number of transfer points is displayed. there is
　この画面では、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指値移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ４がタップされ、選択されていることに基づいて、成行移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ３はグレーアウトの表示態様で表示され、無効化されている。成行移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ３の上には、即時ポイント移行が可能な移行ポイント数である「移行できるポイント数　２，３２０ポイント」の文字が成行移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ３と同様にグレーアウトの表示態様で表示されている。 On this screen, as an example and not a limitation, based on the fact that the limit price transition point number selection area PSR4 is tapped and selected by the user, the market transition point number selection area PSR3 is displayed in a grayed out display mode and is disabled. It is Above the market transition point number selection area PSR3, the characters "2,320 points that can be transferred", which is the number of transfer points that can be immediately transferred, are displayed in a grayed out manner in the same manner as the market transition point number selection area PSR3. is displayed in
　また、指値移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ４には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指定されたポイント数として、「２，５００」ポイントが入力され、表示されている。 In addition, as an example and not a limitation, "2,500" points are input and displayed as the number of points specified by the user in the limit price transition point number selection area PSR4.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント移行実行ボタンＰＴＢ３がタップされると、ポイント移行の予約が設定される。なお、ポイント移行実行ボタンＰＴＢ３がタップされると、運用中ポイント評価額が「２，５００」ポイントに達する場合ポイント移行が行われる設定がされたことを示す表示を表示させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the point transfer execution button PTB3, a point transfer reservation is set. It should be noted that when the point transfer execution button PTB3 is tapped, a display may be displayed indicating that the point transfer is set when the point evaluation value during operation reaches "2,500" points. , does not have to be that way.
　図５－１中央は、限定ではなく例として、図５－１左側から時間が経過した後の運用状況確認画面の一例である。
　この画面では、指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ１において、日時「２０２１年１月２９日９：１２」現在の指標値が「６，２６０」に上がったことが表示されている。また、指標値の推移を示す折れ線グラフもそれに伴い上昇している。
　このとき、図５－１左側の時点に比べて指標値が上昇したことに伴い、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１には、運用中ポイント評価額が「２，５０４」ポイントに増加し、ポイント運用損益が「＋３０４」ポイントになったことが示されている。 The center of FIG. 5-1 is, by way of example and not limitation, an example of an operation status confirmation screen after time has elapsed from the left side of FIG. 5-1.
In this screen, the index value confirmation area ICR1 displays that the index value as of the date and time “January 29, 2021 9:12” has increased to “6,260”. In addition, the line graph showing the transition of the index value also rises accordingly.
At this time, as the index value increases compared to the time on the left side of FIG. It is shown that the investment profit and loss has become "+304" points.
　また、指標値確認領域ＩＣＲ１の下には、運用中ポイント評価額が、指値移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ４において設定された移行ポイント数である「２，５００」ポイント以上となった（「２，５００」ポイントを超えた）ことに基づいて、「ポイント移行が可能です」の文字で示されるポイント移行実行ボタンＰＴＢ４が表示されている。 In addition, under the index value confirmation area ICR1, the point evaluation value during operation has become "2,500" points or more, which is the number of transfer points set in the limit price transfer point number selection area PSR4 ("2,500 "points have been exceeded"), a point transfer execution button PTB4 indicated by the characters "point transfer is possible" is displayed.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント移行実行ボタンＰＴＢ４がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図５－１右側のポイント移行画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, when the user taps the point transfer execution button PTB4, as a non-limiting example, the display transitions to the point transfer screen on the right side of FIG. 5-1.
　この画面では、タイトル表示領域の下に、ポイント移行処理が実行されたことに基づいて、「２，５００ｐｔをＹＹ証券口座に移行しました」の文字が表示されている。その下には、ポイント移行結果確認領域ＴＲＲ３が表示されている。 On this screen, the text "2,500pt transferred to YY securities account" is displayed below the title display area based on the point transfer processing being executed. Below that, a point transfer result confirmation area TRR3 is displayed.
　ポイント移行結果確認領域ＴＲＲ３には、ポイント移行を行った日時「２０２０年１月２９日９：１２」の文字と、ＹＹ証券口座に移したポイント数である「移行ポイント数：２，５００ポイント」の文字と、ポイント移行を行ったときの移行レートである「移行レート：１ポイント＝１円」の文字とが表示されている。 In the point transfer result confirmation area TRR3, the date and time of the point transfer "January 29, 2020 9:12" and the number of points transferred to the YY securities account "Points transferred: 2,500 points" and the characters "transfer rate: 1 point = 1 yen", which is the transfer rate when the points are transferred.
　ポイント移行処理が実行されたことに伴い、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１では、運用中ポイント評価額が移行前の「２，５０４」ポイントから「４」ポイントに「２，５００」ポイント分減少したことが示されている。 Along with the execution of the point transfer process, in the operating point evaluation value display area AVR1, the operating point evaluation value is decreased from "2,504" points before the transfer to "4" points by "2,500" points. It is shown that
　なお、ポイント移行実行ボタンＰＴＢ４のタップ操作なしに、運用中ポイント評価額が、指値移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ４において設定された移行ポイント数以上となる場合、自動的にポイント移行処理が実行されるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 It should be noted that, if the point transfer execution button PTB4 is not tapped and the point evaluation value during operation becomes equal to or greater than the transfer point number set in the limit price transfer point number selection area PSR4, point transfer processing is automatically executed. You may or may not.
　証券取引アプリケーション上では、ポイント移行処理が実行されると、限定ではなく例として、図４－２右側と同様に、ポイント移行処理において「２，５００」ポイントが「１ポイント＝１円」の移行レートでＹＹ証券口座に移されたことに基づいて、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額が「２，５００」円増額され、「６０２，５００」円となったことが表示される。
　また、重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１には、ポイント運用サービスＸＸにおいてポイント移行処理が行われた結果、証券口座への「２，５００」円の入金が行われたことを示すお知らせが表示される。 When the point transfer process is executed on the securities trading application, as an example and not a limitation, similar to the right side of FIG. Based on the transfer to the YY securities account at the rate, the asset balance display area BVR1 displays that the purchaseable amount has been increased by 2,500 yen to 602,500 yen.
Also, in the important notice display area NTR1, a notice indicating that "2,500 yen" has been deposited into the securities account is displayed as a result of the point transfer processing performed in the point management service XX.
　なお、図５－１左側の画面において、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって成行移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ３がタップされ、選択される場合、限定ではなく例として、成行移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ３においてユーザによって指定された成行移行ポイント数を移行ポイント数として、第４実施例と同様の処理が実行され、同様の表示が行われる。 In the screen on the left side of FIG. 5-1, as a non-limiting example, when the user taps and selects the market transition point number selection area PSR3, as a non-limiting example, the user taps the market transition point number selection area PSR3. Using the number of market transition points specified by , as the number of transition points, the same processing as in the fourth embodiment is executed, and the same display is performed.
＜処理＞
　図５－２は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａ（ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０）の制御部２１が実行する処理、サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１が実行する処理の一例を示している。 <Processing>
FIG. 5B is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In this figure, from the left side, processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A (user AA's terminal 20), processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10, and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 An example of processing is shown.
　なお、本処理に先立って、端末２０Ａのユーザによって、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントと、証券取引サービスのアカウントとが開設（登録）され、任意のポイントがポイント運用に追加されていることとする。 It should be noted that, prior to this process, the user of the terminal 20A has opened (registered) an account for the point management service and an account for the securities trading service, and has added arbitrary points to the point management.
　端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、運用中ポイント情報を表示部２４に表示させると（Ａ４１０）、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの入出力部２３に対する入力（ユーザ操作）に基づいて、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントへ移すポイント数である指値移行ポイント数を受け付ける（Ａ５１０）。 When the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the point information during operation (A410), as an example and not a limitation, based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A, the point operation service The number of points to be transferred from the account of the stock trading service to the account of the securities trading service is accepted (A510).
　そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、指値移行ポイント数を含む指値ポイント移行依頼情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０に送信する（Ａ５２０）。 Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits limit price point transfer request information including the number of limit price transfer points to the server 10 via the communication I/F 22 (A520).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａから指値ポイント移行依頼情報を受信する場合（Ｐ５１０：ＹＥＳ）、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下であるか否かを判定する（Ｐ５２０）。
　なお、Ｐ５２０において、指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額未満であるか否かを判定するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。以下同様である。 When the limit price point transfer request information is received from the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14 (P510: YES), the control unit 11 of the server 10 determines whether or not the number of limit price transfer points is equal to or less than the operating point evaluation amount. (P520).
In P520, it may or may not be determined whether or not the number of points to be transferred to the limit price is less than the point evaluation value during operation. The same applies hereinafter.
　指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下ではない場合（Ｐ５２０：ＮＯ）、時間が経過し、指標値が変動すると、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、運用中ポイント変動処理を実行する（Ｐ５３０）。
　運用中ポイント変動処理において、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、変動後の指標値に基づいて、指標値変動後の運用中ポイント評価額を算出する。なお、運用中ポイント変動処理において、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、指標値変動後の運用中ポイント評価額を含む運用ポイント変動情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信するようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 If the limit price transfer point number is not equal to or less than the operating point evaluation value (P520: NO), the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the operating point change process when the index value fluctuates with the passage of time (P530). .
In the operating point change process, the control unit 11 of the server 10 calculates the operating point evaluation amount after the index value change based on the index value after the change. In the operating point change process, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may transmit operating point change information including the operating point evaluation amount after the index value change to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14. , you don't have to.
　運用中ポイント変動処理を実行すると、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、再度Ｐ５２０のステップを実行する。 After executing the operating point change process, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes step P520 again.
　指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下である場合（Ｐ５２０：ＹＥＳ）、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、指値移行ポイント数を移行ポイント数として、Ｐ４３０以降のステップを実行する。 If the limit price transfer point number is less than or equal to the point evaluation value under operation (P520: YES), the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the steps from P430 onwards using the limit price transfer point number as the transfer point number.
　端末２０Ａから指値ポイント移行依頼情報を受信しない場合（Ｐ５１０：ＮＯ）、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、処理を終了させる。 When the limit price point transfer request information is not received from the terminal 20A (P510: NO), the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
　なお、端末２０Ａにおいて成行移行ポイント数を受け付ける場合には、限定ではなく例として、図４－３と同様に処理を実行することが可能なため、再度の説明を省略する。 It should be noted that when the number of market transition points is received at the terminal 20A, as an example and not as a limitation, the processing can be executed in the same manner as in FIG.
＜第５実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、設定された第１条件は、指標値の変動に基づいて、運用中ポイント評価額が設定ポイント数（限定ではなく、第１設定数の一例）以上となったことに関する条件、または運用中ポイント評価額が設定ポイント数を超えたことに関する条件を含む構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、指標値の変動に基づいて、第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数が第１設定数以上、または第１設定数を超えたことに関する条件に基づいて、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられた第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１ポイント数に基づく第１値をユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることができる。 <Effect of the fifth embodiment>
In this embodiment, the set first condition is a condition regarding that the point evaluation value during operation has become equal to or greater than the set number of points (not a limitation, but an example of the first set number) based on the fluctuation of the index value, Alternatively, it shows a configuration including a condition related to the point evaluation value during operation exceeding the set number of points.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, there is a Based on the condition, a first number of points associated with the first identity of the user can be disassociated and a first value based on the first number of points can be associated with the second identity of the user.
　また、この場合、限定ではなく例として、第１ポイント数を設定ポイント数（限定ではなく、第１設定数の一例）とすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数に対する閾値に相当するポイント数を第１ポイント数として、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられた第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１値をユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることができる。 Also, in this case, as an example and not a limitation, the first number of points can be a set number of points (not a limitation, but an example of a first set number).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the number of points corresponding to the threshold for the number of points associated with the first identification information is set as the first number of points, and the number of points associated with the first identification information of the user The one point number can be disassociated and the first value can be associated with the user's second identity.
＜第５変形例（１）＞
　第５実施例では、サーバ１０において、指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下であるか否かを判定したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａにおいて、指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下であるか否かを判定するようにしてもよい。 <Fifth Modification (1)>
In the fifth embodiment, the server 10 determines whether or not the number of transfer points to a limit price is equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, the terminal 20A may determine whether or not the number of points to be transferred to the limit price is equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation.
　この場合、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、指値移行ポイント数を受け付けると、指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下であるか否かを判定する。指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下である場合、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、指値移行ポイント数を移行ポイント数とするポイント移行依頼情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０に送信する。
　その後、限定ではなく例として、図４－３のＰ４２０以降のステップに従い同様に処理を実行する。 In this case, when receiving the number of limit price transfer points, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A determines whether or not the number of limit price transfer points is equal to or less than the in-operation point evaluation amount. When the limit price transfer point number is less than or equal to the point evaluation value during operation, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits point transfer request information with the limit price transfer point number as the transfer point number to the server 10 via the communication I/F 22 .
Thereafter, as an example and not as a limitation, similar processing is executed according to the steps after P420 in FIG. 4-3.
　指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下でない場合、時間が経過し、指標値が変動すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、指標値変動後の運用中ポイント評価額を含む運用ポイント変動情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０から受信する。その後、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、再度指値移行ポイント数が指標値変動後の運用中ポイント評価額以下であるか否かを判定する。
　この処理を、指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下になるまで繰り返す。 If the number of limit price transition points is not equal to or less than the operating point valuation amount, and the index value fluctuates with the passage of time, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A outputs the operating point fluctuation information including the operating point valuation amount after the indicator value change. It is received from the server 10 by the communication I/F 22 . After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A determines again whether or not the limit price transfer point number is equal to or less than the operating point evaluation amount after the index value change.
This process is repeated until the limit price transfer point number becomes equal to or less than the point evaluation value during operation.
＜第５変形例（２）＞
　第５実施例では、指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額以下である場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント移行処理を実行することとしたが、これに限定されない。
　限定ではなく例として、指値移行ポイント数が運用ポイント残高と運用中ポイント評価額との合計値以下である場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント移行処理を実行するようにしてもよい。 <Fifth Modification (2)>
In the fifth embodiment, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the point transfer process when the limit price transfer point number is equal to or less than the operating point evaluation amount, but the present invention is not limited to this.
As an example and not a limitation, when the number of limit transfer points is equal to or less than the total value of the management point balance and the evaluation value of points under management, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may execute the point transfer process.
　この場合、図５－２のＰ５１０のステップにおいて、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、指値移行ポイント数が運用ポイント残高と運用中ポイント評価額との合計値以下であるか否かを判定する。
　また、図５－２のＰ４３０のステップにおいて、指値移行ポイント数が運用中ポイント評価額を上回る場合、まず、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイントをポイント運用から全ポイント数外す（全額売る）。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、不足分のポイントを運用ポイント残高から差し引く。そして、指値移行ポイント数のポイントを、移行レートに従い、移行先通貨数へと変換する。 In this case, in step P510 of FIG. 5-2, the control unit 11 of the server 10 determines whether or not the number of transfer points to the limit price is equal to or less than the sum of the operating point balance and the operating point evaluation amount.
Also, in step P430 in FIG. 5-2, when the number of points to be transferred to the limit price exceeds the point evaluation amount during operation, first, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes all the points from the point management (sells all the points). Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 deducts the insufficient points from the operational point balance. Then, the points of the limit price transfer point number are converted into the transfer destination currency number according to the transfer rate.
＜第６実施例＞
　第４実施例では、端末２０Ａのユーザによって、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントと、証券取引サービスのアカウントとが開設（登録）されていた例を示したが、これに限定されない。
　第６実施例は、ユーザがポイント運用サービスにおいてポイント運用を行った後、ユーザがポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携する証券取引サービスの証券口座を開設すると、運用中のポイントを、証券口座に移行させる実施例である。 <Sixth embodiment>
In the fourth embodiment, the user of the terminal 20A has opened (registered) a point management service account and a securities trading service account, but the present invention is not limited to this.
In the sixth embodiment, after the user manages points in a point management service, when the user opens a securities account for a securities trading service affiliated with a point management service provider, the points under management are transferred to the securities account. This is an example that allows
　第６実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 The content described in the sixth embodiment can be applied to each of the other embodiments and each of the other modifications.
Moreover, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected about the component same as an already-appearing component, and description for the second time is abbreviate|omitted.
＜表示画面＞
　図６－１～図６－２は、本実施例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図６－１左側は、限定ではなく例として、図１－１３左側と同様のユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示されるポイント運用アプリケーションの運用状況確認画面である。 <Display screen>
6-1 and 6-2 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The left side of FIG. 6-1 shows, by way of example and not by way of limitation, the same user A.D. 20A is an operation status confirmation screen of the point management application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A. FIG.
限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってその他メニューボタンがタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図５－１中央の画面に表示が遷移する。この画面では、ポイント運用アプリケーションのその他メニュー画面であることを示す「その他」の文字がタイトル表示領域内に表示されている。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the other menu button, the display transitions to the screen shown in the center of FIG. 5-1 as an example and not a limitation. In this screen, the characters "Others" are displayed in the title display area to indicate that it is the other menu screen of the point management application.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってその他メニュー画面の下部に表示された広告表示領域ＢＡＲ１がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図６－１右側の画面に表示が遷移する。この画面は、ポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携する「ＹＹ証券会社」の証券取引アプリケーションにおける証券口座開設画面である。 As an example, not limitation, when the user taps the advertisement display area BAR1 displayed at the bottom of the other menu screen, the display transitions to the screen on the right side of FIG. 6-1 as an example, not limitation. This screen is a securities account opening screen in the securities transaction application of "YY Securities Company" affiliated with the point management service provider.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって口座開設進行ボタンＢＴ２がタップされ、証券口座開設のステップを進めてゆく。そして、必要事項を入力が終わり、証券口座が開設されると、限定ではなく例として、図６－２右側に示す証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, the user taps the account opening progress button BT2 to advance the steps of opening a securities account. Then, when the necessary items are entered and the securities account is opened, the display transitions to the home screen of the securities trading application shown on the right side of FIG. 6-2 as an example and not a limitation.
　ホーム画面の中央には、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションを経由して証券口座を開設したことに基づいて、ポイント運用アプリケーションでポイント運用中のポイントを証券口座の買付可能金額に移行させ、引き継ぐか否かを端末２０Ａのユーザに確認するためのポイント引き継ぎ確認表示領域ＰＣＲ１がポップアップで表示されている。 In the center of the home screen, as a non-limiting example, based on the fact that a securities account was opened via a point management application, the points being managed by the point management application are transferred to the purchaseable amount of the securities account. , a point transfer confirmation display area PCR1 for confirming with the user of the terminal 20A whether or not to transfer points is displayed as a pop-up.
　この例では、ポイント引き継ぎ確認表示領域ＰＣＲ１には、証券口座開設への謝意を示す「このたびは口座開設いただきありがとうございます」の文字の下に、「ポイント運用アプリケーションで運用中のポイントを引き継ぎますか？」という確認文とが表示されている。その下には、ポイント運用における運用益が「１２０」ポイント発生している、ポイント運用サービスから引き継ぎ可能なポイント数が「２，３２０」ポイントであり、引き継ぎ後には証券口座に「２，３２０」円に換算して入金されることが表示されている。 In this example, in the point transfer confirmation display area PCR1, below the words "Thank you for opening an account" to express your gratitude for opening a securities account, "The points being transferred by the point management application will be transferred." Is it?” is displayed. Below that, the number of points that can be transferred from the point management service is ``2,320'', and the number of points that can be transferred from the point management service is ``2,320''. It is displayed that the money will be converted into yen and deposited.
　ポイント引き継ぎ確認表示領域ＰＣＲ１の下部には、ポイント運用サービスからポイントを引き継ぐための「はい」の文字で示されるポイント引き継ぎボタンＣＢＴ１と、ポイント運用サービスからポイントを引き継ぐことを選択しないための「いいえ」の文字で示される引き継ぎ取消ボタンとが表示されている。 At the bottom of the point transfer confirmation display area PCR1, there are a point transfer button CBT1 indicated by "yes" for transferring points from the point management service, and "no" for not selecting to transfer points from the point management service. A takeover cancel button indicated by a character is displayed.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント引き継ぎボタンＣＢＴ１がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図６－２中央に示す証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example and not a limitation, when the point transfer button CBT1 is tapped by the user, the display transitions to the home screen of the securities trading application shown in the center of FIG. 6-2 as an example and not a limitation.
　この画面では、ポイント引き継ぎに伴うポイント移行処理において「２，３２０」ポイントが「１ポイント＝１円」の移行レートでＹＹ証券口座に移されたことに基づいて、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額が「２，３２０」円増額され、「２，３２０」円となったことが表示されている。
　また、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額の増額に伴い、資産総額も「２，３２０」円に増えたことが表示されている。 In this screen, based on the fact that "2,320" points have been transferred to the YY securities account at the transfer rate of "1 point = 1 yen" in the point transfer process accompanying the point transfer, the asset balance display area BVR1 displays the It is displayed that the amount that can be attached has been increased by 2,320 yen to 2,320 yen.
Further, in the asset balance display area BVR1, it is displayed that the total asset amount has increased to "2,320" yen as the purchaseable amount has increased.
　重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１には、ポイント運用サービスＸＸからのポイント引き継ぎが行われた結果、証券口座への「２，３２０」円の入金が行われたことを示すお知らせＮＴ３が表示されている。 In the important notification display area NTR1, a notification NT3 is displayed indicating that "2,320 yen" has been deposited into the securities account as a result of taking over the points from the point management service XX.
　図６－２右側は、限定ではなく例として、ポイント引き継ぎに伴うポイント移行処理が実行された後、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて表示される、ポイント運用アプリケーションのおしらせ画面の一例である。 The right side of Fig. 6-2 shows an example of a notification screen of the point management application, which is displayed based on the user's operation after the point transfer processing accompanying the point transfer is executed as an example and not as a limitation. be.
　このおしらせ画面では、ポイント運用アプリケーションのおしらせ画面であることを示す「おしらせ」の文字がタイトル表示領域内に表示されている。 On this notification screen, the characters "Notice" are displayed in the title display area to indicate that it is a notification screen for the point management application.
　タイトル表示領域の下には、ポイント運用サービスで運用中であった「２，３２０」ポイントを「ＹＹ証券」に引き継いだことを示すおしらせＰＮＴ１が表示されている。 Beneath the title display area is displayed PNT1, indicating that the "2,320" points that were being used in the point management service were transferred to "YY Securities".
　また、ポイント引き継ぎに伴うポイント移行処理が実行されたことに伴い、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１では、運用中ポイント評価額が移行前の「２，３２０」ポイントから「０」ポイントに減少したことが示されている。 In addition, due to the execution of the point transfer processing accompanying the point transfer, in the operating point evaluation value display area AVR1, the operating point evaluation value decreased from "2,320" points before transfer to "0" points. is shown.
＜処理＞
　処理については、各装置の制御部は、限定ではなく例として、図１－１５のＡ１１０～Ａ１２０のステップと、Ｐ１１０のステップと、Ｓ１１０～Ｓ１２０のステップとを実行した後、限定ではなく例として、運用中ポイント評価額の全ポイント数を移行ポイント数として図４－３のＡ４４０～Ａ４６０のステップと、Ｐ４２０～Ｐ４５０のステップと、Ｓ４１０～Ｓ４３０のステップとを実行する。 <Processing>
Regarding the processing, as an example and not limitation, the control unit of each device executes steps A110 to A120, step P110, and steps S110 to S120 in FIG. , steps A440 to A460, steps P420 to P450, and steps S410 to S430 in FIG.
＜第６実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、ユーザの証券口座が開設されたことに基づいて、運用中のポイントが、この証券口座に移行される（限定ではなく、価値単位の値が、ユーザの証券口座が開設されたことに基づいて、証券口座で第２識別情報と関連付けられることの一例）構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、価値単位の値が、ユーザの証券口座が開設されたことを契機として、証券口座で第２識別情報と関連付けられるようにすることができる。 <Effects of the sixth embodiment>
The present embodiment is based on the opening of the user's brokerage account, and the active points are transferred to this brokerage account (without limitation, the value in denominations is based on the opening of the user's brokerage account). Based on that, it shows an example) configuration of being associated with the second identification information in the brokerage account.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the value of the value unit can be associated with the second identification information in the securities account when the user's securities account is opened. .
＜第６変形例（１）＞
　第６実施例では、運用中ポイント評価額の全ポイント数を証券口座のアカウントに移行させることとしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、運用中ポイント評価額と、運用ポイント残高との合計ポイント数を移行ポイント数として、ポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントへ引き継ぐようにしてもよい。 <Sixth modification (1)>
In the sixth embodiment, all the points of the point evaluation value during operation are transferred to the securities account, but the present invention is not limited to this. As a non-limiting example, the total number of points of the point evaluation value during operation and the balance of points under management may be used as the number of transfer points, and the points may be transferred from the account of the point management service to the account of the securities trading service.
＜第６変形例（２）＞
　第６実施例では、運用中ポイント評価額の全ポイント数を証券口座のアカウントに移行させることとしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、運用中ポイント評価額のうち、ユーザによって指定される任意のポイント数を移行ポイント数として、ポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントへ引き継ぐようにしてもよい。
　なお、運用中ポイント評価額と、運用ポイント残高との合計ポイント数のうち、ユーザによって指定される任意のポイント数を移行ポイント数として、ポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントへ引き継ぐようにしてもよい。 <Sixth modification (2)>
In the sixth embodiment, all the points of the point evaluation value during operation are transferred to the securities account, but the present invention is not limited to this. As a non-limiting example, an arbitrary number of points specified by the user among the point evaluation value during operation may be used as the transfer point number, and the points may be transferred from the account of the point management service to the account of the securities trading service.
An arbitrary number of points specified by the user from among the total number of points of the evaluation value of points under operation and the balance of points under operation is taken over from the point management service account to the securities trading service account. You may do so.
＜第６変形例（３）＞
　第６実施例では、運用中ポイント評価額の全ポイント数を証券口座のアカウントに移行させることとしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、運用中ポイント評価額と、証券口座開設に伴い付与されるボーナスポイントとの合計ポイント数を移行ポイント数として、ポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントへ引き継ぐようにしてもよい。 <Sixth modification (3)>
In the sixth embodiment, all the points of the point evaluation value during operation are transferred to the securities account, but the present invention is not limited to this. As a non-limiting example, the total number of points to be transferred from the point management service account to the securities trading service account is the total number of points to be transferred from the point evaluation value during operation and the bonus points granted upon opening a securities account. can be
　図６－３は、本変形例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図６－３左側は、限定ではなく例として、図６－１右側の画面において、ユーザによって口座開設進行ボタンＢＴ２がタップされ、証券口座が開設されると表示される証券取引アプリケーションにおけるホーム画面の別例である。 FIG. 6-3 is a diagram showing an example of transition of screens displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modified example.
The left side of FIG. 6-3 shows, by way of example and not limitation, the home screen of a securities trading application that is displayed when the user taps the account opening progress button BT2 on the right side of FIG. 6-1 to open a securities account. Another example.
　この例では、ポイント引き継ぎ確認表示領域ＰＣＲ２には、証券口座開設への謝意を示す「このたびは口座開設いただきありがとうございます」の文字の下に、「ポイント運用アプリケーションで運用中のポイントを引き継ぎますか？」という確認文とが表示されている。その下には、ポイント運用における運用益が「１２０」ポイント発生している、ポイント運用サービスから引き継ぎ可能なポイント数が「２，３２０」ポイントであり、証券口座の開設に伴ってユーザのアカウントに付与されるボーナスポイント「１，０００」ポイントを加えて引き継ぐことで、証券口座に「３，３２０」円に換算して入金されることが表示されている。 In this example, in the point transfer confirmation display area PCR2, below the words "Thank you for opening an account" to express your gratitude for opening a securities account, "The points being transferred by the point management application will be transferred." Is it?” is displayed. Underneath that, the number of points that can be transferred from the point management service is "2,320" points, and the number of points that can be transferred from the point management service is "120" points. It is displayed that "3,320 yen" will be converted into a securities account and deposited by adding "1,000" bonus points to be given and transferring them.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって、ポイント引き継ぎ確認表示領域ＰＣＲ２の下部に表示されるポイント引き継ぎボタンＣＢＴ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図６－３中央に示す証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面に表示が遷移する。 By way of example and not limitation, when the user taps the point transfer button CBT2 displayed at the bottom of the point transfer confirmation display area PCR2, as an example and not limitation, the home screen of the securities trading application shown in the center of FIG. The display transitions to .
　この画面では、ポイント引き継ぎに伴うポイント移行処理において、運用ポイント評価額である「２，３２０」ポイントと、ボーナスポイントである「１，０００」ポイントとが「１ポイント＝１円」の移行レートでＹＹ証券口座に移されたことに基づいて、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額が「３，３２０」円増額され、「３，３２０」円となったことが表示されている。
　また、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額の増額に伴い、資産総額も「３，３２０」円に増えたことが表示されている。 On this screen, in the point transfer processing accompanying the point transfer, the operation point evaluation value of "2,320" points and the bonus points of "1,000" points are transferred at a transfer rate of "1 point = 1 yen". Based on the transfer to the YY securities account, the asset balance display area BVR1 displays that the purchaseable amount has been increased by 3,320 yen to 3,320 yen.
In addition, in the asset balance display area BVR1, it is displayed that the total asset amount has increased to "3,320" yen as the purchaseable amount has increased.
　重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１には、ポイント運用サービスＸＸからのポイント引き継ぎが行われた結果、証券口座への「３，３２０」円の入金が行われたことを示すお知らせＮＴ４が表示されている。 In the important notification display area NTR1, a notification NT4 is displayed indicating that "3,320" yen has been deposited into the securities account as a result of the transfer of points from the point management service XX.
　図６－３右側は、限定ではなく例として、ボーナスポイントを加えたポイント引き継ぎに伴うポイント移行処理が実行された後、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて表示される、ポイント運用アプリケーションのおしらせ画面の一例である。 The right side of FIG. 6-3 shows, as a non-limiting example, a point management application that is displayed based on a user operation after the point transfer processing accompanying the point transfer with the addition of bonus points is executed, as a non-limiting example. It is an example of a notification screen.
　タイトル表示領域の下には、ポイント運用サービスで運用中であった「２，３２０」ポイントを「ＹＹ証券」に引き継いだことを示すおしらせＰＮＴ２が表示されている。なお、おしらせＰＮＴ２において、ボーナスポイント「１，０００」ポイントが加算されてポイントが引き継がれたことを示す表示を行うようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 Beneath the title display area is displayed PNT2, indicating that the "2,320" points that were being used in the point management service were transferred to "YY Securities". In addition, in the notification PNT2, a display indicating that the bonus points "1,000" points have been added and the points have been handed over may be performed, or may not be displayed.
　また、ポイント移行処理が実行されたことに伴い、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１では、運用中ポイント評価額が移行前の「２，３２０」ポイントから「０」ポイントに減少したことが示されている。 Further, in accordance with the execution of the point transfer process, the operating point evaluation value display area AVR1 indicates that the operating point evaluation value has decreased from "2,320" points before the transfer to "0" points. ing.
　本変形における処理では、限定ではなく例として、図４－３のＰ４３０のステップにおいて、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、移行ポイント数にボーナスポイント数を加算する。その後、ポイント移行処理を実行する。 In the process of this modification, as an example and not a limitation, at step P430 in FIG. 4-3, the control unit 11 of the server 10 adds the number of bonus points to the number of transfer points. After that, point transfer processing is executed.
　なお、ボーナスポイント数の加算は証券取引サーバ４０で行うようにしてもよい。この場合、限定ではなく例として、図４－３のＳ４２０のステップにおいて、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、受信した移行先通貨数に、ボーナスポイント分に相当するボーナス通貨数を加算する。その後、ポイント入金処理を実行する。 Note that the addition of bonus points may be performed by the securities transaction server 40 . In this case, as an example and not as a limitation, in step S420 of FIG. 4-3, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 adds a bonus currency number corresponding to bonus points to the received transfer destination currency number. After that, point deposit processing is executed.
　なお、証券口座開設に伴うインセンティブボーナスは、ボーナスポイントの加算に限定されない。限定ではなく例として、証券口座開設に伴い、限定ではなく例として、移行レートを「１」ポイント＝「２」円換算等に優遇するようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 The incentive bonus for opening a securities account is not limited to the addition of bonus points. As an example and not a limitation, as a non-limiting example, the transfer rate may be given preferential treatment such as "1" point = "2" yen conversion, etc., or not.
　また、証券口座開設に伴うインセンティブボーナスは、ポイント引き継ぎで引き継がれるポイントを「０」ポイントとする場合においても加算されるようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 In addition, the incentive bonus associated with opening a securities account may or may not be added even if the points to be handed over are "0" points.
　本変形例は、通信システム１の複数の制御部は、証券口座開設に伴うボーナスポイント数（限定ではなく、証券口座が開設されたことに基づく特典情報の一例）を、移行ポイント数に加算する処理（限定ではなく、特典情報を第１識別情報と関連付ける第３処理の一例）を行う、または、証券口座開設に伴うボーナス通貨数（限定ではなく、証券口座が開設されたことに基づく特典情報の一例）を、移行先通貨数に加算する処理（限定ではなく、特典情報を第２識別情報と関連付ける第３処理の一例）を行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、第３処理によって、証券口座が開設されたことに基づく特典をユーザが得られるようにすることができる。 In this modification, the plurality of control units of the communication system 1 add the number of bonus points associated with opening a securities account (not a limitation, but an example of privilege information based on the opening of a securities account) to the number of transfer points. Perform processing (not limited, but an example of a third process that associates privilege information with the first identification information), or the number of bonus currencies accompanying the opening of a securities account (not limited, privilege information based on the opening of a securities account example) is added to the number of destination currencies (not a limitation, but an example of third processing for associating privilege information with second identification information).
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, the third process can enable the user to obtain a privilege based on the opening of the securities account.
　また、この場合、第３処理は、設定されたボーナスポイント分に相当するボーナス通貨数を特典情報として移行先通貨数に加算する処理を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、設定された価値単位の値を特典情報として、この特典情報がユーザの証券口座でユーザの第２識別情報と関連付けられるようにすることができる。 Also, in this case, the third process can include a process of adding the number of bonus currencies corresponding to the set bonus points to the number of destination currencies as privilege information.
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, the value of the set value unit may be used as privilege information, and this privilege information may be associated with the user's second identification information in the user's securities account. can.
　また、この場合、通信システム１は、端末２０（限定ではなく、ユーザの端末の一例）を含み、ポイント運用に関する情報と証券口座の開設に関する情報とが端末２０の表示部２４に表示される。そして、第３処理は、端末２０に表示された証券口座の開設に関する情報に対する入力に基づき証券口座が開設されたことに基づいて行われるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、システムに含まれるユーザの端末に表示された証券口座の開設に関する情報に対する入力に基づき証券口座が開設されたことに基づいて、証券口座が開設されたことに基づく特典情報が、ユーザの第１識別情報またはユーザの第２識別情報と関連付けられるようにすることができる。 In this case, the communication system 1 includes a terminal 20 (not limited to, but an example of a user's terminal), and the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 displays information on point management and information on opening a securities account. Then, the third process can be performed based on the opening of the securities account based on the input of the information on the opening of the securities account displayed on the terminal 20 .
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, based on the fact that the securities account is opened based on the input to the information regarding the opening of the securities account displayed on the terminal of the user included in the system, the securities account is opened. The privilege information based on the opening may be associated with the user's first identification information or the user's second identification information.
＜第６変形例（４）＞
　第６実施例では、運用中ポイント評価額の全ポイント数を証券口座のアカウントに移行させることとしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、運用中ポイント評価額のうち、ユーザによって指定される任意のポイント数を移行ポイント数として、ポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントへ引き継ぎ、残った運用中ポイントについては運用可能ポイント残高に戻すようにしてもよい。 <Sixth modification (4)>
In the sixth embodiment, all the points of the point evaluation value during operation are transferred to the securities account, but the present invention is not limited to this. As a non-limiting example, an arbitrary number of points specified by the user from the evaluation value of points under operation is taken over as the number of points to be transferred, and the points are transferred from the account of the point management service to the account of the securities trading service, and the remaining points under operation may be returned to the operational point balance.
　図６－４～図６－５は、本変形例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図６－４左側は、限定ではなく例として、図６－１右側の画面において、ユーザによって口座開設進行ボタンＢＴ２がタップされ、証券口座が開設されると表示される証券取引アプリケーションにおけるホーム画面の別例である。 6-4 and 6-5 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modification.
The left side of FIG. 6-4 shows, by way of example and not limitation, the home screen of a securities trading application that is displayed when the user taps the account opening progress button BT2 on the right side of FIG. 6-1 to open a securities account. Another example.
　この例では、ポイント引き継ぎ確認表示領域ＰＣＲ３には、証券口座開設への謝意を示す「このたびは口座開設いただきありがとうございます」の文字の下に、「ポイント運用アプリケーションで運用中のポイントを引き継ぎますか？」という確認文とが表示されている。その下には、ポイント運用における運用益が「１２０」ポイント発生している、ポイント運用サービスから引き継ぎ可能なポイント数が最大「２，３２０」ポイントであり、ポイントを引き継ぐことで、証券口座に最大「２，３２０」円に換算して入金されることが表示されている。 In this example, in the point transfer confirmation display area PCR3, below the words "Thank you for opening an account" to express your gratitude for opening a securities account, "The points being transferred by the point management application will be transferred." Is it?” is displayed. Below that, there is a maximum of 2,320 points that can be transferred from the point management service. It is displayed that the amount will be converted to "2,320" yen and deposited.
　ポイント引き継ぎ確認表示領域ＰＣＲ３の下部には、ポイント運用サービスから運用中ポイント評価額分のポイントを全て引き継ぐための「すべてのポイントを引き継ぐ」の文字で示されるポイント引き継ぎボタンＣＢＴ１と、ポイント運用サービスから運用中ポイント評価額のうちユーザが指定するポイント数を引き継ぐための「ポイント数を指定して引き継ぐ」の文字で示される指定ポイント引き継ぎボタンＣＢＴ３と、ポイント運用サービスからポイントを引き継ぐことを選択しないための「今はしない」の文字で示される引き継ぎ取消ボタンとが表示されている。 At the bottom of the point transfer confirmation display area PCR3, there is a point transfer button CBT1 indicated by the characters "transfer all points" for transferring all the points equivalent to the point evaluation value during operation from the point management service, and A specified point takeover button CBT3 indicated by the characters "specify the number of points and take over" for taking over the number of points specified by the user out of the point evaluation value during operation, and because it is not selected to take over the points from the point management service. and a takeover cancel button indicated by the characters "not now" are displayed.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指定ポイント引き継ぎボタンＣＢＴ３がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図６－４右側に示すポイント引き継ぎ画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, when the user taps the specified point transfer button CBT3, the display transitions to the point transfer screen shown on the right side of FIG. 6-4 as an example and not a limitation.
　この画面では、証券タイトル表示領域内に、ポイント引き継ぎ画面であることを示す「ポイント引き継ぎ」の文字が表示されている。 On this screen, the words "point transfer" are displayed in the security title display area, indicating that it is a point transfer screen.
　証券タイトル表示領域の下には、ポイントの引き継ぎ元となるサービスである「ポイント運用サービスＸＸ」の文字と、引き継ぎ可能なポイント数である移行可能ポイント数が「２，３２０」ポイントであることが示されている。 Under the security title display area, the characters "point management service XX", which is the service from which points are transferred, and the number of transferable points, which is the number of points that can be transferred, are "2,320" points. It is shown.
　その下には、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントへ引き継ぎを行うポイント数を入力するための引き継ぎポイント数選択領域ＣＳＲ１が表示されている。この例では、引き継ぎポイント数選択領域ＣＳＲ１には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指定されたポイント数として、「２，０００」ポイントが入力され、表示されている。 Below that, a handover points selection area CSR1 for inputting the number of points to be handed over from the account of the point management service to the account of the securities trading service is displayed. In this example, as an example and not a limitation, "2,000" points are input and displayed as the number of points specified by the user in the handover points selection area CSR1.
　引き継ぎポイント数選択領域ＣＳＲ１の下には、引き継ぎを行うときの移行レートが「１」ポイント＝「１」円であることが表示されている。 Under the handover point number selection area CSR1, it is displayed that the transfer rate at the time of handover is "1" point = "1" yen.
　ポイント引き継ぎ画面の下部には、引き継ぎポイント数選択領域ＣＳＲ１に入力されたポイント数を証券口座へ移す（引き継ぐ）ためのポイント引き継ぎ実行ボタンＣＢＴ４が表示されている。 At the bottom of the point transfer screen, a point transfer execution button CBT4 is displayed for transferring (taking over) the number of points entered in the transfer point selection area CSR1 to the securities account.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント引き継ぎ実行ボタンＣＢＴ４がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図６－５左側のホーム画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the point transfer execution button CBT4, the display transitions to the home screen on the left side of FIG. 6-5 as an example and not a limitation.
　この画面では、ポイント引き継ぎに伴うポイント移行処理において、運用ポイント評価額のうちユーザによって指定されたポイント数である「２，０００」ポイントが「１ポイント＝１円」の移行レートでＹＹ証券口座に移されたことに基づいて、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額が「２，０００」円増額され、「２，０００」円となったことが表示されている。
　また、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額の増額に伴い、資産総額も「２，０００」円に増えたことが表示されている。 In this screen, in the point transfer process accompanying the point transfer, "2,000" points, which is the number of points specified by the user among the investment point evaluation amount, is transferred to the YY securities account at the transfer rate of "1 point = 1 yen". Based on the transfer, the asset balance display area BVR1 displays that the purchaseable amount is increased by "2,000" yen to "2,000" yen.
In addition, in the asset balance display area BVR1, it is displayed that the total asset amount has increased to "2,000" as the purchaseable amount increases.
　重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１には、ポイント運用サービスＸＸからのポイント引き継ぎが行われた結果、証券口座への「２，０００」円の入金が行われたことを示すお知らせＮＴ５が表示されている。 In the important notification display area NTR1, a notification NT5 is displayed indicating that "2,000" yen has been deposited into the security account as a result of the transfer of points from the point management service XX.
　図６－５右側は、限定ではなく例として、ポイント移行処理が実行された後、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて表示される、ポイント運用アプリケーションのおしらせ画面の一例である。 The right side of FIG. 6-5 is an example of a notification screen of the point management application, which is displayed based on the user's operation after the point transfer process is executed, as a non-limiting example.
　タイトル表示領域の下には、ポイント運用サービスで運用中であった「２，３２０」ポイントのうち、ユーザによって指定されたポイント数である「２，０００」ポイントを「ＹＹ証券」に引き継いだことを示すおしらせＰＮＴ３が表示されている。また、おしらせＰＮＴ３では、ポイント運用サービスで運用中であった「２，３２０」ポイントのうち、引き継ぎ後に残ったポイント数である「３２０」ポイントをポイント運用から外し、運用ポイント残高に加算したことが表示されている。 Under the title display area, out of the "2,320" points that were being operated by the point management service, "2,000" points, which is the number of points specified by the user, were handed over to "YY Securities". is displayed. Also, in News PNT3, out of the "2,320" points that were in operation with the point management service, "320" points, which are the number of points remaining after the takeover, were removed from point management and added to the management point balance. is displayed.
　また、ポイント移行処理が実行されたことに伴い、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１では、運用中ポイント評価額が移行前の「２，３２０」ポイントから「０」ポイントに減少したことが示されている。 Further, in accordance with the execution of the point transfer process, the operating point evaluation value display area AVR1 indicates that the operating point evaluation value has decreased from "2,320" points before the transfer to "0" points. ing.
　ポイント残高表示領域ＰＶＲ１では、運用ポイント残高が、引き継ぎ前のポイント数である「３，６５０」ポイントに引き継ぎ後に残ったポイント数である「３２０」ポイントを加算した「３，９７０」ポイントに増加したことが示されている。 In the point balance display area PVR1, the operational point balance has increased to "3,970" points by adding "320" points, which is the number of points remaining after the transfer, to "3,650" points, which is the number of points before the transfer. is shown.
　本変形における処理では、限定ではなく例として、図４－３のＰ４３０のステップにおいて、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ユーザによって指定された引き継ぎポイント数を移行ポイント数として、ポイント移行処理を実行する。その後、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、残った運用中ポイント（以下、「余剰引き継ぎポイント」と呼称する。）をポイント運用から外し、運用ポイント残高に余剰引き継ぎポイントと同じポイント数を加算する。 In the process of this modification, as an example and not as a limitation, at step P430 in FIG. 4-3, the control unit 11 of the server 10 performs point transfer processing using the number of transfer points specified by the user as the transfer point number. . Thereafter, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes the remaining operating points (hereinafter referred to as "surplus transfer points") from point management, and adds the same number of points as the surplus transfer points to the operating point balance.
　なお、ポイントサービスを管理するための不図示のポイント管理サーバが存在する場合、図４－３のＰ４３０のステップにおいて、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ユーザによって指定された引き継ぎポイント数を移行ポイント数として、ポイント移行処理を実行する。その後、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、余剰引き継ぎポイントをポイント運用から外し、余剰引き継ぎポイントのポイント数を含むポイント引き継ぎ要求情報をポイント管理サーバに送信する。
　そして、ポイント管理サーバは、ポイント引き継ぎ要求情報をサーバ１０から受信すると、余剰引き継ぎポイント分だけポイント管理アプリケーションのポイント残高を増加させるようにしてもよい。 Note that if there is a point management server (not shown) for managing the point service, in step P430 in FIG. , the point transfer process is executed. Thereafter, the control unit 11 of the server 10 removes the surplus transfer points from point management, and transmits point transfer request information including the number of surplus transfer points to the point management server.
Then, when receiving the point transfer request information from the server 10, the point management server may increase the point balance of the point management application by the surplus transfer points.
＜第７実施例＞
　第４実施例では、ユーザがポイント運用サービスにおいて運用中のポイントを、法定通貨単位に変換してポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携する証券取引サービスの証券口座に移行させる例を示したが、これに限定されない。
　第７実施例は、ユーザがポイント運用サービスにおいて運用中のポイントを、証券取引サービスで利用可能なポイントとして証券口座に移行させる実施例である。 <Seventh embodiment>
In the fourth embodiment, an example was shown in which the user converts the points being managed in the point management service into legal currency units and transfers them to the securities account of the securities trading service affiliated with the operator of the point management service. is not limited to
The seventh embodiment is an embodiment in which the points that the user is managing in the point management service are transferred to the securities account as points that can be used in the securities trading service.
　第７実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 The content described in the seventh embodiment can be applied to each of the other embodiments and each of the other modifications.
Moreover, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected about the component same as an already-appearing component, and description for the second time is abbreviate|omitted.
　本実施例において用いられる証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５の別例である第２の証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５Ｂのデータ構成例を図７－１に示す。
　第２の証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５Ｂには、アカウントごとの管理データとして、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データが記憶される。 FIG. 7A shows a data configuration example of a second securities transaction application account management database 455B, which is another example of the securities transaction application account management database 455 used in this embodiment.
Stock trading application account management data is stored in the second stock trading application account management database 455B as management data for each account.
　各々の証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データには、限定ではなく例として、証券取引アプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザ名と、買付可能金額と、金融商品評価合計額と、証券ポイント残高と、証券取引管理データとが記憶される。 Each stock exchange application account management data includes, by way of example and not limitation, a stock exchange application ID, a user name, an available purchase amount, a financial instrument valuation total, a stock point balance, and stock exchange management data. is stored.
　証券取引アプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザ名と、買付可能金額と、金融商品評価合計額と、証券ポイント残高と、証券取引管理データとは、限定ではなく例として、第１の証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５Ａと同様である。 The securities transaction application ID, the user name, the purchaseable amount, the financial product evaluation total amount, the securities point balance, and the securities transaction management data are, by way of example and not limitation, the first securities transaction application account management database. Similar to 455A.
　証券ポイント残高は、この証券口座に付与されているポイント（以下、「証券ポイント」と呼称する。）の残高（ポイント数）である。証券取引アプリケーションのユーザは、証券ポイント残高内のポイントを金融商品の購入に用いることができる。なお、金融商品の購入時、購入代金の全額を証券ポイント残高から負担するようにしてもよいし、買付可能金額内の法定通貨と合わせて代金の一部を証券ポイント残高から負担するようにしてもよい。 The securities point balance is the balance (number of points) of points (hereinafter referred to as "security points") granted to this securities account. A user of a securities trading application can use points in a securities points balance to purchase financial products. When purchasing financial products, the entire purchase price may be borne from the securities point balance, or a portion of the purchase price may be borne from the securities point balance together with legal currency within the purchaseable amount. may
　証券ポイントは、限定ではなく例として、証券取引アプリケーションによって提供されるサービス（限定ではなく例として、株式市場レポートサービス）の支払いや、金融商品の購入時に付与される。
　なお、証券ポイントは、証券取引サービスの事業者と提携する事業者のサービス利用や商品購入に応じて付与されるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Securities points are, by way of example and not limitation, awarded upon payment for services provided by a securities trading application (eg, but not by way of limitation, stock market reporting services) and upon purchase of financial instruments.
The securities points may or may not be given according to the use of services or the purchase of products of a company affiliated with the company of the securities transaction service.
＜表示画面＞
　図７－２～図７－３は、本実施例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図７－２左側の画面は、限定ではなく例として、図４－１右側のその他メニュー画面において、ユーザによってポイント移行ボタンがタップされた場合のポイント移行画面の別例である。 <Display screen>
7-2 and 7-3 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The screen on the left side of FIG. 7-2 is another example of the point transfer screen when the user taps the point transfer button on the other menu screen on the right side of FIG. 4-1, as an example and not limitation.
　この画面では、ポイントの移行先である「ポイント移行先：ＹＹ証券口座」の文字の下に、移行レートが「１ｐｔ＝１ＹＹポイント」の文字で示され、ポイント運用サービスでの「１」ポイントが証券口座において「１」証券ポイントとして移行されることが示されている。 On this screen, the transfer rate is indicated by the letters "1pt = 1YY point" under the words "point transfer destination: YY securities account", which is the destination of the point transfer, and "1" point in the point management service It is shown to be transferred as "1" security points in the security account.
　また、移行ポイント数選択領域ＰＳＲ１には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指定されたポイント数として、「２，０００」ポイントが入力され、表示されている。 In addition, "2,000" points are input and displayed in the transfer point number selection area PSR1 as the number of points specified by the user as an example, not as a limitation.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによってポイント移行実行ボタンＰＴＢ５がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図７－３右側のポイント移行画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, when the user taps the point transfer execution button PTB5, as a non-limiting example, the display transitions to the point transfer screen on the right side of FIG. 7-3.
　この画面では、ポイント移行処理が実行されたことに基づいて、「２，０００ｐｔをＹＹ証券口座に移行しました」の文字が表示されている。その下には、ポイント移行処理の実行結果についての詳細情報を表示するためのポイント移行結果確認領域ＴＲＲ４が表示されている。 On this screen, the text "2,000pt has been transferred to YY securities account" is displayed based on the point transfer processing being executed. Below that, a point transfer result confirmation area TRR4 for displaying detailed information about the execution result of the point transfer process is displayed.
　ポイント移行結果確認領域ＴＲＲ４には、ポイント移行を行った日時「２０２０年１２月２８日8時５５分」の文字と、ＹＹ証券口座に移したポイント数である「移行ポイント数：２，０００ポイント」の文字と、ポイント移行を行ったときの移行レートである「移行レート：１ポイント＝１ＹＹポイント」の文字とが表示されている。 In the point transfer result confirmation area TRR4, the date and time of the point transfer "December 28, 2020 8:55" and the number of points transferred to the YY securities account "Points transferred: 2,000 points ' and characters of 'transfer rate: 1 point=1YY point', which is the transfer rate when the points are transferred.
　また、ポイント移行処理が実行されたことに伴い、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１では、運用中ポイント評価額が移行前の「２，３２０」ポイントから「３２０」ポイントに「２，０００」ポイント分減少したことが示されている。 In addition, in accordance with the execution of the point transfer process, in the operating point appraisal value display area AVR1, the operating point appraisal value has increased from "2,320" points before the transfer to "320" points to "2,000" points. It is shown that the
　図７－３左側の画面は、ポイント移行処理が実行された後、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて表示される、証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面の一例である。 The screen on the left side of FIG. 7-3 is an example of the stock trading application home screen that is displayed based on the user's operation after the point transfer process is executed, not by way of limitation, but by way of example.
　この画面では、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ２に、総資産額と買付可能金額とに加えて、この証券口座に付与されている証券ポイント数を示す「ＹＹポイント」の項目が加えて表示されている。
　ポイント移行処理において「２，０００」ポイントが「１ポイント＝１ＹＹポイント」の移行レートでＹＹ証券口座に移されたことに基づいて、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ２では、証券ポイント数が「２，０００」ポイントに増えたことが表示されている。
　ただし、証券ポイントは法定通貨ではないため、資産総額は入金済みであった「６００，０００」円から変化していない。 In this screen, the asset balance display area BVR2 displays the item "YY points" indicating the number of securities points given to the securities account in addition to the total assets and the purchaseable amount. .
Based on the fact that "2,000" points were transferred to the YY securities account at the transfer rate of "1 point=1YY point" in the point transfer process, the number of securities points is "2,000" in the asset balance display area BVR2. It is displayed that the points have increased.
However, since securities points are not legal tender, the total asset amount has not changed from the "600,000 yen" that has already been deposited.
　また、重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１には、ポイント運用サービスＸＸにおいてポイント移行処理が行われた結果、証券口座において「２，０００」ポイントの証券ポイントを獲得したことを示すお知らせＮＴ６が表示されている。 In addition, in the important notification display area NTR1, a notification NT6 is displayed indicating that "2,000" securities points have been obtained in the securities account as a result of the point transfer processing performed in the point management service XX.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって取引メニューボタンがタップされ、「Ｙ社株」の新規購入（新規発注）が選択されると、限定ではなく例として、図７－３中央の金融商品発注画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, when the user taps the transaction menu button and selects a new purchase (new order) of "Y Company stock", as a non-limiting example, the financial product order screen in the center of FIG. Display transitions.
　この画面では、限定ではなく例として、「Ｙ社」の株式を指値「３１５」で「１，０００」株発注することが発注条件として設定されている。また、証券口座の買付可能金額が「６００，０００」円であり、金融商品の購入に、限定ではなく例として、「１」証券ポイント＝「１」円分として充填可能なＹＹポイント（証券ポイント）が「２，０００」ポイント残っていることが示されている。 On this screen, as an example, not as a limitation, the order condition is to place an order for "1,000" shares of "Company Y" at a limit price of "315". In addition, the amount that can be purchased in the securities account is "600,000 yen", and for the purchase of financial products, as an example and not as a limitation, "1" securities points = "1" YY points (securities points) remain "2,000" points.
　金融商品発注画面の下部には、今回の発注に証券ポイントを使用するか否かを選択するための証券ポイント使用選択ボタンＵＢＰ１が表示されている。証券ポイント使用選択ボタンＵＢＰ１のチェックボックスがオンである場合、金融商品の発注において買付可能金額に優先して証券ポイント残高が使用（充填）される。 At the bottom of the financial product ordering screen, a security point use selection button UBP1 is displayed for selecting whether or not to use security points for this order. When the check box of the security point use selection button UBP1 is ON, the security point balance is used (charged) in preference to the purchaseable amount in ordering the financial product.
　なお、金融商品の発注において充填する証券ポイント数を指定できるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 It should be noted that it may be possible to specify the number of securities points to be charged when ordering financial products, or it is not necessary to do so.
　限定ではなく例として、証券ポイント使用選択ボタンＵＢＰ１のチェックボックスがオンの状態で、証券ポイント使用選択ボタンＵＢＰ１の下にある「買い発注」の文字で示される金融商品発注ボタンＯＢＴ１がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図７－３右側のホーム画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, when the check box of the security point use selection button UBP1 is turned on, and the financial product order button OBT1 indicated by the characters "buy order" under the security point use selection button UBP1 is tapped. , the display transitions to the home screen on the right side of FIG. 7-3 as an example and not a limitation.
　この画面では、重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１に、図７－３中央において発注した取引が成立し、「Ｙ社」の株式を「３１５」円で「１，０００」株購入したことを示すお知らせＮＴ７が表示されている。 In this screen, in the important notification display area NTR1, a notification NT7 indicating that the ordered transaction has been completed and "1,000" shares of "Company Y" have been purchased for "315 yen" is displayed in the center of Fig. 7-3. is displayed.
　また、保有銘柄確認領域ＡＢＲ１では、ユーザが「Ｙ社」の株式を取得したことにより、株式の項目に「Ｙ社」の銘柄名と、現在の株価「３１５」円とが表示されている。また、現在の株価の下には、株式取得時からの株価の変動が「±０」円であることが示されている。 In addition, in the owned brand confirmation area ABR1, the brand name of "Company Y" and the current stock price of "315" yen are displayed in the stock item as a result of the user acquiring the stock of "Company Y." Further, below the current stock price, it is shown that the stock price has fluctuated by "±0" yen since the acquisition of the stock.
　資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ２では、図７－３中央において発注した取引が成立したことに基づいて、証券ポイント数が「２，０００」ポイント使用され、「０」ポイントとなったことが表示されている。 In the asset balance display area BVR2, it is displayed that "2,000" securities points have been used and become "0" points based on the establishment of the ordered transaction in the center of FIG. 7-3. .
　また、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ２では、「Ｙ社株」の買付に必要とした「３１５」円×「１，０００」株＝「３１５，０００」円のうち、「２，０００」円分が証券ポイントで充填されたことに基づいて、買付可能金額が、「６００，０００」円から、「６００，０００－（３１５，０００－２，０００）」＝「２８７，０００」円となった事が表示されている。 In addition, in the asset balance display area BVR2, out of the "315" x "1,000" shares = "315,000" required for the purchase of the "stock of Company Y", the amount of "2,000" is Based on being charged with securities points, the purchaseable amount has changed from "600,000" yen to "600,000 - (315,000 - 2,000)" = "287,000" yen things are displayed.
　買付可能金額「２８７，０００」円と金融商品評価合計額「３１５，０００」円との合計額である資産総額は、「６０２，０００」円となったことが表示されている。 The total amount of assets, which is the sum of the purchaseable amount of "287,000" yen and the total valuation of financial instruments of "315,000" yen, is displayed as "602,000" yen.
＜処理＞
　処理については、限定ではなく例として、図４－３のＰ４３０のステップにおけるポイント移行処理において、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、移行ポイント数分のポイントをポイント運用から外す（移行ポイント数分売る）。そして、発生した移行ポイント数のポイントを、移行レートに従い、移行先である証券口座の証券ポイント数に変換する。以下では、変換されたポイント数を移行先証券ポイント数と呼称する。 <Processing>
As for the processing, as an example and not as a limitation, in the point transfer processing in step P430 of FIG. . Then, the generated number of transfer points is converted into the number of securities points of the securities account that is the transfer destination according to the transfer rate. Hereinafter, the converted number of points will be referred to as the number of transfer destination security points.
　そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、図４－３のＰ４４０のステップにおいて、端末２０Ａのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、移行先証券ポイント数とを含むポイント入金依頼情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する。 Then, in step P440 of FIG. 4-3, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the point deposit request information including the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of transfer destination securities points through the communication I/F 14 to the securities trading server. 40.
　証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、図４－３のＳ４２０のステップにおけるポイント入金処理において、受信した移行先証券ポイント数を、受信したポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと紐づけられた証券取引アプリケーションアカウントＩＤのアカウントにおける証券ポイント残高に加算する。 The control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 converts the received number of transfer destination securities points into the securities trading application account ID linked to the received point management application ID in the point deposit processing in step S420 of FIG. 4-3. Add to security point balance in account.
　端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、図４－３のＡ４６０のステップを実行すると、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの入出力部２３に対する入力（ユーザ操作）に基づいて、金融商品の発注に関する金融商品発注情報を受け付ける。そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受け付けた金融商品発注情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する。 When the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A executes step A460 in FIG. 4-3, as an example and not limitation, based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A, the financial product related to the ordering of the financial product Accept order information. Then, control unit 21 of terminal 20</b>A transmits the received financial product order information to securities trading server 40 via communication I/F 22 .
　証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、図４－３のＳ４３０のステップを受信すると、限定ではなく例として、金融商品発注情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａから受信する。そして、端末２０Ａから受信した金融商品発注情報に基づいて、金融商品購入処理を実行する。このとき、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、証券ポイント残高を所定の証券ポイント移行レートに基づいて法定貨幣単位に変換し、金融商品の買付金額に充填する。 Upon receiving step S430 in FIG. 4-3, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 receives the financial product order information from the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44 as an example and not as a limitation. Then, based on the financial product order information received from the terminal 20A, the financial product purchase process is executed. At this time, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 converts the securities point balance into legal tender units based on a predetermined securities points transfer rate, and fills the purchase price of the financial product.
＜第７実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、ポイント運用サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第１識別情報の一例）に関連付けられたポイントが、証券取引サービスで利用可能なポイントとして、証券取引サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第２識別情報の一例）に関連付けられる構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたユーザのポイントを、ユーザの第２識別情報を管理するサービスで利用可能とすることができる。 <Effects of the seventh embodiment>
In this embodiment, the points associated with the point management service account (not limited to, but an example of the first identification information) can be used in the securities trading service account (not limited to, the first identification information) as points that can be used in the securities trading service. 2 (an example of identification information).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the user's points associated with the user's first identification information can be used in a service for managing the user's second identification information.
＜第７変形例（１）＞
　第７実施例では、運用中ポイント評価額内のポイント数を証券口座のアカウントに証券ポイントとして移行させることとしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、運用中ポイント評価額と、運用ポイント残高との合計ポイント数のうち、ユーザによって指定される任意のポイント数を移行ポイント数として、ポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントに証券ポイントとして引き継ぐようにしてもよい。 <Seventh Modification (1)>
In the seventh embodiment, the number of points in the point evaluation value during operation is transferred to the account of the securities account as securities points, but the present invention is not limited to this. As a non-limiting example, an arbitrary number of points specified by the user, out of the total number of points of the evaluation value of points under operation and the balance of points under operation, is used as the number of transfer points, and the points are transferred from the account of the point management service to the securities trading service. You may take over as securities points to your account.
＜第７変形例（２）＞
　第７実施例では、予めポイント運用サービスにおけるポイントを証券取引サービスにおける証券ポイントに移行し、その後、移行した証券ポイントを利用して金融商品の発注を行うこととしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、金融商品の発注を行う際に、必要買付金額の一部または全部に相当するポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントに移行し、移行した証券ポイントを利用して金融商品の発注を行うようにしてもよい。 <Seventh Modification (2)>
In the seventh embodiment, the points in the point management service are transferred in advance to the securities points in the securities transaction service, and then the transferred securities points are used to place an order for financial products, but the present invention is not limited to this. As a non-limiting example, when placing an order for financial products, transfer points equivalent to part or all of the required purchase amount from a point management service account to a securities trading service account, and use the transferred securities points may be used to place an order for a financial product.
　この場合、移行ポイント数として、限定ではなく例として、必要買付金額における「１，０００」円以下の端数に相当するポイント数を自動的に移行するようにしてもよいし、ユーザによって指定された任意のポイント数を移行するようにしてもよい。 In this case, as the number of points to be transferred, for example and not limitation, the number of points corresponding to fractions of "1,000" yen or less in the required purchase amount may be automatically transferred, or may be specified by the user. Any number of points may be transferred.
　なお、金融商品の発注を行う際、必要買付金額の一部または全部に相当するポイント運用サービスのポイントを、法定通貨単位に変換してから証券取引サービスのアカウントに移行し、移行した買付可能金額を用いて金融商品の発注を行うようにしてもよい。
　この場合、ポイントから法定通貨単位への変換は、サーバ１０で行ってもよいし、証券取引サーバ４０で行ってもよい。 In addition, when placing an order for financial products, the points of the point management service equivalent to part or all of the required purchase amount are converted into legal currency units and then transferred to the account of the securities trading service. You may make it order a financial product using a possible amount of money.
In this case, conversion from points to legal currency units may be performed by the server 10 or may be performed by the securities transaction server 40 .
　また、値動きが激しい金融商品（限定ではなく例として、暗号資産）や、取引所を介して第三者との取引が必要な金融商品（限定ではなく例として、現物株式）では、発注から注文の約定（成立）までの間に商品価格が変動する可能性が高いため、端数に相当するポイント数を正確に移行した後、注文を執行することが困難である可能性が生じる。
　この場合、限定ではなく例として、ユーザが保有する金融商品を担保として一時的に必要買付金額のマイナスを許容し、注文を執行した後に帳尻合わせを行うことで、端数に相当するポイントを移行させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。
　または、注文の執行に十分なポイントを一旦証券取引サービスのアカウントに移行し、注文の約定後に端数に相当するポイント数を再計算して余剰分をポイント運用サービスのポイントへ再移行させることで、結果として端数に相当するポイント数が移行されるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 In addition, for financial products with sharp price fluctuations (as an example, but not as a limitation, crypto assets) or financial products that require trading with a third party via an exchange (as an example, not as a limitation, but for example, physical stocks), the Since there is a high possibility that the product price will fluctuate until the execution (conclusion) of the order, it may be difficult to execute the order after the points corresponding to the fraction are transferred accurately.
In this case, as an example and not as a limitation, the necessary purchase amount is temporarily allowed to be negative with the financial product held by the user as collateral, and the balance is adjusted after the order is executed, so that the points corresponding to the fraction are transferred. You may or may not.
Alternatively, once enough points are transferred to the account of the securities trading service to execute the order, after the order is executed, the number of points corresponding to the fraction is recalculated and the surplus is transferred again to the points of the point management service. A fractional number of points may or may not be transferred as a result.
　本変形例は、第１ポイント数は、商品の発注を行う際に、必要買付金額の一部または全部に相当するポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントに移行し、移行した証券ポイントを利用して商品の発注を行う場合の商品の価格に関連するポイント数である構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数を利用して価値単位で商品を購入する場合の商品の価格に関連するポイント数を第１ポイント数として、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられた第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１値をユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることができる。 In this modification, when placing an order for a product, points corresponding to part or all of the required purchase amount are transferred from the account of the point management service to the account of the securities trading service. Figure 3 shows a configuration that is the number of points associated with the price of a product when placing an order for a product using security points.
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, when the number of points associated with the first identification information is used to purchase the product in units of value, the number of points related to the price of the product is set as the first point. As a number, a first number of points associated with a first identity of the user can be disassociated and a first value can be associated with a second identity of the user.
　また、この場合、発注する商品は、金融商品とすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数を利用して価値単位で金融商品を購入する場合の金融商品の価格に関連するポイント数を第１ポイント数として、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられた第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、第１値をユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることができる。 In this case, the product to be ordered can be a financial product.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, when the number of points associated with the first identification information is used to purchase the financial product in units of value, the number of points related to the price of the financial product is As a number of points, the first number of points associated with the first identity of the user can be disassociated and the first value can be associated with the second identity of the user.
＜第８実施例＞
　第８実施例では、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントから証券取引サービスのアカウントへポイントを移行する例を示したが、これに限定されない。
　第８実施例は、証券取引サービスのアカウントにおける買付可能金額を、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントへ移行する実施例である。 <Eighth embodiment>
In the eighth embodiment, an example of transferring points from a point management service account to a securities trading service account was shown, but the present invention is not limited to this.
The eighth embodiment is an embodiment in which the purchaseable amount in the securities transaction service account is transferred to the point management service account.
　第８実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 The content described in the eighth embodiment can be applied to each of the other embodiments and modifications.
Moreover, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected about the component same as an already-appearing component, and description for the second time is abbreviate|omitted.
　第８実施例における各装置の機能構成としては、限定ではなく例として、第１実施例における機能構成を用いることができるため、再度の説明を省略する。
　また、端末２０Ａのユーザは、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用サービスを経由して、証券取引サービスのアカウント（証券口座）を開設済みであるとする。すなわち、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント登録データ４５３には、証券取引アプリケーションＩＤとポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤとが関連付けて記憶されていることとする。 As for the functional configuration of each device in the eighth embodiment, the functional configuration in the first embodiment can be used as an example, not as a limitation, so a repetitive description will be omitted.
Also, as a non-limiting example, it is assumed that the user of the terminal 20A has already opened an account (securities account) for a securities trading service via a point management service. In other words, the securities transaction application ID and the point management application ID are associated and stored in the securities transaction application account registration data 453 .
　本実施例において用いられるポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５の別例である第３のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ｃのデータ構成例を図８－１に示す。
　第３のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ｃには、アカウントごとの管理データとして、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データが記憶される。 FIG. 8A shows a data configuration example of a third point management application account management database 155C, which is another example of the point management application account management database 155 used in this embodiment.
Point management application account management data is stored in the third point management application account management database 155C as management data for each account.
　各々のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データには、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザ名と、獲得運用ポイント残高と、獲得運用中ポイント評価額と、有償運用ポイント残高と、運用中有償ポイント評価額と、獲得ポイント運用管理データと、有償ポイント運用管理データとが記憶される。 Each of the point management application account management data includes, as a non-limiting example, a point management application ID, a user name, an earned management point balance, an earned and managed point evaluation amount, a paid management point balance, and a paid management data during management. A point evaluation amount, acquired point management data, and charged point management data are stored.
　ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザ名とは、限定ではなく例として、第１のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ａと同様である。 The point management application ID and user name are the same as those in the first point management application account management database 155A as an example and not limitation.
　獲得運用ポイント残高は、このアカウントに、商品の購入やサービスの利用等に応じて一定の条件に基づいて付与されたポイントの残高（ポイント数）である。獲得運用ポイント残高は、限定ではなく例として、証券口座の買付可能金額に移行可能なポイント数である。
　以下では、獲得運用ポイント残高として数えられるポイントを「獲得ポイント」と呼称する。なお、「獲得ポイント」は「獲得運用ポイント」や「無償ポイント」と言ってもよい。 The acquired operational point balance is the balance (the number of points) of points granted to this account based on certain conditions according to the purchase of products, use of services, and the like. Earned operational point balance is, by way of example and not limitation, the number of points that can be transferred to the buyable amount of a brokerage account.
Below, the points counted as the earned management point balance are referred to as "earned points". Note that the “acquired points” may also be referred to as “acquired operation points” or “free points”.
　獲得運用中ポイント評価額は、このアカウントによって運用されている獲得ポイントの現時点における指標値と連動した増減後のポイント数である。獲得運用中ポイント評価額は、限定ではなく例として、獲得ポイント運用管理データに基づいて、運用中ポイント評価額と同様に算出することができる。
　獲得運用中ポイント評価額は、限定ではなく例として、証券口座の買付可能金額に移行可能なポイント数である。 The earned and managed point evaluation value is the number of points after increase or decrease linked to the current index value of the earned points managed by this account. The earned point evaluation amount during operation can be calculated in the same manner as the evaluation amount of points during operation, based on the earned point management data, as an example and not as a limitation.
The earned point valuation is, by way of example and not limitation, the number of points that can be transferred to the buyable amount of the brokerage account.
　有償運用ポイント残高は、限定ではなく例として、証券取引アプリケーションを介して法定通貨から変換可能な（法定通貨を用いて購入可能な）ポイントの残高（ポイント数）である。有償運用ポイント残高は、限定ではなく例として、証券口座の買付可能金額に移行できないポイント数である。
　以下では、有償運用ポイント残高として数えられるポイントを「有償ポイント」と呼称する。なお、「有償ポイント」は「有償運用ポイント」と言ってもよい。 A paid point balance is, by way of example and not limitation, a point balance (number of points) that is convertible from (purchasable using legal currency) from legal currency via a securities trading application. The paid management point balance is, by way of example and not limitation, the number of points that cannot be transferred to the purchaseable amount of the brokerage account.
Below, the points counted as the paid management point balance are referred to as “paid points”. Note that the “paid points” may also be referred to as “paid operation points”.
　なお、有償ポイントは、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションに対するアプリ内課金によって法定通貨を用いて追加できるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 As a non-limiting example, paid points may or may not be added using legal currency through in-app billing for the point management application.
　有償運用中ポイント評価額は、このアカウントによって運用されている有償ポイントの現時点における指標値と連動した増減後のポイント数である。有償運用中ポイント評価額は、限定ではなく例として、有償ポイント運用管理データに基づいて、運用中ポイント評価額と同様に算出することができる。
　有償運用中ポイント評価額は、限定ではなく例として、証券口座の買付可能金額に移行できないポイント数である。 The point evaluation value during paid operation is the number of points after increase or decrease linked to the current index value of the paid points managed by this account. The point appraisal value during paid operation can be calculated in the same manner as the point appraisal value during operation based on paid point management data, as an example and not as a limitation.
The point valuation during paid operation is, by way of example and not limitation, the number of points that cannot be transferred to the purchaseable amount of the brokerage account.
　獲得ポイント運用管理データは、このアカウントにおけるポイント運用への獲得ポイント追加処理や、ポイント運用に投じた獲得ポイントを獲得運用ポイント残高に戻して獲得ポイントとして利用可能にする処理の結果を管理するためのデータである。 Acquired point operation management data is used to manage the results of the process of adding acquired points to point management in this account and the processing of returning the acquired points invested in point management to the acquired point balance and making them available as acquired points. Data.
　有償ポイント運用管理データは、このアカウントにおけるポイント運用への有償ポイント追加処理や、ポイント運用に投じた有償ポイントを有償運用ポイント残高に戻して有償ポイントとして利用可能にする処理の結果を管理するためのデータである。 Paid point operation management data is used to manage the results of the process of adding paid points to point management in this account, and the processing results of returning the paid points invested in point management to the balance of paid points and making them available as paid points. Data.
　獲得ポイント運用管理データと有償ポイント運用管理データとは、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用管理データと同様に構成することができる。 Earned point operation management data and paid point operation management data can be configured in the same way as point operation management data, for example and not limitation.
＜表示画面例＞
　図８－２～図８－３は、本実施例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図８－２左側は、限定ではなく例として、ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される証券取引アプリケーションのホーム画面である。 <Display screen example>
8-2 and 8-3 are diagrams showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The left side of FIG. 8-2 shows, by way of example and not limitation, user A.A. 20A is a home screen of a securities trading application displayed on the display unit 24 of A's terminal 20A.
　証券口座に、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指定された入金用銀行口座から「６００，０００」円が入金済みであったとする。
　そのため、資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１には、資産総額と買付可能金額とが「６００，０００」円であることが示されている。 As an example and not by way of limitation, assume that the brokerage account has been credited with "600,000" yen from the deposit bank account specified by the user.
Therefore, the asset balance display area BVR1 indicates that the total asset amount and the purchaseable amount are "600,000" yen.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって取引メニューボタンがタップされ、証券口座からの出金が選択されると、限定ではなく例として、図８－２右側の出金指示画面に表示が遷移する。 As an example and not a limitation, when the user taps the transaction menu button and selects withdrawal from the securities account, the display transitions to the withdrawal instruction screen on the right side of Figure 8-2 as an example and not a limitation.
　「出金指示」の文字で示される証券タイトル表示領域の下には、証券口座からの出金可能額として、買付可能金額である「６００，０００」円が表示されている。
　出金可能額の下には、証券口座からの出金額を入力するための出金額選択領域ＷＳＲ１が表示されている。この例では、出金額選択領域ＷＳＲ１には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって指定された出金額として、「１０，０００」円が入力され、表示されている。 Under the security title display area indicated by the characters "withdrawal instruction", "600,000" yen, which is the amount that can be purchased, is displayed as the amount that can be withdrawn from the security account.
Below the available withdrawal amount, a withdrawal amount selection area WSR1 for inputting the withdrawal amount from the security account is displayed. In this example, "10,000" yen is input and displayed in the withdrawal amount selection area WSR1 as the withdrawal amount designated by the user as an example and not as a limitation.
　出金額選択領域ＷＳＲ１の下には、出金先を選択するための出金先選択領域ＷＤＲ１が表示されている。この例では、出金先選択領域ＷＤＲ１には、予めユーザによって登録された出金先銀行口座である「ＺＺ銀行」の普通預金口座と、このユーザのポイント運用アプリケーションアカウントである「ポイント運用サービスＸＸ」とが表示されている。また、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウントに出金するときの移行レートが「１」円＝「１」ポイントであることが示されている。 A withdrawal selection area WDR1 for selecting a withdrawal destination is displayed below the withdrawal amount selection area WSR1. In this example, in the withdrawal destination selection area WDR1, the savings account of "ZZ Bank", which is the withdrawal destination bank account registered in advance by the user, and the point management application account of this user, "Point Management Service XX ” is displayed. It also shows that the transfer rate for withdrawal to the point management application account is "1" yen="1" point.
　また、出金先選択領域ＷＤＲ１の下には、出金先選択領域ＷＤＲ１で選択される出金先に、出金額選択領域ＷＳＲ１で指定される出金額を出金させるための出金指示ボタンＷＢＴ１が表示されている。 Under the withdrawal destination selection area WDR1, there is a withdrawal instruction button WBT1 for causing the withdrawal destination selected in the withdrawal selection area WDR1 to withdraw the amount specified in the withdrawal amount selection area WSR1. is displayed.
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて、出金先として「ポイント運用サービスＸＸ」が選択され、出金指示ボタンＷＢＴ１がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図８－３左側の出金指示画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, when "point management service XX" is selected as a withdrawal destination based on the user's operation, and the withdrawal instruction button WBT1 is tapped, as a non-limiting example, the left side of FIG. The display transitions to the gold instruction screen.
　この画面では、証券口座からの出金指示が行われ、その出金額が「１０，０００」円であり、出金先が「ポイント運用サービスＸＸ」のユーザＡ．Ａのアカウントであることが示されている。また、出金指示後の買付可能金額が、「６００，０００」から出金額である「１０，００００」円を減算した「５９０，０００」円となったことが示されている。 On this screen, a withdrawal instruction is made from a securities account, the withdrawal amount is "10,000", and the withdrawal destination is user A. of "point management service XX". It is shown to be A's account. In addition, it is shown that the purchaseable amount after the withdrawal instruction is "590,000 yen", which is obtained by subtracting the withdrawal amount of "10,0000 yen" from "600,000".
　図８－３右側の画面は、上記の出金指示に従って後述するポイント出金処理が実行された後、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて表示される、ポイント運用アプリケーションのおしらせ画面の一例である。 The screen on the right side of FIG. 8-3 is an example of a notification screen of the point management application, which is displayed based on the user's operation as an example, not limitation, after the point withdrawal process described later is executed in accordance with the above withdrawal instruction. is.
　この画面では、「ＹＹ証券」から出金した「１０，０００」円が、移行レートに従って「１０，０００」ポイントに換算され、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントで有償ポイントとして取得されたことを表す、「ポイント取得」のタイトル文字で示されるおしらせＰＮＴ４が表示されている。 On this screen, "10,000 yen" withdrawn from "YY Securities" is converted into "10,000" points according to the transfer rate and acquired as paid points in the point management service account. A notice PNT4 indicated by the title characters "Acquisition of points" is displayed.
　また、ポイント出金処理が実行されたことに伴い、ポイント残高表示領域ＰＶＲ１では、獲得運用ポイント残高と有償運用ポイント残高との合計額が「３，６５０」ポイントから「１３，６５０」ポイントに増加したことが表示されている。 In addition, in the point balance display area PVR1, the total amount of the earned operation point balance and the paid operation point balance increases from "3,650" points to "13,650" points in accordance with the execution of the point withdrawal process. what has been done is displayed.
　運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１では、運用中獲得ポイント評価額「２，３２０」ポイントと運用中有償ポイント評価額「０」ポイントとの合計額が「２，３２０」ポイントであり、獲得ポイントと有償ポイントとのポイント運用での運用損益の合計値が「＋１２０」ポイントであることが表示されている。 In the operating point evaluation value display area AVR1, the total amount of the operating earned point evaluation value of “2,320” points and the operating paid point evaluation value of “0” points is “2,320” points. It is displayed that the total value of investment profit and loss in point management with paid points is "+120" points.
　なお、ポイント残高表示領域ＰＶＲ１において、獲得運用ポイント残高と有償運用ポイント残高とを分けて表示させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。
　また、運用中ポイント評価額表示領域ＡＶＲ１において、運用中獲得ポイント評価額と運用中有償ポイント評価額とを分けて表示させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 In addition, in the point balance display area PVR1, the earned operation point balance and the paid operation point balance may be displayed separately, or may not be displayed.
Further, in the operating point evaluation value display area AVR1, the operating earned point evaluation value and the operating paid point evaluation value may be displayed separately, or may not be displayed.
＜処理＞
　図８－４は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａ（ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０）の制御部２１が実行する処理、サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１が実行する処理の一例を示している。 <Processing>
FIG. 8-4 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In this figure, from the left side, processing executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A (user AA's terminal 20), processing executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10, and processing executed by the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 An example of processing is shown.
　なお、本処理に先立って、端末２０Ａのユーザによって、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントと、証券取引サービスのアカウントとが開設（登録）され、任意の買付可能金額が証券口座に入金されていることとする。 Prior to this process, the user of the terminal 20A must have opened (registered) an account for the point management service and an account for the securities trading service, and deposited an arbitrary purchaseable amount into the securities account. do.
　まず、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、端末２０Ａのアカウントにおける買付可能金額を含む出金可能額情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｓ８１０）。なお、出金可能額情報に、端末２０Ａのアカウントにおける総資産額を含めるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。また、出金可能額情報に、限定ではなく例として、証券取引サーバ４０のユーザによってあらかじめ設定される、ポイントに移行する時の移行レートを含めるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 First, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits information on the amount of money that can be withdrawn, including the amount of money that can be purchased in the account of the terminal 20A, to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44 (S810). It should be noted that the withdrawable amount information may or may not include the total asset amount in the account of the terminal 20A. Also, as an example and not a limitation, the withdrawable amount information may or may not include a transfer rate when transferring to points, which is preset by the user of the securities trading server 40. good.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０から出金可能額情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受信した出金可能額情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ８１０）。そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの入出力部２３に対する入力（ユーザ操作）に基づいて、証券取引サービスのアカウントからポイント運用サービスのアカウントへ移す出金額を受け付ける（Ａ８２０）。 When the communication I/F 22 receives the available withdrawal amount information from the securities trading server 40, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A displays the received available withdrawal amount information on the display unit 24 (A810). Then, as an example and not limitation, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A accepts the withdrawal amount to be transferred from the securities trading service account to the point management service account based on the input (user operation) to the input/output unit 23 of the terminal 20A. (A820).
　すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受け付けた出金額が買付可能金額以下であるか否かを判定する（Ａ８３０）。 Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A determines whether or not the accepted withdrawal amount is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount (A830).
　受け付けた出金額が買付可能金額以下の場合（Ａ８３０：ＹＥＳ）、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、出金額を含むポイント出金依頼情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０に送信する（Ａ８４０）。 If the received withdrawal amount is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount (A830: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A transmits point withdrawal request information including the withdrawal amount to the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 22 (A840 ).
　受け付けた出金額が買付可能金額より大きい場合（Ａ８３０：ＮＯ）端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、処理を終了させる。 If the accepted withdrawal amount is greater than the purchaseable amount (A830: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａからポイント出金依頼情報を受信する場合（Ｓ８２０：ＹＥＳ）、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント出金処理を実行する（Ｓ８３０）。 When the communication I/F 44 receives point payment request information from the terminal 20A (S820: YES), the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes point payment processing (S830).
　なお、端末２０ＡにおいてＡ８３０のステップをスキップし、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント出金依頼情報によって受け付けた出金額が買付可能金額以下の場合にのみポイント出金処理を実行するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Note that step A830 is skipped in the terminal 20A, and the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes point withdrawal processing only when the withdrawal amount accepted by the point withdrawal request information is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount. may or may not be so.
　ポイント出金処理において、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、出金額を、移行レートに従い、出金先であるポイント運用サービスのポイントに変換する。以下では、変換された出金額を出金先ポイント数と呼称する。また、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、出金額を買付可能金額から減算する。 In the point withdrawal process, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 converts the withdrawal amount into points of the point management service, which is the withdrawal destination, according to the transfer rate. Hereinafter, the converted withdrawal amount is referred to as the number of withdrawal destination points. Also, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 subtracts the withdrawal amount from the purchaseable amount.
　そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、端末２０Ａのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、出金先ポイント数とを含むポイント付与依頼情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によってサーバ１０に送信する（Ｓ８４０）。 Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits point grant request information including the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of withdrawal points to the server 10 via the communication I/F 14 (S840).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０からポイント付与依頼情報を受信する場合（Ｐ８１０：ＹＥＳ）、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント付与処理を受信する（Ｐ８２０）。 When receiving point award request information from the securities trading server 40 via the communication I/F 14 (P810: YES), the control unit 11 of the server 10 receives point award processing (P820).
　ポイント付与処理において、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、受信した出金先ポイント数を、受信したポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤのアカウントにおける有償運用ポイント残高に加算する。 In the point granting process, the control unit 11 of the server 10 adds the received withdrawal point number to the paid management point balance in the account of the received point management application ID.
　その後、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント付与処理後の有償運用ポイント残高を含むポイント付与結果情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、処理を終了させる。 After that, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits point grant result information including the paid operation point balance after the point grant processing to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14. Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０からポイント付与依頼情報を受信しない場合（Ｐ８１０：ＮＯ）、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、処理を終了させる。 When the communication I/F 14 does not receive the point award request information from the securities trading server 40 (P810: NO), the control unit 11 of the server 10 terminates the process.
　証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント出金処理後の買付可能金額を含む出金結果情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａに送信する。そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、処理を終了させる。 The control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 transmits the withdrawal result information including the purchaseable amount after the point withdrawal processing to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 44. Then, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 terminates the process.
　なお、Ｐ８３０のステップにおいて、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント付与結果情報を証券取引サーバ４０に対しても送信するようにしてもよい。そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、サーバ１０からポイント付与結果情報を受信すると、ポイント付与結果情報を端末２０Ａに送信するようにしてもよい。 It should be noted that in step P830, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may also transmit the point award result information to the securities trading server 40 as well. Then, upon receiving the point award result information from the server 10, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 may transmit the point award result information to the terminal 20A.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によって端末２０Ａからポイント出金依頼情報を受信しない場合（Ｓ８２０：ＮＯ）、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、処理を終了させる。 When the communication I/F 44 does not receive the point withdrawal request information from the terminal 20A (S820: NO), the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 terminates the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって証券取引サーバ４０から出金結果情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受信した出金結果情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ８５０）。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０からポイント付与結果情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受信したポイント付与結果情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ８５０）。そして、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、処理を終了させる。 When the communication I/F 22 receives the payment result information from the securities trading server 40, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A displays the received payment result information on the display unit 24 (A850). Further, when the point award result information is received from the server 10 through the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received point award result information (A850). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminates the process.
＜第８実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、通信システム１は、ユーザの証券取引サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第２識別情報の一例）に関連付けられた買付可能金額（限定ではなく、価値単位の値の一例）のうちの出金額（限定ではなく、第２値の一例）の関連付けを解除し、移行レートに基づくポイント数（限定ではなく、第２ポイント数の一例）をユーザのポイント運用サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第１識別情報）に関連付ける処理を、ユーザによる出金に関する入力等の条件（限定ではなく、設定された第２条件の一例）に基づいて、通信システム１の複数の制御部によって行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、設定された第２条件に基づいて、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けられた法定通貨の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、第２値に基づく第２ポイント数をユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることができる。 <Effects of the eighth embodiment>
In this embodiment, the communication system 1 is configured to transmit the purchaseable amount (an example of a unit value, not a limitation) associated with the user's securities trading service account (an example of the second identification information, not a limitation). Disassociate the withdrawal amount (not a limitation, but an example of the second value), and transfer the number of points based on the transfer rate (not a limitation, but an example of the second point number) to the user's point management service account (not a limitation) A configuration in which a plurality of control units of the communication system 1 perform the process of associating with the first identification information) based on conditions such as input by the user (not a limitation, but an example of a set second condition) is shown.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the association of the second value among the legal currency values associated with the user's second identification information is canceled based on the set second condition. , a second number of points based on the second value can be associated with the first identity of the user.
　また、この場合、設定された第２条件は、出金額（限定ではなく、第２値の一例）が買付可能金額（限定ではなく、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値の一例）以下であるとする条件（限定ではなく、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値に基づく条件の一例）を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値に基づく条件に基づいて、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けられた法定通貨の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、第２値に基づく第２ポイント数をユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることができる。 Also, in this case, the set second condition is that the withdrawal amount (not limited, but an example of the second value) is equal to the purchaseable amount (not limited, but an example of the value unit value associated with the second identification information ) (an example, but not a limitation, of a condition based on the value of the unit of value associated with the second identification).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, based on the condition based on the value of the denomination associated with the second identification information, out of the legal currency value associated with the second identification information of the user and associate a second number of points based on the second value with the first identity of the user.
　また、この場合、第２処理は、出金額を買付可能金額から減算し、出金先ポイント数を有償運用ポイント残高に加算する処理（限定ではなく、証券口座の価値単位の値から第２値を減算し、ポイント運用口座のポイント数に第２ポイント数を加算する処理の一例）を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、証券口座の価値単位の値から第２値を減算し、ポイント運用口座のポイント数に第２ポイント数を加算する処理を行うことによって、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けられた法定通貨の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、第２値に基づく第２ポイント数をユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることができる。 Also, in this case, the second process is the process of subtracting the withdrawal amount from the purchaseable amount and adding the number of withdrawal destination points to the paid management point balance (not limited to this, but An example of a process of subtracting the value and adding the second point number to the point number of the point management account)).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, by performing a process of subtracting the second value from the value unit value of the securities account and adding the second point number to the point number of the point management account, A second one of the fiat currency values associated with the second identity of the user can be disassociated and a second number of points based on the second value can be associated with the first identity of the user.
　また、本実施例は、ポイント数は、有償運用ポイント残高（限定ではなく、有料ポイント数の一例）と、獲得運用ポイント残高（無償ポイント残高）（限定ではなく、無料ポイント数の一例）とを含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、有料ポイント数と、無料ポイント数とをユーザに報知することができる。 In addition, in this embodiment, the number of points is divided into a paid management point balance (not limited, but an example of the number of paid points) and an earned management point balance (unpaid point balance) (not limited, but an example of the number of free points). can be included.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to notify the user of the number of paid points and the number of free points.
　また、この場合、端末２０は、有償運用ポイント残高に基づく利益情報（限定ではなく、第１利益情報の一例）と、獲得運用ポイント残高に基づく利益情報（限定ではなく、第２利益情報の一例）とを表示部２４に表示するようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、有料ポイント数に基づくユーザの利益と、無料ポイント数に基づくユーザの利益とを、ユーザに報知することができる。 Further, in this case, the terminal 20 may provide profit information based on the balance of paid operation points (not limited, but an example of first profit information) and profit information based on the earned operation point balance (not limited, but an example of second profit information). ) can be displayed on the display unit 24 .
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to inform the user of the user's benefit based on the number of paid points and the user's benefit based on the number of free points.
　また、本実施例は、ユーザの証券取引サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第２識別情報の一例）に関連付けられた買付可能金額（限定ではなく、価値単位の値の一例）のうちの出金額（限定ではなく、第２値の一例）の関連付けが、ユーザによる出金に関する入力等の条件（限定ではなく、設定された条件の一例）に基づいて証券取引サーバ４０（限定ではなく、第２情報処理装置の一例）によって解除される。
　証券取引サーバ４０と通信するサーバ１０（限定ではなく、第１情報処理装置の一例）は、ポイント付与依頼情報（限定ではなく、第１値に基づくポイントの数であるポイント数を、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報の一例）を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０から受信する。そして、サーバ１０は、受信した情報に基づいて、ポイント付与処理（限定ではなく、第１値に基づくポイント数を第１識別情報に関連付ける処理の一例）を制御部１１によって行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、設定された条件に基づいて、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第１値の関連付けが第２情報処理装置によって解除される。その上で、第１情報処理装置は、第２情報処理装置から受信した情報に基づいて、第１値に基づくポイント数をユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることができる。 In addition, the present embodiment can be applied to the output of the purchaseable amount (an example of a value unit value, not a limitation) associated with the user's securities trading service account (an example of the second identification information, not a limitation). The association of the amount (not limited, but an example of the second value) is based on conditions such as input by the user (not limited, but an example of a set condition) (not limited, but a second value) 2 (an example of an information processing device).
The server 10 (not limited to, but an example of a first information processing device) that communicates with the securities trading server 40 receives point grant request information (not limited to, the number of points based on the first value), the number of points based on the first value of the user. 1) is received from the securities trading server 40 by the communication I/F 14 . Then, the server 10 shows a configuration in which the control unit 11 performs a point giving process (not a limitation, but an example of a process of associating the number of points based on the first value with the first identification information) based on the received information. .
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the association of the first value among the value unit values associated with the second identification information of the user is performed based on the set conditions. Released by the device. Based on the information received from the second information processing device, the first information processing device can then associate the number of points based on the first value with the first identification information of the user.
　また、本実施例は、サーバ１０（限定ではなく、第１情報処理装置の一例）と通信する証券取引サーバ４０（限定ではなく、第２情報処理装置の一例）は、ユーザの証券取引サービスのアカウント（限定ではなく、第２識別情報の一例）に関連付けられた買付可能金額（限定ではなく、価値単位の値の一例）のうちの出金額（限定ではなく、第２値の一例）の関連付けを、ユーザによる出金に関する入力等の条件（限定ではなく、設定された条件の一例）に基づいて解除する処理を行う。そして、証券取引サーバ４０は、ポイント付与依頼情報（限定ではなく、第１ポイント数を、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報の一例）を通信Ｉ／Ｆ４４によってサーバ１０に送信する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第２情報処理装置は、設定された条件に基づいて、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第１値の関連付けを解除することができる。また、第２情報処理装置は、第１情報処理装置に、第１値に基づく第１ポイント数をユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けさせることができる。 In addition, in this embodiment, the securities trading server 40 (not limited to, but an example of a first information processing device) that communicates with the server 10 (not limited to, but an example of a first information processing device) provides securities trading services for users. Withdrawal amount (not limited, but an example of a second value) out of the purchaseable amount (not limited, but an example of a value unit value) associated with an account (not limited, but an example of second identification information) A process of canceling the association is performed based on a condition such as an input by the user regarding withdrawal (not a limitation, but an example of a set condition). Then, the securities trading server 40 is configured to transmit point grant request information (not limited to, but an example of information relating to associating the first point number with the user's first identification information) to the server 10 via the communication I/F 44. showing.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the second information processing device, based on the set conditions, sets the first value among the value unit values associated with the user's second identification information. can be disassociated. Also, the second information processing device can cause the first information processing device to associate the first point number based on the first value with the first identification information of the user.
＜第８変形例（１）＞
　第８実施例では、ポイント付与依頼情報には端末２０Ａのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、出金先ポイント数とを含むようにしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、ポイント付与依頼情報には端末２０Ａのポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、出金額と、移行レートとを含むようにしてもよい。なお、サーバ１０のユーザによって移行レートが設定され、証券取引サーバ４０に送信される場合、ポイント付与依頼情報には移行レートを含まないようにしてもよい。 <Eighth modification (1)>
In the eighth embodiment, the point grant request information includes the point management application ID of the terminal 20A and the number of points to be withdrawn, but is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, the point grant request information may include the point management application ID of the terminal 20A, the withdrawal amount, and the transfer rate. Note that when the transfer rate is set by the user of the server 10 and transmitted to the securities transaction server 40, the point grant request information may not include the transfer rate.
　この場合、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって証券取引サーバ４０からポイント付与依頼情報を受信すると、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、受信した出金額を、移行レートに従い、出金先ポイント数に変換する。 In this case, when receiving point grant request information from the securities transaction server 40 via the communication I/F 14, the control unit 11 of the server 10 converts the received withdrawal amount into the number of points for the withdrawal destination according to the transfer rate.
＜第８変形例（２）＞
　第８実施例では、出金額が買付可能金額以下である場合、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント出金処理を実行することとしたが、これに限定されない。
　限定ではなく例として、出金額が総資産額以下である場合、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント出金処理を実行するようにしてもよい。 <Eighth modification (2)>
In the eighth embodiment, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes point withdrawal processing when the withdrawal amount is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount, but the present invention is not limited to this.
As an example and not a limitation, when the withdrawal amount is equal to or less than the total asset amount, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 may execute point withdrawal processing.
　この場合、ポイント出金処理において、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント出金処理において、買付可能金額が出金額以上となるまで証券口座が保有している金融商品を売却する。そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、出金額を、移行レートに従い、出金先ポイント数に変換する。そして、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、出金額を買付可能金額から減算する。 In this case, in the point withdrawal process, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 sells the financial products held by the securities account until the purchaseable amount reaches or exceeds the withdrawal amount in the point withdrawal process. Then, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 converts the withdrawal amount into the number of withdrawal destination points according to the transfer rate. Then, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 subtracts the withdrawal amount from the purchaseable amount.
　本変形例は、設定された第２条件は、出金額（限定ではなく、第２値の一例）が総資産額（限定ではなく、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値の一例）以下であるとする条件（限定ではなく、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値に基づく条件の一例）を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第８実施例と同様に、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値に基づく条件に基づいて、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けられた法定通貨の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、第２値に基づく第２ポイント数を、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることができる。 In this modified example, the set second condition is that the withdrawal amount (not a limitation, but an example of a second value) is the total asset amount (not a limitation, but an example of a value unit value associated with the second identification information) A condition (an example, but not a limitation, of a condition based on the value of the unit of value associated with the second identification) may be included that:
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, similar to the eighth embodiment, based on the condition based on the value of the unit of value associated with the second identification information, A second one of the received fiat currency values can be disassociated, and a second number of points based on the second value can be associated with the first identity of the user.
　＜第８変形例（３）＞
　第８実施例では、ユーザが指定した出金額に応じたポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントに有償ポイントとして付与する例を示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、証券取引アプリケーションを用いて金融商品等の商品を購入し、発生した端数を有償ポイントとして付与するようにしてもよい。 <Eighth modification (3)>
In the eighth embodiment, an example was shown in which points corresponding to the withdrawal amount specified by the user are given to the account of the point management service as paid points, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not as a limitation, a security transaction application may be used to purchase products such as financial products, and generated fractions may be awarded as paid points.
　図８－５は、本変形例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図８－５左側は、限定ではなく例として、図８－２左側の画面において、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって取引メニューボタンがタップされ、「Ｚ社株」の新規購入（新規発注）が選択されると表示される金融商品発注画面の一例である。 FIG. 8-5 is a diagram showing an example of transition of screens displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modified example.
The left side of FIG. 8-5 shows, by way of example and not limitation, on the screen on the left side of FIG. It is an example of a financial product order screen displayed when selected.
　この画面では、限定ではなく例として、「Ｚ社」の株式を指値「６，０００」で「１００」株発注することが発注条件として設定されている。また、証券口座の買付可能金額が「６００，０００」円であることが示されている。 On this screen, as an example, not as a limitation, the order condition is to place an order for "100" shares of "Company Z" at a limit price of "6,000". In addition, it is shown that the purchaseable amount in the securities account is "600,000" yen.
　金融商品発注画面の下部には、今回の発注で発生する買付可能金額の端数（限定ではなく例として、「１，０００」円以下の金額）をポイント運用サービスに出金するか否かを選択するための自動出金選択ボタンＷＰＢ１が表示されている。自動出金選択ボタンＷＰＢ１のチェックボックスがオンである場合、金融商品の発注において発生した買付可能金額の端数が自動的にポイント運用サービスへ出金される。 At the bottom of the financial product ordering screen, you can select whether or not to withdraw the fraction of the purchaseable amount (for example, not limited to the amount of "1,000" yen or less) generated in this order to the point management service. An automatic withdrawal selection button WPB1 for selection is displayed. When the check box of the automatic withdrawal selection button WPB1 is ON, the fraction of the buyable amount generated in ordering the financial product is automatically withdrawn to the point management service.
　限定ではなく例として、自動出金選択ボタンＷＰＢ１のチェックボックスがオンの状態で、自動出金選択ボタンＷＰＢ１の下にある「買い発注」の文字で示される金融商品発注ボタンＯＢＴ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図８－５中央のホーム画面に表示が遷移する。 As a non-limiting example, when the check box of the automatic withdrawal selection button WPB1 is on and the financial product order button OBT2 indicated by the characters "buy order" under the automatic withdrawal selection button WPB1 is tapped. , the display transitions to the home screen in the center of FIG. 8-5 as an example and not a limitation.
　この画面では、重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１に、図８－５左側において発注した取引が成立し、「Ｚ社」の株式を「５，９９８」円で「１００」株購入したことを示すお知らせＮＴ８が表示されている。 In this screen, in the important notification display area NTR1, a notice NT8 indicating that the transaction ordered on the left side of Fig. 8-5 has been completed and that "100" shares of "Company Z" have been purchased for "5,998 yen" is displayed. is displayed.
　また、重要通知表示領域ＮＴＲ１には、取引前の買付可能金額「６００，０００」円から「Ｚ社株」の買付に必要とした「５，９９８」円×「１００」株＝「５９９、８００」円を差し引いた取引後の買付可能金額が「２００」円と端数になった事に基づいて、ポイント運用サービスＸＸに「２００」円を出金したことを示すお知らせＮＴ９が表示されている。 In addition, in the important notification display area NTR1, "5,998" x "100" shares = "599", which was required to purchase "Company Z stock" from the purchaseable amount "600,000" before the transaction. , based on the fact that the purchaseable amount after deducting 800 yen became a fraction of 200 yen, a notification NT9 was displayed indicating that 200 yen had been withdrawn to the point management service XX. ing.
　保有銘柄確認領域ＡＢＲ１では、ユーザが「Ｚ社」の株式を取得したことにより、株式の項目に「Ｚ社」の銘柄名と、現在の株価「５，９９８」円とが表示されている。また、現在の株価の下には、株式取得時からの株価の変動が「±０」円であることが示されている。 In the owned brand confirmation area ABR1, the stock item of "Company Z" and the current stock price of "5,998" are displayed in the stock item because the user has acquired the stock of "Company Z." Further, below the current stock price, it is shown that the stock price has fluctuated by "±0" yen since the acquisition of the stock.
　資産残高表示領域ＢＶＲ１では、買付可能金額が取引後の端数「２００」円の出金により「０」円となり、資産総額が「５９９、８００」円であることが示されている。 In the asset balance display area BVR1, the purchaseable amount becomes "0" yen due to the withdrawal of the fraction "200" yen after the transaction, and the total asset amount is "599,800" yen.
　図８－５右側の画面は、ポイント付与処理が実行された後、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ操作に基づいて表示される、ポイント運用アプリケーションのおしらせ画面の一例である。 The screen on the right side of FIG. 8-5 is an example of a point management application notification screen that is displayed based on a user's operation, not by way of limitation, after the point awarding process is executed.
　この画面では、「ＹＹ証券」から出金された「２００」円が、移行レートに従って「２００」ポイントに換算され、ポイント運用サービスのアカウントで有償ポイントとして取得されたことを表す、「ポイント取得」のタイトル文字で示されるおしらせＰＮＴ５が表示されている。 On this screen, "200 yen" withdrawn from "YY Securities" is converted into "200" points according to the transfer rate, and "Acquire Points" indicates that the points have been acquired as paid points in the point management service account. is displayed.
　また、ポイント出金処理が実行されたことに伴い、ポイント残高表示領域ＰＶＲ１では、獲得運用ポイント残高と有償運用ポイント残高との合計額が「３，６５０」ポイントから「３，８５０」ポイントに増加したことが表示されている。 In addition, in the point balance display area PVR1, the total amount of the acquired operation point balance and the paid operation point balance increases from "3,650" points to "3,850" points in accordance with the execution of the point withdrawal process. what has been done is displayed.
　本変形例は、第２値は、商品の発注で発生する買付可能金額の端数（限定ではなく、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値を利用して商品を購入した残りの値の一例）である構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値を利用して商品を購入した残りの値を第２値として、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、第２値に基づく第２ポイント数が第１識別情報に関連付けられるようにすることができる。 In this modification, the second value is a fraction of the purchaseable amount generated by ordering the product (not limited, but the remaining value obtained by purchasing the product using the value unit value associated with the second identification information) (example)).
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, the remaining value obtained by purchasing the product using the value unit value associated with the second identification information is associated with the second identification information as the second value. A second one of the derived value unit values may be disassociated so that a second number of points based on the second value is associated with the first identification.
　また、この場合、発注する商品は、金融商品とすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値を利用して金融商品を購入した残りの値を第２値として、第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、第２値に基づく第２ポイント数が第１識別情報に関連付けられるようにすることができる。 In this case, the product to be ordered can be a financial product.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the value remaining after purchasing a financial product using the value unit value associated with the second identification information is set as the second value, and the second identification information A second one of the associated value unit values may be disassociated such that a second number of points based on the second value is associated with the first identification.
　＜第８変形例（４）＞
　第８実施例では、ユーザが指定した出金額に応じたポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントに有償ポイントとして付与する例を示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーションを介して証券取引サービスのアカウントを開設した場合、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント出金処理において、ユーザが指定した出金額に、証券取引サーバ４０において所定のボーナス金額を加算した金額を出金先ポイント数に変換するようにしてもよい。 <Eighth modification (4)>
In the eighth embodiment, an example was shown in which points corresponding to the withdrawal amount specified by the user are given to the account of the point management service as paid points, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, when an account for a securities trading service is opened via a point management application, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40, in the point withdrawal process, adds the withdrawal amount specified by the user to the securities trading server 40 , the amount obtained by adding a predetermined bonus amount may be converted into the number of withdrawal destination points.
　なお、ポイント運用アプリケーションを介して証券取引サービスのアカウントを開設した場合、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ポイント付与処理において、証券取引サーバ４０から受信した出金先ポイント数に、所定のボーナスポイントを加算したポイント数を有償ポイントとして付与するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Note that when an account for a securities trading service is opened via a point management application, the control unit 11 of the server 10 adds a predetermined bonus point to the withdrawal destination points received from the securities trading server 40 in the point granting process. The added points may be given as paid points, or may not be given.
　また、ポイント運用アプリケーションを介して証券取引サービスのアカウントを開設した場合、移行レートを、限定ではなく例として、「１」円＝「２」ポイント等に優遇するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 In addition, when an account for a securities trading service is opened via a point management application, the transfer rate may be preferentially treated as "1" yen = "2" points, etc., as an example, not as a limitation. does not have to be
　＜第８変形例（５）＞
　第８実施例では、出金額が買付可能金額以下である場合、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント出金処理を実行することとしたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、出金額として、任意の金額を受け付け、金融市場の変動に伴って、総資産額が出金額以上となった場合、証券取引サーバ４０の制御部４１は、ポイント出金処理を実行するようにしてもよい。 <Eighth modification (5)>
In the eighth embodiment, the control unit 41 of the securities trading server 40 executes point withdrawal processing when the withdrawal amount is equal to or less than the purchaseable amount, but the present invention is not limited to this. As a non-limiting example, when an arbitrary amount is accepted as a withdrawal amount, and the total asset amount exceeds the withdrawal amount due to fluctuations in the financial market, the control unit 41 of the securities transaction server 40 performs point withdrawal processing. may be executed.
　＜第８変形例（６）＞
　第８実施例では、証券取引サーバ４０で管理されるアカウントからポイント運用サービスを提供するサーバ１０で管理されるアカウントへ出金が行われたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、サーバ１０と、証券取引サーバ４０との他に、ポイントサービスを管理するための不図示のポイント管理サーバを設け、ポイント管理サーバを介して証券取引サーバ４０からサーバ１０への出金が行われるようにしてもよい。 <Eighth modification (6)>
In the eighth embodiment, withdrawal was made from the account managed by the securities transaction server 40 to the account managed by the server 10 that provides the point management service, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, in addition to the server 10 and the securities transaction server 40, a point management server (not shown) for managing the point service is provided, and a communication from the securities transaction server 40 to the server 10 is provided via the point management server. Withdrawals may be made.
　この場合、ポイントアプリケーションアカウント管理データベースにおいて、ポイント残高として、有償ポイント残高と獲得ポイント残高とを管理する。 In this case, the balance of paid points and the balance of earned points are managed as the point balance in the point application account management database.
　そして、証券取引サーバ４０は、ポイント付与依頼情報をポイント管理サーバに送信し、ポイント管理サーバは、ポイント付与依頼情報を受信すると、ポイント付与処理を実行する。 Then, the securities trading server 40 transmits the point grant request information to the point management server, and upon receiving the point grant request information, the point management server executes point grant processing.
　＜第８変形例（７）＞
　第８実施例では、ユーザが指定した出金額に応じたポイントをポイント運用サービスのアカウントに有償ポイントとして付与する例を示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、有償ポイントと無償ポイントとを区別せずに、ポイントを付与するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 <Eighth modification (7)>
In the eighth embodiment, an example was shown in which points corresponding to the withdrawal amount specified by the user are given to the account of the point management service as paid points, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not as a limitation, points may or may not be awarded without distinguishing between paid points and free points.
　この場合、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５には、第１のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ａを用いる。そして、ポイント付与処理において、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、受信した出金先ポイント数を、受信したポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤのアカウントにおける運用ポイント残高に加算する。 In this case, the point management application account management database 155 uses the first point management application account management database 155A. Then, in the point granting process, the control unit 11 of the server 10 adds the received withdrawal point number to the management point balance in the account of the received point management application ID.
＜第９実施例＞
　第４実施例では、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと、証券取引アプリケーションＩＤとが独立している例を示したが、これに限定されない。
　第９実施例は、ポイント運用アプリケーションと証券取引アプリケーションとにおいて、共通の識別情報（以下、「共通アプリケーションＩＤ」と呼称する。）を用いる実施例である。 <Ninth embodiment>
In the fourth embodiment, an example was shown in which the point management application ID and the securities trading application ID are independent, but the present invention is not limited to this.
The ninth embodiment is an embodiment that uses common identification information (hereinafter referred to as "common application ID") in the point management application and the securities trading application.
　第９実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 The content described in the ninth embodiment can be applied to each of the other embodiments and each of the other modifications.
Moreover, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected about the component same as an already-appearing component, and description for the second time is abbreviate|omitted.
　図９－１は、本実施例においてサーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶される情報等の一例を示す図である。
　記憶部１５には、限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用アプリケーション管理処理プログラム１５１と、共通アカウント登録データ１５９と、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５とが記憶される。 FIG. 9A is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
The storage unit 15 stores, as a non-limiting example, a point use application management processing program 151 , common account registration data 159 , and a point use application account management database 155 .
　図９－２は、本実施例において証券取引サーバ４０の記憶部４５に記憶される情報等の一例を示す図である。
　記憶部４５には、限定ではなく例として、証券取引アプリケーション管理処理プログラム４５１と、証券取引基幹業務処理プログラム４５２と、共通アカウント登録データ４５９と、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５と、金融商品管理データベース４５７とが記憶される。 FIG. 9B is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 45 of the securities transaction server 40 in this embodiment.
In the storage unit 45, as a non-limiting example, a securities transaction application management processing program 451, a securities transaction core business processing program 452, a common account registration data 459, a securities transaction application account management database 455, and a financial product management database 457 are stored.
　共通アカウント登録データ１５９は、アプリケーション（この例ではポイント運用アプリケーションと証券取引アプリケーション）のアカウントに関する登録データであり、そのデータ構成の一例を図９－３に示す。
　共通アカウント登録データ１５９には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ名と、共通アプリケーションＩＤと、その他登録情報とが関連付けて記憶される。 The common account registration data 159 is registration data relating to accounts of applications (in this example, a point management application and a securities trading application), and an example of the data configuration is shown in FIG. 9C.
Common account registration data 159 stores a user name, a common application ID, and other registration information in association with each other, for example and not limitation.
　ユーザ名は、ポイント運用アプリケーションと証券取引アプリケーションとを利用する端末２０のアカウントの名称であり、限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザがポイント運用アプリケーションまたは証券取引アプリケーションを利用する際に登録する氏名が記憶される。 The user name is the name of the account of the terminal 20 that uses the point management application and the stock trading application. is stored.
　共通アプリケーションＩＤは、ポイント運用アプリケーションと証券取引アプリケーションとのアカウントを識別するために用いられる情報、またはアカウントそのものである。
　この共通アプリケーションＩＤは、好ましくはアカウントごとに一意な値であり、限定ではなく例として、サーバ１０または証券取引サーバ４０によってアカウントごとに一意な値（固有の値）が設定されて記憶される。
　共通アプリケーションＩＤは、端末２０、またはその端末２０のユーザに関連付けられた情報であり、端末に関する情報、または端末のユーザに関する情報の一例である。 The common application ID is information used to identify the account of the point management application and the securities trading application, or the account itself.
This common application ID is preferably a unique value for each account, and as an example and not a limitation, a unique value (unique value) is set and stored for each account by the server 10 or the securities trading server 40 .
The common application ID is information associated with the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20, and is an example of information about the terminal or information about the user of the terminal.
　その他登録情報には、限定ではなく例として、端末２０を識別するための識別情報、端末２０の電話番号（端末電話番号）、メールアドレス（端末メールアドレス）、ポイント運用アプリケーションと証券取引アプリケーションにおける各種の認証に利用されるパスワード（ログインパスワード、認証パスワード等）等の認証情報といった各種の情報を含めるようにすることができる。 The other registration information includes, for example and not limitation, identification information for identifying the terminal 20, the telephone number of the terminal 20 (terminal telephone number), the e-mail address (terminal e-mail address), various Various types of information such as authentication information such as passwords (login password, authentication password, etc.) used for authentication can be included.
　共通アカウント登録データ４５９は、限定ではなく例として、共通アカウント登録データ１５９と同様のデータ構成とすることができる。
　なお、共通アカウント登録データ１５９と共通アカウント登録データ４５９とで記憶される情報は、同期されるようにすることができる。 Common account registration data 459 may have the same data configuration as common account registration data 159 as an example and not limitation.
The information stored in common account registration data 159 and common account registration data 459 can be synchronized.
　本実施例では、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５として、限定ではなく例として、第１のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ａを用いることができる。ただし、第１のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ａにおけるポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤの項目には、共通アプリケーションＩＤが記憶される。 In this embodiment, as the point management application account management database 155, the first point management application account management database 155A can be used as an example and not as a limitation. However, the common application ID is stored in the point management application ID item in the first point management application account management database 155A.
　また、本実施例では、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５として、限定ではなく例として、第１の証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５Ａを用いることができる。ただし、第１の証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５Ａにおける証券取引アプリケーションＩＤの項目には、共通アプリケーションＩＤが記憶される。 Also, in this embodiment, as the securities transaction application account management database 455, the first securities transaction application account management database 455A can be used as an example and not as a limitation. However, the common application ID is stored in the item of the securities transaction application ID in the first securities transaction application account management database 455A.
＜処理＞
　処理については、限定ではなく例として、図４－３における各処理において、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと証券取引アプリケーションＩＤとを共通アプリケーションＩＤに置き換えることで、同様に実行することが可能なため、再度の説明を省略する。 <Processing>
As for the processing, as an example and not a limitation, in each processing in FIG. Description is omitted.
＜第９実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、ユーザのポイント数とユーザの法定通貨の値とが、共通アプリケーションＩＤ（共通アカウント）によって管理される（限定ではなく、第２識別情報は第１識別情報であることの一例）構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、共通の識別情報に対してユーザのポイント数とユーザの法定通貨の値とを関連付けることができる。これにより、ユーザのポイント数とユーザの法定通貨の値とが一元管理されるようにすることができる。 <Effect of the ninth embodiment>
In this embodiment, the number of points of the user and the value of the legal currency of the user are managed by a common application ID (common account) (not a limitation, but an example in which the second identification information is the first identification information). showing configuration.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to associate the number of points of the user and the legal currency value of the user with common identification information. As a result, the number of points of the user and the value of the legal currency of the user can be centrally managed.
＜第９変形例（１）＞
　第９実施例では、ポイント運用サービスのポイントを証券取引サービスの買付可能金額に移行する例を示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、証券取引サービスにおける買付可能金額の一例または全部を出金し、ポイント運用サービスのポイントとして付与するようにしてもよい。 <Ninth Modification (1)>
In the ninth embodiment, an example was shown in which the points of the point management service are transferred to the purchaseable amount of the securities transaction service, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, an example or all of the purchaseable amount in the securities trading service may be withdrawn and awarded as points for the point management service.
　この場合、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５として、限定ではなく例として、第３のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ｃを用いることができる。ただし、第３のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ｃにおけるポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤの項目には、共通アプリケーションＩＤが記憶される。 In this case, as the point management application account management database 155, the third point management application account management database 155C can be used as an example and not as a limitation. However, the common application ID is stored in the point management application ID item in the third point management application account management database 155C.
　処理については、限定ではなく例として、図８－４における各処理において、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと証券取引アプリケーションＩＤとを共通アプリケーションＩＤに置き換えることで、同様に実行することが可能なため、再度の説明を省略する。 As for the processing, as an example and not a limitation, in each processing in FIG. Description is omitted.
＜第９変形例（２）＞
　第９実施例では、ポイント運用サービスにおける運用ポイント残高と、証券取引サービスにおける買付可能金額を区別して管理していたが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、運用ポイント残高と買付可能金額を区別せず、運用ポイント残高の増減に応じて買付可能金額が増減し、また、買付可能金額の増減に応じて運用ポイント残高が増減するようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 <Ninth Modification (2)>
In the ninth embodiment, the managed point balance in the point management service and the buyable amount in the securities trading service are separately managed, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not as a limitation, without distinguishing between the balance of operating points and the amount that can be purchased, the amount that can be purchased increases or decreases according to the increase or decrease of the balance of operating points, and the balance of operating points increases or decreases according to the increase or decrease of the amount that can be purchased. It may or may not be increased or decreased.
　限定ではなく例として、移行レートが「１」ポイント＝「１」円であり、この共通アプリケーションＩＤの買付可能金額が「１００，０００」円である場合、運用ポイント残高は「１００，０００」ポイントとなる。 As an example and not a limitation, if the transfer rate is "1" point = "1" yen and the purchaseable amount of this common application ID is "100,000" yen, the management point balance is "100,000" point.
　このとき、限定ではなく例として、運用中ポイント評価額が「２，３２０」ポイントである場合、運用中の全ポイントをポイント運用から外すと、運用ポイント残高は「１０２，３２０」ポイントと増加する。このとき、買付可能金額は「１０２，３２０」円となる。 At this time, as an example and not a limitation, if the point evaluation value during operation is "2,320" points, removing all the points under operation from the point operation increases the point balance under operation to "102,320" points. . At this time, the purchaseable amount is "102,320" yen.
　また、限定ではなく例として、「１０，０００」円分の金融商品を証券取引サービスにおいて購入した場合、買付可能金額は「９２，３２０」円に減少する。このとき、運用ポイント残高は「９２，３２０」ポイントとなる。 Also, as a non-limiting example, if a financial product worth "10,000" is purchased through a securities trading service, the purchaseable amount will be reduced to "92,320". At this time, the operational point balance is "92,320" points.
　すなわち、本変形例では、ポイント運用サービスにおけるポイントから証券取引サービスにおける法定通貨価値への変換・移動（移行）や、証券取引サービスにおける法定通貨価値からポイント運用サービスにおけるポイントへの変換・移動（付与）が同期的に実行される。 That is, in this modification, the points in the point management service are converted/transferred (transferred) into the legal currency value in the securities trading service, and the legal currency value in the securities trading service is converted/transferred (granted) into points in the point management service. ) are executed synchronously.
　なお、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５として、限定ではなく例として、第３のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ｃを用いることで、有償運用ポイント残高と買付可能金額を区別せず、有償運用ポイント残高の増減に応じて買付可能金額が増減し、また、買付可能金額の増減に応じて有償運用ポイント残高が増減するようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 By using the third point management application account management database 155C as the point management application account management database 155 as an example and not as a limitation, the balance of paid management points and the purchaseable amount are not distinguished, and the balance of paid management points The purchaseable amount may be increased or decreased according to the increase or decrease in the amount of purchase, and the balance of paid management points may be increased or decreased according to the increase or decrease in the purchaseable amount.
　また、共通アプリケーションＩＤを用いずに、ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと証券取引アプリケーションＩＤとを区別した状態で、運用ポイント残高と買付可能金額を区別せず、運用ポイント残高の増減に応じて買付可能金額が増減し、また、買付可能金額の増減に応じて運用ポイント残高が増減するようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 In addition, without using a common application ID, the point management application ID and the securities trading application ID are distinguished, and the management point balance and the purchaseable amount are not distinguished, and purchases can be made according to the increase or decrease of the management point balance. The amount of money increases or decreases, and the management point balance may increase or decrease according to the increase or decrease of the amount of money that can be purchased.
　この場合、ポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５として、限定ではなく例として、第３のポイント運用アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース１５５Ｃを用いることで、有償運用ポイント残高と買付可能金額を区別せず、有償運用ポイント残高の増減に応じて買付可能金額が増減し、また、買付可能金額の増減に応じて有償運用ポイント残高が増減するようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 In this case, by using the third point management application account management database 155C as the point management application account management database 155 as an example and not as a limitation, the paid management point balance and the purchaseable amount are not distinguished, and the paid management points The purchaseable amount may be increased or decreased according to the increase or decrease in the balance, and the paid management point balance may be increased or decreased according to the increase or decrease in the purchaseable amount.
　なお、証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５として、限定ではなく例として、第２の証券取引アプリケーションアカウント管理データベース４５５Ｂを用いることで、運用ポイント残高と証券ポイント残高とを区別せず、運用ポイント残高の増減に応じて証券ポイント残高が増減し、また、証券ポイント残高の増減に応じて運用ポイント残高が増減するようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 By using the second securities transaction application account management database 455B as the securities transaction application account management database 455 as an example and not a limitation, it is possible to increase or decrease the operation point balance without distinguishing between the operation point balance and the securities point balance. The stock point balance may increase or decrease according to the change in the stock point balance, and the management point balance may increase or decrease in accordance with the increase or decrease in the stock point balance.
　上記の内容を総括すると、本変形例において、ポイント運用サービスと証券取引サービスとにおいて、同期させ共通化可能な構成要素は、限定ではなく例として、以下の例が挙げられる。
（Ａ）ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと証券取引アプリケーションＩＤとが区別される場合。
・運用ポイント残高と買付可能金額
・有償運用ポイント残高と買付可能金額
・運用ポイント残高と証券ポイント残高
（Ｂ）ポイント運用アプリケーションＩＤと証券取引アプリケーションＩＤとが区別されない場合。
・運用ポイント残高と買付可能金額
・有償運用ポイント残高と買付可能金額
・運用ポイント残高と証券ポイント残高 Summarizing the above, in this modified example, the following examples are given as non-limiting examples of components that can be synchronized and shared between the point management service and the securities trading service.
(A) A case where the point management application ID and the securities trading application ID are distinguished.
・Management point balance and purchaseable amount ・Paid management point balance and purchaseable amount ・Management point balance and securities point balance (B) When the point management application ID and the securities transaction application ID are not distinguished.
・Management point balance and purchaseable amount ・Paid management point balance and purchaseable amount ・Management point balance and securities point balance
　本変形例は、ユーザのポイント数とユーザの法定通貨の値とが、アカウントが区別されて共通化される（限定ではなく、第２識別情報は第１識別情報とは異なることの一例）構成、またはアカウントが区別されずに共通化される（限定ではなく、第２識別情報は第１識別情報であることの一例）構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第１識別情報と第２識別情報との関係に依らず、ユーザのポイント数とユーザの法定通貨の値とが適切に管理されるようにすることができる。 In this modification, the number of points of the user and the value of the legal currency of the user are shared by different accounts (not a limitation, but an example that the second identification information is different from the first identification information). , or a configuration in which accounts are shared without distinction (not limited, but an example in which the second identification information is the first identification information).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to appropriately manage the number of points of the user and the value of the legal currency of the user regardless of the relationship between the first identification information and the second identification information. can be
＜他の実施例（１）＞
　上記の実施例では、ポイント運用における指標値と関連する金融商品の銘柄を提示する場合について説明したがこれに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用に複数の運用コースが用意されている場合、ユーザに対してお勧めの運用コースに関する情報を報知させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 <Another embodiment (1)>
In the above embodiment, the case of presenting the issue of the financial product associated with the index value in the point management has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. By way of example and not limitation, when a plurality of operation courses are prepared for point management, the user may or may not be notified of information regarding a recommended operation course.
　この場合、限定ではなく例として、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、ユーザに対してお勧めの運用コースに関する推奨運用コース情報を生成する。そして、サーバ１０の制御部１１は、１以上の運用コースに関する情報である推奨運用コース情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する。通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ１０から推奨運用コース情報を受信すると、端末２０Ａの制御部２１は、受信した推奨運用コース情報を表示部２４に表示させる。 In this case, as an example and not a limitation, the control unit 11 of the server 10 generates recommended operation course information regarding an operation course recommended for the user. Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits recommended operation course information, which is information regarding one or more operation courses, to the terminal 20A via the communication I/F 14 . When the recommended operation course information is received from the server 10 via the communication I/F 22, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A causes the display unit 24 to display the received recommended operation course information.
　なお、端末２０Ａの制御部２１が、推奨運用コース情報を生成し、表示部２４に表示させるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Note that the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A may generate the recommended operation course information and display it on the display unit 24, or may not do so.
　推奨運用コース情報は、限定ではなく例として、以下のユーザ情報に基づいて、推奨する運用コースを選択することができる。
（１）ポイント投資期間
　限定ではなく例として、ポイント投資期間が長い場合、指標値の変動の幅は小さいが長期的に上昇傾向にある運用コースを推奨する。
（２）運用するポイント数
　限定ではなく例として、運用するポイント数が少ない場合、運用損が小さいため、ボラティリティが高い投機的な運用コースを推奨する。
（３）運用コースごとの運用成績
　限定ではなく例として、一定期間内の上昇率が高い運用コースを推奨する。
（４）ユーザの趣味嗜好
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザの趣味が「自転車」の場合、自転車メーカーの株価に連動する運用コースを推奨する。
（５）ユーザの購買履歴
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザがポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携するショッピングサイトで家電製品を頻繁に購入している場合、家電メーカーの株価に連動する運用コースを推奨する。
（６）ユーザの性格診断
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザの性格が怖がりの場合、ボラティリティが低い運用コースを推奨する。
（７）ユーザの占い結果
　限定ではなく例として、ユーザの生年月日から占われた星占いの結果が芳しくない場合、ボラティリティが低い運用コースを推奨する。
（８）ユーザが好きな有名人
　限定ではなく例として、有名人が行っている投資傾向が公開されている場合、その有名人と同様のポートフォリオとなる運用コースを推奨する。
（９）ユーザが尊敬する投資家
　限定ではなく例として、尊敬する投資家の投資スタンスに近いポートフォリオとなる運用コースを推奨する。 The recommended operating course information can select a recommended operating course based on the following user information, by way of example and not limitation.
(1) Point investment period As a non-limiting example, if the point investment period is long, we recommend an operation course that shows a long-term upward trend although the fluctuation range of the index value is small.
(2) Number of points to be invested As an example, not a limitation, if the number of points to be invested is small, a speculative investment course with high volatility is recommended because investment losses are small.
(3) Investment results for each investment course As an example, not a limitation, we recommend an investment course with a high rate of increase within a certain period.
(4) User's Hobbies and Tastes As a non-limiting example, if the user's hobby is "bicycling," an operation course linked to the stock prices of bicycle manufacturers is recommended.
(5) User's purchase history As a non-limiting example, if the user frequently purchases home appliances at a shopping site affiliated with a point management service provider, an operation course linked to the home appliance manufacturer's stock price is recommended. .
(6) User Personality Diagnosis As an example and not a limitation, if the user has a fearful personality, an operation course with low volatility is recommended.
(7) User's Fortune-telling Result As an example and not limitation, if the result of the horoscope predicted from the date of birth of the user is not favorable, an operation course with low volatility is recommended.
(8) User's favorite celebrities As an example, but not limited to, when the investment trends of celebrities are disclosed, an investment course that is a portfolio similar to that of celebrities is recommended.
(9) Investors Respected by Users As an example, not as a limitation, we recommend a management course that results in a portfolio that is close to the investment stance of investors that the user respects.
　本実施例は、端末２０が、端末２０のユーザの情報に基づいて、推奨運用コースの情報等（限定ではなく、指標値の候補の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、ユーザの情報に基づいて、適切な指標値の候補をユーザに報知することができる。 This embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 displays information on a recommended operation course (not a limitation, but an example of index value candidates) on the display unit 24 based on the information of the user of the terminal 20 .
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can notify the user of suitable index value candidates based on the user's information.
　また、この場合、端末２０のユーザの情報は、端末２０のユーザのポイント投資期間、運用ポイント数、運用成績などの情報（限定ではなく、ポイント数の運用の関する情報の一例）を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、ポイント数と指標値との関連付けに基づく、ポイント数の運用に関する情報に基づいて、より適切な指標値の候補をユーザに報知することができる。 Also, in this case, the information of the user of the terminal 20 includes information such as the point investment period of the user of the terminal 20, the number of points managed, and the management performance (not limited, but an example of information related to the management of the number of points). can do.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal notifies the user of a more appropriate index value candidate based on the information regarding the operation of the point number based on the association between the point number and the index value. can do.
　また、この場合、端末２０のユーザの情報は、端末２０のユーザの趣味嗜好、購買履歴、性格診断などの情報（限定ではなく、ユーザの属性情報の一例）を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末は、ユーザの属性情報に基づいて、より適切な指標値の候補をユーザに報知することができる。 In this case, the information of the user of the terminal 20 can include information such as tastes and preferences, purchase history, and personality diagnosis of the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of user attribute information).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can notify the user of more appropriate index value candidates based on the user's attribute information.
＜他の実施例（２）＞
　上記の実施例では、ポイント運用における指標値は変動によってポイント運用に追加した時点における指標値を下回る可能性が生じるが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、ポイント運用における指標値は、ポイント運用に追加した時点における指標値を下回らないようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 <Another embodiment (2)>
In the above embodiment, the index value in point management may fall below the index value at the time of addition to point management due to fluctuations, but the present invention is not limited to this. By way of example and not limitation, the index value in point management may or may not fall below the index value at the time of addition to point management.
　資産運用の入門窓口の一種とも言えるポイント運用において損失が発生する場合、ユーザは資産運用に対して過度に慎重になり、証券口座における金融商品の運用を諦めてしまう可能性が生じる。そのため、限定ではなく例として、儲かる可能性が高い運用コースとして、指標値が下がらない、あるいは、短期的には上下するが長期的には必ず上昇する、仮想的な指標値を持つ運用コース（以下、「入門者コース」と呼称する。）を設定するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 If a loss occurs in point management, which can be said to be a kind of introductory window for asset management, users may become overly cautious about asset management and give up on managing financial products in securities accounts. For this reason, as an example, not a limitation, an investment course with a hypothetical index value that has a high probability of making a profit is one in which the index value does not decrease, or in which the index value fluctuates in the short term but inevitably rises in the long term ( hereinafter referred to as a "beginner's course") may be set or may not be set.
　なお、入門者コースにおいて１日に得られる運用益には上限を設けるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 In addition, it is possible to set an upper limit on the investment profit that can be obtained in one day in the introductory course, or it is not necessary to do so.
　また、ユーザがポイント運用サービスの事業者と提携する証券会社の証券口座を未開設の場合、入門者コースが運用コースとして選択可能であるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Also, if the user has not yet opened a securities account with a securities company affiliated with a point management service provider, the introductory course may or may not be selected as the management course.
　また、ユーザ情報としてユーザの信用スコア（ソーシャルスコア）が利用可能な場合、信用スコア（ソーシャルスコア）が一定値以下の場合には、入門者コースが運用コースとして選択可能であるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 In addition, when the credit score (social score) of the user is available as user information, the introductory course may be selected as the operation course when the credit score (social score) is below a certain value. and do not have to.
　本実施例は、指標値が、端末２０のユーザがポイント運用に追加した時点における指標値の値（限定ではなく、基準値の一例）を下回らないようにする構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、指標値が、ユーザがポイントを指標値に関連付けたときの値である基準値を下回らないようにすることで、ユーザにモチベーションを低下させないようにする、またはユーザのモチベーションを向上させることができる。 This embodiment shows a configuration in which the index value does not fall below the value of the index value (not a limitation, but an example of the reference value) at the time when the user of the terminal 20 added the point to the point management.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the index value does not fall below the reference value, which is the value when the user associates the points with the index value, so that the motivation of the user is not lowered. or improve user motivation.
＜他の実施例（３）＞
　上記の実施例では、証券サービスのアカウントからポイント運用サービスのアカウントへ出金する場合、ポイント運用におけるポイントが有償ポイントと獲得ポイントとに区別される例を示したが、これに限定されない。限定ではなく例として、証券サービスのアカウントからポイント運用サービスのアカウントへ出金が出来ない場合においても、ポイント運用におけるポイントを有償ポイントと獲得ポイントとの２種類のポイントで構成するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 <Another embodiment (3)>
In the above embodiment, an example was shown in which points in point management are classified into paid points and earned points when withdrawals are made from a securities service account to a point management service account, but the present invention is not limited to this. As an example and not a limitation, even if withdrawals cannot be made from a securities service account to a point management service account, points in point management may be composed of two types of points: paid points and earned points. and do not have to.
　ポイント運用サービスのポイントが有償ポイントと獲得ポイントとで構成される場合、限定ではなく例として、有償ポイントと獲得ポイントとでは運用可能な運用コースが異なるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。限定ではなく例として、有償ポイントにおける運用コースは、獲得ポイントにおける運用コースよりもボラティリティやレバレッジが高い指標値を用いるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 When the points of the point management service consist of paid points and earned points, for example and not limitation, the paid points and earned points may or may not be operated in different courses. good too. By way of example and not limitation, the investment course for paid points may or may not use index values with higher volatility and leverage than the investment course for earned points.
　また、有償ポイントと獲得ポイントとでは、ポイント移行における移行レートが異なるようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。限定ではなく例として、有償ポイントの移行レートを「１」ポイント＝「２」円、獲得ポイントの移行レートを「１」ポイント＝「１」円のように有償ポイントの移行レートを優遇するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Also, the transfer rate for point transfer may or may not be different between paid points and earned points. As a non-limiting example, the transfer rate of paid points is preferentially treated as "1" point = "2" yen, and the transfer rate of earned points is "1" point = "1" yen. may or may not.
１　　　　　　通信システム
　１０　　　　サーバ
　２０　　　　端末
　３０　　　　ネットワーク
　４０　　　　証券取引サーバ 1 communication system 10 server 20 terminal 30 network 40 securities trading server

Claims (45)

  1. 　ユーザの端末によって実行されるプログラムであって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動される前記ユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、前記ポイント数に関連付けられた前記指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を前記端末の制御部によって取得することと、
    　取得された前記投資対象の情報を前記端末の表示部に表示することとが前記端末によって実行される。     A program executed by a user's terminal,
    A number of points associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, which is the number of points of the user that is varied based on the fluctuation of the index value, and an investment target based on the index value associated with the number of points Acquiring information by a control unit of the terminal;
    Displaying the acquired information on the investment target on a display unit of the terminal is performed by the terminal.
  2. 　請求項１に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記投資対象の情報は、前記指標値に関連する情報を含む。     The program according to claim 1,
    The investment target information includes information related to the index value.
  3. 　請求項２に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記投資対象の情報は、前記指標値と同じ情報を含む。     The program according to claim 2,
    The investment target information includes the same information as the index value.
  4. 　請求項２または請求項３に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記指標値は、株価を含み、
    　前記投資対象の情報は、前記株価に関連する情報を含む。     The program according to claim 2 or claim 3,
    the index value includes a stock price;
    The investment target information includes information related to the stock price.
  5. 　請求項１から請求項４のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記指標値は、第１指標値と第２指標値とを含み、
    　前記ポイント数は、前記ポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数が前記第１指標値に関連付けられ、前記ポイント数のうちの第２ポイント数が前記第２指標値に関連付けられ、
    　前記ポイント数のうち、前記第１ポイント数の第１割合と、前記ポイント数のうち、前記第２ポイント数の第２割合とに基づき前記投資対象の情報を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末に実行される。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 4,
    the index value includes a first index value and a second index value;
    wherein a first number of the points is associated with the first index value and a second number of the points is associated with the second index value;
    Displaying information on the investment target on the display unit based on a first ratio of the first point number to the number of points and a second ratio of the second point number to the number of points. Executed on the terminal.
  6. 　請求項５に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記投資対象の情報は、第１投資対象情報と、第２投資対象情報とを含み、
    　前記第１投資対象情報は、前記第１割合に基づく第１投資割合の情報を含み、
    　前記第２投資対象情報は、前記第２割合に基づく第２投資割合の情報を含む。     The program according to claim 5,
    the investment target information includes first investment target information and second investment target information;
    the first investment target information includes information of a first investment ratio based on the first ratio;
    The second investment target information includes second investment ratio information based on the second ratio.
  7. 　請求項６に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記ユーザによる前記表示部に対する入力に基づいて、前記第１投資割合の情報と、前記第２投資割合の情報とを変更する制御を前記制御部によって行うことが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to claim 6,
    The terminal performs control by the control section to change the information on the first investment rate and the information on the second investment rate based on the user's input to the display section.
  8. 　請求項１から請求項７のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記投資対象の情報は、前記ユーザの資産に基づく情報である。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 7,
    The investment target information is information based on the user's assets.
  9. 　請求項１から請求項８のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記指標値の変動に関する第１表示を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 8,
    Displaying on the display unit a first display relating to the variation of the index value is performed by the terminal.
  10. 　請求項１から請求項９のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記ポイント数を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 9,
    Displaying the number of points on the display is performed by the terminal.
  11. 　請求項１０に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記ユーザの情報に基づいて、前記指標値の候補を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     A program according to claim 10,
    Displaying the index value candidate on the display unit is executed by the terminal based on the user's information.
  12. 　請求項１１に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記ユーザの情報は、前記ポイント数と前記指標値との関連付けに基づく、前記ポイント数の運用に関する情報を含む。     A program according to claim 11,
    The user information includes information regarding management of the number of points based on association between the number of points and the index value.
  13. 　請求項１１に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記ユーザの情報は、前記ユーザの属性情報を含む。     A program according to claim 11,
    The user information includes attribute information of the user.
  14. 　請求項１０から請求項１３のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記指標値は、前記ユーザが前記ポイントを前記指標値に関連付けたときの値である基準値を下回らない。     The program according to any one of claims 10 to 13,
    The index value does not fall below a reference value, which is the value when the user associates the points with the index value.
  15. 　請求項１０から請求項１４のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記ポイント数は、有料ポイント数と、無料ポイント数とを含む。     The program according to any one of claims 10 to 14,
    The number of points includes the number of paid points and the number of free points.
  16. 　請求項１５に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記有料ポイント数に基づく第１利益情報と、前記無料ポイント数に基づく第２利益情報とを前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     16. The program according to claim 15,
    Displaying on the display unit first profit information based on the number of pay points and second profit information based on the number of free points is performed by the terminal.
  17. 　請求項１から請求項１６のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記指標値は、前記ポイントに基づくポイント運用の指標値であり、
    　前記投資対象の情報は、証券口座に基づく情報である。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 16,
    The index value is an index value of point management based on the points,
    The investment target information is information based on securities accounts.
  18. 　ユーザの端末の情報処理方法であって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動される前記ユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、前記ポイント数に関連付けられた前記指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を前記端末の制御部によって取得することと、
    　取得された前記投資対象の情報を前記端末の表示部に表示することとを含む。     An information processing method for a user's terminal,
    A number of points associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, which is the number of points of the user that is varied based on the fluctuation of the index value, and an investment target based on the index value associated with the number of points Acquiring information by a control unit of the terminal;
    and displaying the acquired information of the investment target on the display unit of the terminal.
  19. 　ユーザの端末であって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動される前記ユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、前記ポイント数に関連付けられた前記指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を取得する制御部と、
    　取得された前記投資対象の情報を表示する表示部とを備える。     the user's terminal,
    A number of points associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, which is the number of points of the user that is varied based on the fluctuation of the index value, and an investment target based on the index value associated with the number of points a control unit that acquires information;
    and a display unit for displaying the acquired information of the investment target.
  20. 　ユーザの端末であって、
    　メモリに記憶されたプログラムを読み出し、前記プログラムに基づく処理を実行するプロセッサーを備え、
    　前記プロセッサーは、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動される前記ユーザのポイントの数であるポイント数であって、前記ポイント数に関連付けられた前記指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を取得することと、
    　取得された前記投資対象の情報を前記端末の表示部に表示することとを実行する。     the user's terminal,
    A processor that reads a program stored in memory and executes processing based on the program,
    The processor
    A number of points associated with an index value whose value fluctuates, which is the number of points of the user that is varied based on the fluctuation of the index value, and an investment target based on the index value associated with the number of points obtaining information;
    and displaying the acquired information of the investment target on the display unit of the terminal.
  21. 　端末と通信するサーバによって実行されるプログラムであって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、前記ポイント数に関連付けられた前記指標値を前記サーバの制御部によって取得することと、
    　前記指標値に基づく投資対象の情報を前記サーバの通信部によって前記端末に送信することとが前記サーバによって実行される。     A program executed by a server communicating with a terminal, comprising:
    A point number that is the number of points that are associated with an index value whose value fluctuates and is varied based on the fluctuation of the index value, and the index value associated with the point number is acquired by the control unit of the server. and
    The server transmits investment target information based on the index value to the terminal through a communication unit of the server.
  22. 　複数の制御部を備えるシステムによって実行されるプログラムであって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、前記第１ポイント数に基づく、前記ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値を、前記ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付ける第１処理を、設定された第１条件に基づいて前記複数の制御部によって行うこと、または前記第２識別情報に関連付けられた前記価値単位の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、前記第２値に基づく第２ポイント数を前記第１識別情報に関連付ける第２処理を、設定された第２条件に基づいて前記複数の制御部によって行うこと、が前記システムによって実行される。     A program executed by a system comprising a plurality of controllers,
    A number of points associated with a variable index value, the number of points being varied based on the variation of the index value, the first of the number of points associated with the first identification of the user. a first process of disassociating the number and associating a first value of a value unit different from the points based on the first point number with the second identification information of the user based on a set first condition; or disassociating a second value among the value unit values associated with the second identification information, and increasing a second point number based on the second value to the second The system executes a second process associated with one piece of identification information by the plurality of control units based on a set second condition.
  23. 　請求項２２に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第１条件は、前記第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数に基づく条件を含む。     23. A program according to claim 22,
    The first condition includes a condition based on the number of points associated with the first identification information.
  24. 　請求項２３に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記ポイント数に基づく条件は、前記指標値の変動に基づいて、前記第１識別情報に関連付けられた前記ポイント数が第１設定数以上、または前記第１設定数を超えたことに関する条件を含む。     24. A program according to claim 23,
    The condition based on the number of points includes a condition that the number of points associated with the first identification information is greater than or equal to a first set number, or exceeds the first set number, based on the change in the index value. .
  25. 　請求項２４に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第１ポイント数は、前記第１設定数である。     25. A program according to claim 24,
    The first number of points is the first set number.
  26. 　請求項２３に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第１ポイント数は、前記第１識別情報に関連付けられた前記ポイント数を利用して前記価値単位で商品を購入する場合の前記商品の価格に関連するポイント数である。     24. A program according to claim 23,
    The first number of points is the number of points associated with the price of the product when purchasing the product in the value unit using the number of points associated with the first identification information.
  27. 　請求項２２から請求項２６のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第２条件は、前記第２識別情報に関連付けられた前記価値単位の値に基づく条件を含む。     The program according to any one of claims 22 to 26,
    The second condition includes a condition based on the value of the unit of value associated with the second identification.
  28. 　請求項２７に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第２値は、前記第２識別情報に関連付けられた前記価値単位の値を利用して商品を購入した残りの値である。     28. A program according to claim 27,
    The second value is the remaining value after purchasing the product using the value unit value associated with the second identification information.
  29. 　請求項２６または請求項２８に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記商品は、金融商品である。     A program according to claim 26 or 28,
    The product is a financial product.
  30. 　請求項２２から請求項２９のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第２識別情報は、前記第１識別情報とは異なる。     The program according to any one of claims 22 to 29,
    The second identification information is different from the first identification information.
  31. 　請求項３０に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記ポイント数は、前記ユーザのポイント運用口座で前記第１識別情報と関連付けられ、
    　前記価値単位の値は、前記ユーザの証券口座で前記第２識別情報と関連付けられる。     31. A program according to claim 30,
    the number of points is associated with the first identification information in the user's point management account;
    The unit of value value is associated with the second identification in the user's brokerage account.
  32. 　請求項３１に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第１処理は、前記ポイント運用口座の前記ポイント数から前記第１ポイント数を減算し、前記証券口座の前記価値単位の値に前記第１値を加算する処理を含む。     32. A program according to claim 31,
    The first process includes a process of subtracting the first point number from the point number of the point management account and adding the first value to the value unit value of the security account.
  33. 　請求項３１または請求項３２に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第２処理は、前記証券口座の前記価値単位の値から前記第２値を減算し、前記ポイント運用口座のポイント数に前記第２ポイント数を加算する処理を含む。     A program according to claim 31 or claim 32,
    The second process includes a process of subtracting the second value from the value unit value of the securities account and adding the second point number to the point number of the point management account.
  34. 　請求項２２から請求項２９のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第２識別情報は、前記第１識別情報である。     The program according to any one of claims 22 to 29,
    The second identification information is the first identification information.
  35. 　請求項２２から請求項３４のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記価値単位の値は、前記ユーザの証券口座が開設されたことに基づいて、前記証券口座で前記第２識別情報と関連付けられる。     The program according to any one of claims 22 to 34,
    The unit of value value is associated with the second identification at the brokerage account upon opening of the user's brokerage account.
  36. 　請求項３５に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記証券口座が開設されたことに基づく特典情報を、前記第１識別情報または前記第２識別情報と関連付ける第３処理を前記複数の制御部によって行うことが前記システムによって実行される。     36. The program of claim 35,
    The system performs a third process of associating privilege information based on the opening of the securities account with the first identification information or the second identification information by the plurality of control units.
  37. 　請求項３６に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第３処理は、設定された前記価値単位の値を前記特典情報として前記証券口座で前記第２識別情報と関連付ける処理を含む。     37. A program according to claim 36,
    The third process includes a process of associating the value of the set value unit as the privilege information with the second identification information in the securities account.
  38. 　請求項３６または請求項３７に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記システムは、前記ユーザの端末を含み、
    　前記ポイントの運用に関する情報と前記証券口座の開設に関する情報とが前記端末に表示され、
    　前記第３処理は、前記端末に表示された前記証券口座の開設に関する情報に対する入力に基づき前記証券口座が開設されたことに基づいて行われる。     A program according to claim 36 or 37,
    the system includes a terminal of the user;
    Information regarding the management of the points and information regarding the opening of the securities account are displayed on the terminal;
    The third processing is performed based on the opening of the securities account based on the input of the information on the opening of the securities account displayed on the terminal.
  39. 　複数の制御部を備えるシステムの情報処理方法であって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、前記第１ポイント数に基づく、前記ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値を、前記ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付ける第１処理を、設定された第１条件に基づいて前記複数の制御部によって行うこと、または前記第２識別情報に関連付けられた前記価値単位の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、前記第２値に基づく第２ポイント数を前記第１識別情報に関連付ける第２処理を、設定された第２条件に基づいて前記複数の制御部によって行うこと、を含む。     An information processing method for a system including a plurality of control units,
    A number of points associated with a variable index value, the number of points being varied based on the variation of the index value, the first of the number of points associated with the first identification of the user. a first process of disassociating the number and associating a first value of a value unit different from the points based on the first point number with the second identification information of the user based on a set first condition; or disassociating a second value among the value unit values associated with the second identification information, and increasing a second point number based on the second value to the second Performing a second process associated with one piece of identification information by the plurality of control units based on a set second condition.
  40. 　システムであって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、前記第１ポイント数に基づく、前記ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値を、前記ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付ける第１処理を、設定された第１条件に基づいて行う、または前記第２識別情報に関連付けられた前記価値単位の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、前記第２値に基づく第２ポイント数を前記第１識別情報に関連付ける第２処理を、設定された第２条件に基づいて行う、複数の制御部を備える。     a system,
    A number of points associated with a variable index value, the number of points being varied based on the variation of the index value, the first of the number of points associated with the first identification of the user. a first process of disassociating the number and associating a first value of a value unit different from the points based on the first point number with the second identification information of the user based on a set first condition; or disassociating a second one of the value unit values associated with the second identification and associating a second number of points based on the second value with the first identification. A plurality of control units are provided for performing processing based on the set second condition.
  41. 　システムであって、
    　複数のメモリに記憶されたプログラムを読み出し、前記プログラムに基づく処理を実行する複数のプロセッサーを備え、
    　前記複数のプロセッサーは、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除し、前記第１ポイント数に基づく、前記ポイントとは異なる価値単位の第１値を、前記ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付ける第１処理を、設定された第１条件に基づいて行うこと、または前記第２識別情報に関連付けられた前記価値単位の値のうちの第２値の関連付けを解除し、前記第２値に基づく第２ポイント数を前記第１識別情報に関連付ける第２処理を、設定された第２条件に基づいて行うこと、を実行する。     a system,
    A plurality of processors reading programs stored in a plurality of memories and executing processing based on the programs,
    The plurality of processors are
    A number of points associated with a variable index value, the number of points being varied based on the variation of the index value, the first of the number of points associated with the first identification of the user. a first process of disassociating the number and associating a first value of a value unit different from the points based on the first point number with the second identification information of the user based on a set first condition; disassociating a second one of the unit of value values associated with the second identification and associating a second number of points based on the second value with the first identification; 2 to perform processing based on the set second condition.
  42. 　第２情報処理装置と通信する第１情報処理装置によって実行されるプログラムであって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けを解除する処理を、設定された条件に基づいて前記第１情報処理装置の制御部によって行うことと、
    　前記第１ポイント数に基づく、前記ポイントとは異なる価値単位の値である第１値を、前記ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報を前記第１情報処理装置の通信部によって前記第２情報処理装置に送信することとが前記第１情報処理装置によって実行される。     A program executed by a first information processing device that communicates with a second information processing device,
    A number of points associated with a variable index value, the number of points being varied based on the variation of the index value, the first of the number of points associated with the first identification of the user. performing a process of canceling the association of numbers by the control unit of the first information processing device based on a set condition;
    Information relating to associating a first value, which is a value in units of value different from the points, with the second identification information of the user based on the number of the first points, is transmitted by the communication unit of the first information processing device to the second transmitting to an information processing device is performed by the first information processing device.
  43. 　第２情報処理装置と通信する第１情報処理装置によって実行されるプログラムであって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントとは異なる価値単位の値であって、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第１値の関連付けが、設定された条件に基づいて前記第２情報処理装置によって解除され、前記第１値に基づく前記ポイントの数であるポイント数を、前記ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報を前記第１情報処理装置の通信部によって前記第２情報処理装置から受信することと、
    　前記情報に基づいて、前記第１値に基づくポイント数を前記第１識別情報に関連付ける処理を前記第１情報処理装置の制御部によって行うこととが前記第１情報処理装置によって実行される。     A program executed by a first information processing device that communicates with a second information processing device,
    A value in units of value associated with the index value whose value varies and different from the points that are varied based on the variation in the index value, the value in units of value associated with the second identification information of the user. The association of the first value is canceled by the second information processing device based on a set condition, and the number of points, which is the number of points based on the first value, is associated with the first identification information of the user. receiving information about from the second information processing device by the communication unit of the first information processing device;
    Based on the information, the first information processing device performs a process of associating the number of points based on the first value with the first identification information by the control unit of the first information processing device.
  44. 　第１情報処理装置と通信する第２情報処理装置によって実行されるプログラムであって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントの数であるポイント数であって、ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けられたポイント数のうちの第１ポイント数の関連付けが、設定された条件に基づいて前記第１情報処理装置によって解除され、前記第１ポイント数に基づく、前記ポイントとは異なる価値単位の値である第１値を、前記ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報を前記第２情報処理装置の通信部によって前記第１情報処理装置から受信することと、
    　前記情報に基づいて、前記第１ポイント数に基づく前記第１値を前記第２識別情報に関連付ける処理を前記第２情報処理装置の制御部によって行うこととが前記第２情報処理装置によって実行される。     A program executed by a second information processing device that communicates with a first information processing device,
    A number of points associated with a variable index value, the number of points being varied based on the variation of the index value, the first of the number of points associated with the first identification of the user. The number association is canceled by the first information processing device based on a set condition, and the first value, which is a value unit different from the points based on the first point number, is set to the user's first value. 2 Receiving from the first information processing device by the communication unit of the second information processing device information related to associating with the identification information;
    A control unit of the second information processing device performs a process of associating the first value based on the first point number with the second identification information based on the information. be.
  45. 　第１情報処理装置と通信する第２情報処理装置によって実行されるプログラムであって、
    　値が変動する指標値に関連付けられ、前記指標値の変動に基づいて変動されるポイントとは異なる価値単位の値であって、ユーザの第２識別情報に関連付けられた価値単位の値のうちの第１値の関連付けを解除する処理を、設定された条件に基づいて前記第２情報処理装置の制御部によって行うことと、
    　前記第１値に基づく、前記ポイントの数である第１ポイント数を、前記ユーザの第１識別情報に関連付けることに関する情報を前記第２情報処理装置の通信部によって前記第１情報処理装置に送信することとが前記第２情報処理装置によって実行される。     A program executed by a second information processing device that communicates with a first information processing device,
    A value in units of value associated with the index value whose value varies and different from the points that are varied based on the variation in the index value, the value in units of value associated with the second identification information of the user. performing a process of canceling the association of the first value by the control unit of the second information processing device based on a set condition;
    Information relating to associating the first point number, which is the number of points based on the first value, with the first identification information of the user is transmitted to the first information processing apparatus by the communication unit of the second information processing apparatus. and are performed by the second information processing device.
PCT/JP2021/046546 2021-02-26 2021-12-16 Program, information processing method, terminal, and information processing system WO2022181004A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-030662 2021-02-26
JP2021-030661 2021-02-26
JP2021030661A JP7436408B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2021-02-26 Programs, information processing methods, terminals
JP2021030662A JP7273081B2 (en) 2021-02-26 2021-02-26 program, information processing method, system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022181004A1 true WO2022181004A1 (en) 2022-09-01

Family

ID=83048069

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/046546 WO2022181004A1 (en) 2021-02-26 2021-12-16 Program, information processing method, terminal, and information processing system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022181004A1 (en)

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001344418A (en) * 2000-06-01 2001-12-14 Toyota Motor Corp Method and system for supporting purchase of financial product
JP2002312592A (en) * 2001-04-18 2002-10-25 Daiwa Securities Group Inc Pension operation management system and program to be applied to the system
JP2004164456A (en) * 2002-11-15 2004-06-10 Aruze Corp Point processing system
JP2004326379A (en) * 2003-04-24 2004-11-18 Hitachi Ltd Asset management support system and asset management support method
JP2014182701A (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-09-29 Nomura Securities Co Ltd Stock name recommendation apparatus, stock name recommendation method, program and stock name recommendation system
JP2018036922A (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 ヤフー株式会社 Information processing device, method, and program
JP2018092475A (en) * 2016-12-06 2018-06-14 株式会社クレディセゾン Point management system and point management method
JP2018092265A (en) * 2016-11-30 2018-06-14 株式会社日立製作所 Transaction support apparatus and transaction support method
JP2019091508A (en) * 2017-06-30 2019-06-13 ライジングブル投資顧問株式会社 Advice data generation system
JP2019159454A (en) * 2018-03-08 2019-09-19 株式会社日経金融工学研究所 Fund transfer management system, fund transfer management method, information processing apparatus and fund transfer management program
JP2019160196A (en) * 2018-03-16 2019-09-19 株式会社お金のデザイン Point investment system and investment point management method

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001344418A (en) * 2000-06-01 2001-12-14 Toyota Motor Corp Method and system for supporting purchase of financial product
JP2002312592A (en) * 2001-04-18 2002-10-25 Daiwa Securities Group Inc Pension operation management system and program to be applied to the system
JP2004164456A (en) * 2002-11-15 2004-06-10 Aruze Corp Point processing system
JP2004326379A (en) * 2003-04-24 2004-11-18 Hitachi Ltd Asset management support system and asset management support method
JP2014182701A (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-09-29 Nomura Securities Co Ltd Stock name recommendation apparatus, stock name recommendation method, program and stock name recommendation system
JP2018036922A (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 ヤフー株式会社 Information processing device, method, and program
JP2018092265A (en) * 2016-11-30 2018-06-14 株式会社日立製作所 Transaction support apparatus and transaction support method
JP2018092475A (en) * 2016-12-06 2018-06-14 株式会社クレディセゾン Point management system and point management method
JP2019091508A (en) * 2017-06-30 2019-06-13 ライジングブル投資顧問株式会社 Advice data generation system
JP2019159454A (en) * 2018-03-08 2019-09-19 株式会社日経金融工学研究所 Fund transfer management system, fund transfer management method, information processing apparatus and fund transfer management program
JP2019160196A (en) * 2018-03-16 2019-09-19 株式会社お金のデザイン Point investment system and investment point management method

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INAGE, YUKA: "Credit Saison "Point Operation Service"", THE CONSUMER CREDIT MONTHLY, JP, vol. 36, no. 11, 1 November 2018 (2018-11-01), JP, pages 52 - 56, XP009539197, ISSN: 0288-8122 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11100490B1 (en) Application integration for contactless payments
US9978052B2 (en) Multi-payer payment system
US11915212B2 (en) Payment network for security assets
US10817853B1 (en) Payment network for security assets
US11501297B1 (en) Blockchain agnostic token network
US8788411B2 (en) RFID payment system
US11727394B2 (en) Systems and methods for managing electronic transactions
JP2020091764A (en) Information processing program, information processing method, and information processing device
US8595108B2 (en) Contingent payment system
WO2022085579A1 (en) Program, information processing method, terminal, and server
US8597126B2 (en) Donation incentivation system
JP7156934B2 (en) Information processing method, program and information processing device
JP7273081B2 (en) program, information processing method, system
WO2022181004A1 (en) Program, information processing method, terminal, and information processing system
US20230334492A1 (en) Blockchain agnostic token network
US20140019337A1 (en) Creditor offers for taking a user debt
JP7436408B2 (en) Programs, information processing methods, terminals
JP2020091759A (en) Information processing program, information processing method, and information processing device
Gupta et al. Fintechs
JP7146887B2 (en) Program, information processing method, information processing apparatus
CN112116445A (en) Information processing method, information processing apparatus, and program
US20210383466A1 (en) Banking operation support system, banking operation support method, and banking operation support program
US20120150726A1 (en) Payment system using spending gates
JP2023016582A (en) Program, information processing method, and system
JP7278068B2 (en) Information processing method, program and information processing device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21928097

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21928097

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1